HomeMy WebLinkAboutHORIZON CONSTRUCTION & ASSO INC ON -CALL CONCRETE REPAIR, CONCRETE CONSTRUCTIONGeorgia Prompt Pay Act
Special Conditions
Additional Provisions
Addendum(s)
ON -CALL CONCRETE REPAIR, CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION
AND EMERGENCY REPAIRS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Instruction to Bidders 1b1
ppa
sc1
AP1
Agreement al
Contractor's Statements:
➢ Attachment B
• Contractor's Statement of Non - Discrimination
• Non - collusion of Prime Bidder /Offeror
• Conflict of Interest Statement.
• Contractor's Affidavit and Agreement Statement
➢ SAVE /E- Verification.
➢ Subcontractor's Affidavits
➢ Non - collusion Affidavit of Subcontractor
➢ Contractor's Bonds /Insurance
General Conditions gc1
Proposal p1
General Notes g1
Technical Specifications
➢ GDOT Special Provisions - Traffic Control tcl
➢ Water System Project - Measurements & Payments p1
➢ Water Distribution System (Section 14A) 14a1
➢ Water Quality Monitoring p1
AUGUSTA, GEORGIA
OFFICE OF THE PROCUREMENT DIRECTOR
530 GREENE STREET, SUITE 605
AUGUSTA, GEORGIA 30901
(706) 821 -2422
www.augustaga.gov
DATE: October 17, 2011 RFP NO. 11 -159
SUBJECT: Information Regarding the Consent Order and Judgment Approving Settlement and
Modifying Injunction
Please be advised that Augusta, Georgia is under a consent order and judgment approving settlement and
modifying injunction. The below excerpt is from the Consent Order dated July 21, 2011 as stated by:
The Honorable B. Avant Edenfield, Judge, United States District Judge, Southern District of Georgia
Consent Order and Judgment Approving Settlement and Modifying Injunction
It appearing to the Court that the parties Plaintiff Thompson Building Wrecking Company, Inc. and
Defendant Augusta, Georgia have reached a settlement of the remaining issues pending in this Court, the
same is hereby approved. Pursuant to such settlement, and for good cause shown, the preliminary
injunction entered by this Court on March 14, 2007, made permanent by the Court on November 13,
2007, shall be and is hereby vacated, and replaced with the following injunction:
Augusta, Georgia is hereby ENJOINED from evaluating or awarding bids or other contracts on the basis
of the bidder's status as a Disadvantaged Business Enterprises ( "DBE ") or Minority Business Enterprises
( "MBE ") (or any other entity that qualifies as a DBE or MBE based on the racial composition of its
ownership).
This prohibition does not apply to DBE or MBE requirements imposed by state or federal laws,
regulations, agencies, or grant agreements.
This prohibition also does not bar Augusta from enacting a prospective, narrowly tailored DBE or MBE
program or policy as permitted under rulings of the United States Supreme Court.
Augusta shall be free to conduct such studies as may be necessary to support a future DBE or MBE
program or policy that complies with the above exceptions. Before Augusta may enact such a program or
policy it must notify electronically or by U.S. mail all businesses on the then - current vendor list and
constructively notify the public via a reasonably visible hyperlink on its homepage entitled "Proposed
Legislation Enacting Disadvantaged Business Enterprise or Minority Business Enterprise Program." On
this vendor list, Augusta must maintain the contact information provided by any businesses or individuals
who have expressed an interest in contracting with Augusta, by registering their business information with
the Department of Procurement, for 36- months. The notice on Augusta's website must include the text of
its intended legislation and the related Disparity Study. Before Augusta may enact such a program or
policy it must also provide the public an opportunity to be heard at an open meeting of the Augusta,
Georgia Commission, to take place no sooner than thirty days after the vendor list notification has taken
place. Augusta may rely upon the contact information that interested parties supplied the city when they
registered with the Department of Procurement in providing electronic or mailed notice.
Augusta shall, within 3 days of the date of this Order, post a copy of this Order, and the Court's March 14,
2007 Order, in portable document format ('PDF ") on Augusta's homepage via a reasonably visible
hyperlink entitled "Court Order Enjoining Local DBE Program."
RFP 11 -159 On -Call Concrete Repair
Page 2 of 51
This injunction is binding upon Augusta's officers, agents, servants, employees, and attorneys, and upon
those persons in active concert or participation with it who receive actual notice of this injunction by
personal service or otherwise. See Fed. R. Civ. P. 65(d). This 21 day of July, 2011
You may review this Order in its entirety at www.auoustaga.aov homepage or click on departments go to the
Procurement Department; go to Quick Link; click on hyperlink entitled "Court Order Enjoining Local DBE
Program "; click on either Court Order Enioinina Local DBE Proaram (7121120111 or Court Order Enioininq
Local DBE Proaram (2007).
In addition, this letter extends to your Firm an invitation to submit a Bid /RFP /RFQ to supply the Augusta, Georgia
with equipment, supplies, and /or services as indicated above. Instructions for preparation and submission of a
Bid /RFP /RFQ are contained in the attached packet. Any changes to the conditions and specifications must be in
the form of a written addendum to be valid; therefore, Augusta, Georgia will issue a written addendum to
document all approved changes.
Doing business with Augusta has become easier! The ARCBid Zink, which is located on the Procurement
Department's website at www.auaustaaa.Qov, enables you to view current and past public bid information online.
Should you have any questions concerning the bid documents, or need additional information, you may contact a
member of the Bid and Contract Team directly @ 706 821 -2422. A request for bid documents must be faxed to
706 821 - 2811 or emailed to procbidandcontract Ca? auaustaaa.aov.
Your continued interest in doing business with us is appreciated.
Sincerely yours,
O m . SO W4?
Geri A. Sams
Procurement Director
Scan this QR code with your
smartphone or camera equipped
tablet to visit the Augusta, Georgia
Procurement Department website.
Rev.08/15/2011
RFP 11 -159 On -Cali Concrete Repair
Page 3 of 51
.1F�iri,
REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS
Request for Proposals will be received at this office until Friday, December 2, 2011 @ 11:00 a.m. for fumishing:
RFP Item #11 -159 On -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete Construction & Emergency Repair
Engineering Department
RFPs will be received by: The Augusta Commission hereinafter referred to as the OWNER at the offices of:
Geri A. Sams, Director
Augusta Procurement Department
530 Greene Street - Room 605
Augusta, Georgia 30901
RFP documents may be viewed on the Augusta Georgia web site under the Procurement Department ARCbid.
RFP documents may be obtained at the office of the Augusta, GA Procurement Department, 530 Greene Street -
Room 605, Augusta, GA 30901. All questions must be submitted in writing by fax to 706 821 -2811 or by
email to procbidandcontractOauaustaga .aov to the office of the Procurement Department by Monday,
November 14, 2011 @ 5:00 P.M. No bid will be accepted by fax, all must be received by mail or hand
delivered.
No RFP may be withdrawn for a period of 90 days after time has been called on the date of opening.
Invitation for bids and specifications. An invitation for bids shall be issued by the Procurement Office and shall
include specifications prepared in accordance with Article 4 (Product Specifications), and all contractual terms and
conditions, applicable to the procurement. All specific requirements contained in the invitation to bid
including, but not limited to, the number of copies needed, the timing of the submission, the required
financial data, and any other requirements designated by the Procurement Department are considered
material conditions of the bid which are not waiveable or modifiable by the Procurement Director. All
requests to waive or modify any such material condition shall be submitted through the Procurement Director to
the appropriate committee of the Augusta, Georgia Commission for approval by the Augusta, Georgia
Commission. Please mark RFP number on the outside of the envelope.
Bidders are cautioned that acquisition of RFP documents through any source other than the office of the
Procurement Department is not advisable. Acquisition of RFP documents from unauthorized sources places the
bidder at the risk of receiving incomplete or inaccurate information upon which to base his qualifications.
GERI A. SAMS, Procurement Director
Publish:
Augusta Chronicle
Metro Courier
cc: Tameka Allen
Abie Ladson
Hameed Malik
Revised: 8/15/2011
October 20, 27, November 3, 10, 2011
October 26, 2011
Deputy Administrator
Engineering Department
Engineering Department
for
RFP 11 -159 On -Call Concrete Repair
Page 4 of 51
W'
� r.' <9'Jµ•a. � � 'SLIP
IB -01 GENERAL
SECTION IB
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS
All proposals must be presented in a sealed envelope, addressed to
the Owner. The proposal must be filed with the Owner on or before the time stated
in the invitation for bids. Mailed proposals will be treated in every respect as
though filed in person and will be subject to the same requirements.
Proposals received subsequent to the time stated will be returned
unopened. Prior to the time stated any proposal may be withdrawn at the
discretion of the bidder, but no proposal may be withdrawn for a period of sixty
(60) days after bids have been opened, pending the execution of contract with the
successful bidder.
IB -02 EXAMINATION OF WORK
Each bidder shall, by careful examination, satisfy himself as to the
nature and location of the work, the conformation of the ground, the character,
quality and quantity of the facilities needed preliminary to and during the
prosecution of the work, the general and local conditions, and all other matters
which can in any way affect the work or the cost thereof under the contract. No oral
agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the Owner, either
before or after the execution of the contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms
or obligations therein.
IB -03 ADDENDA AND INTERPRETATIONS
No interpretation of the meaning of plans, specifications or other
prebid documents will be made to any bidder orally. Every request for such
interpretation should be in writing addressed to the Purchasing Department, 530
Greene Street, Augusta, Georgia, 30911 and to be given consideration must be
received at least ten working days prior to the date fixed for the opening of bids.
Any and all such interpretations and any supplemental instructions will be in the
form of written addenda to the specifications which, if issued, will be sent to the
Augusta- Richmond County Purchasing Director at least five working prior to
the date fixed for the opening of bids. The Purchasing Director shall send by
certified mail with return receipt requested to all prospective bidders (at the
respective addresses furnished for such purposes), not later than three working
days prior to the date fixed for the opening of bids. Failure of any bidder to receive
any such addendum or interpretation shall not relieve such bidder from any
obligation under his bid as submitted. All addenda so issued shall become part of
the Contract Documents.
IB -1
AED - On -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
IB -04 PREPARATION OF BIDS
Bids shall be submitted on the forms provided and must be signed by
the bidder or his authorized representative. Any corrections to entries made on bid
forms should be initialed by the person signing the bid.
Bidders must quote on all items appearing on the bid forms, unless
specific directions in the advertisement, on the bid form, or in the special
specifications allow for partial bids. Failure to quote on all items may disqualify the
bid. When quotations on all items are not required, bidders shall insert the words
"no bid" where appropriate.
Alternative bids will not be considered unless specifically called for.
Telegraphic bids will not be considered. Modifications to bids already
submitted will be allowed if submitted by telegraph prior to the time fixed in the
Invitation for Bids. Modifications shall be submitted as such, and shall not reveal
the total amount of either the original or revised bids.
Bids by wholly owned proprietorships or partnerships will be signed
by all owners. Bids of corporations will be signed by an officer of the firm and his
signature attested by the secretary thereof who will affix the corporate seal to the
proposal.
NOTE: A 10% Bid Bond is required in all cases.
IB -05 BASIS OF AWARD
The bids will be compared on the basis of unit prices, as extended,
which will include and cover the furnishing of all material and the performance of
all labor requisite or proper, and completing of all the work called for under the
accompanying contract, and in the manner set forth and described in the
specifications.
Where estimated, quantities are included in certain items of the
proposal, they are for the purpose of comparing bids. While they are believed to be
close approximations, they are not guaranteed. It is the responsibility of the
Contractor to check all items of construction. In case of error in extension of prices
in a proposal, unit bid prices shall govern.
IB - 06 BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS
No proposal will be received from any bidder unless he can present
satisfactory evidence that he is skilled in work of a similar nature to that covered by
the contract and has sufficient assets to meet all obligations to be incurred in
IB -2
AED - On -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
carrying out the work. He shall submit with his proposal, sealed in a separate
envelope, a FINANCIAL EXPERIENCE AND EQUIPMENT STATEMENT, giving reliable
information as to working capital available, plant equipment, and his experience and
general qualifications. The owner may make such investigations as are deemed
necessary to determine the ability of the bidder to perform the work and the bidder
shall furnish to him all such additional information and data for this purpose as may
be requested. The Owner reserves the right to reject any bid if the evidence
submitted by the bidder or investigation of him fails to satisfy the Owner that such
bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the contract and to
complete the work contemplated therein. Part of the evidence required above shall
consist of a list of the names and addresses of not less than five (5) firms or
corporations for which the bidder has done similar work.
IB - 07 PERFORMANCE BOND
At the time of entering into the contract, the Contractor shall give
bond to the owner for the use of the owner and all persons doing work or furnishing
skill, tools, machinery or materials under or for the purpose of such contract,
conditional for the payment as they become due, of all just claims for such work,
tools, machinery, skill and terms, for saving the owner harmless from all cost and
charges that may accrue on account of the owner performing the work specified,
and for compliance with the laws pertaining thereto. Said bond shall be for the
amount of the contract satisfactory to the owner and authorized by law to do
business in the State of Georgia.
Attorneys -in -fact who sign bonds must file with each copy thereof, a
certified and effectively dated copy of the power of attorney.
IB - 08 REJECTION OF BIDS
These proposals are asked for in good faith, and awards will be made
as soon as practicable, provided satisfactory bids are received. The right is
reserved, however to waive any informalities in bidding, to reject any and all
proposals, or to accept a bid other than the lowest submitted if such action is
deemed to be in the best interest of the Owner.
IB -3
AED - On-Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
r
r
4
7
2
4
F
��u ^ '� � , ice`- �iG'�n w-.: 6,�t: w�'�:
GEORGIA PROMPT PAY ACT
This Agreement is intended by the Parties to, and does, supersede any and all provisions of
the Georgia Prompt Pay Act, O.C.G.A. Section 13 -11 -1, et seq. In the event any provision of
this Agreement is inconsistent with any provision of the Prompt Pay Act, the provision of
this Agreement shall control.
All claims, disputes and other matters in question between the Owner and the Contractor
arising out of or relating to the Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be decided in the
Superior Court of Richmond County, Georgia. The Contractor, by executing this Agreement,
specifically consents to venue in Richmond County and waives any right to contest the
venue in the Superior Court of Richmond County, Georgia.
Notwithstanding any provision of the law to the contrary, the parties agree that no interest
shall be due Contractor on any sum held as retainage pursuant to this Agreement and
Contractor specifically waives any claim to same.
NOTICE
All references in this document, which includes all papers, writings, drawings, plans or
photographs to be used in connection with this document, to "Richmond County Board of
Commissioners" shall be deemed to mean "Augusta Richmond County Commission - Council
and all references to "Chairman" shall be deemed to mean "Mayor ".
DISPOSALS
Prior to any material from this project being wasted or otherwise disposed of outside the
project limits the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer a copy of written permission, signed
by the property owner (or his authorized agent) describing the estimated amount and type
of material to be placed on said property. If any portland cement concrete, asphaltic
concrete, wood or other such materials are to be wasted on the property, a copy of the
owner's inert landfill permit, issued by the Environmental Protection Division shall be
furnished to the Engineer prior to any such waste being removed from the project.
In all cases, regardless of the material being wasted, a grading permit issued by Augusta
Richmond County must be furnished to the Engineer.
PPA -1
AED - On -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
' t s ix.. ;i:� ..4..,_� +r. t -5t � � 'd °''. .LLB.. '�.'+d"l.Y.r4�
,a
SECTION
On -Call Concrete Repair,
Concrete Construction & Emergency Repairs
Special Conditions
SC -01. Scope
SC -02. Bonds
SC -03. Project Sign
SC -04. Protection of the Environment
SC -05. Temporary Toilets
SC -06. City Acceptance
SC -07. Record Drawings
SC -08. Basis of Payment
SC -09. Existing Structures
SC -10. Salvage Material
SC -11. Referenced Specifications
SC -12. Traffic Control
SC -13. Compliance with Laws, Codes, and Regulations, Etc.
SC -14. Site Access
SC -15. Georgia Prompt Pay Act
SC -16. Disputes
SC -17 Interest Not Earned on Retainage
SC -18. Equivalent Materials
SC -19. After Hours Inspection
SC -20. Masters Golf Tournament
SC -21 Special Provisions
SC -01. SCOPE OF THE WORK:
On -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete Construction & Emergency Repairs
SC -02. BONDS:
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
The Contractor will include in the lump sum payment for Lump Sum
Construction the cost of his performance and payment bonds.
SC -03. PROJECT SIGN:
The Contractor will furnish and install two (2) project sign on the
construction site. The sign will carry in a prominent manner the names of the project, the
Owner, the Engineer, the Contractor, and a 24 -hour phone number for the Contractor in 4
inch letters. The sign shall be constructed and erected on wood posts in a substantial
manner 8 feet above the ground. The full size stencil shall be approved along with colors
before fabrication. The Contractor shall include the cost of the project signs in the lump
sum bid item for Lump Sum Construction.
SC -04. PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT:
The Contractor will carefully schedule his work so that a minimum amount of
exposed earth will be subject to erosion by rainfall or wind, and he will provide means
satisfactory to the Engineer to minimize the transportation of silt and other deleterious
material into the stream beds of water courses adjacent to the project.
All chemicals used during project construction or furnished for project
operation, whether herbicide, pesticide, disinfectant, polymer, reactant or of other
classification, must show approval of either EPA or USDA. Use of all such chemicals and
disposal of residues shall be in conformance with printed instructions.
SC -05. TEMPORARY TOILETS:
Contractor shall provide temporary toilet facilities on the site for workmen
employed in the construction work. Toilets shall be adequate for the number of men
employed and shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition. Workmen shall be
required to use only these toilets. At completion of the work, toilets used by Contractor
shall be removed and premises left in the condition required by the Contract.
SC -2
AED - On-Call Concrete Repair,
Concrete Construction & Emergency Repairs
SC -06. CITY ACCEPTANCE:
Notwithstanding any other obligations of the Contractor, he shall complete
the work to the full satisfaction of the Augusta Engineering Department and the Engineer.
This provision shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities for guarantees.
SC -07. RECORD DRAWINGS:
The Contractor will maintain in his office one complete set of drawings
(including any supplemental sketches) pertaining to the project upon which, at the end of
each day's work any deviations from the construction lines shown thereon and all changes
ordered by the Engineer will be shown accurately in red pencil. If necessary, supplemental
drawings will be made to show details of deviations or changes, and these will be kept with
the marked set. The drawings will be available to the Engineer for inspection during
construction. Satisfactory progress toward the preparation of the record drawings shall be
a condition of approval of monthly payment estimates. At the completion of construction,
prior to submitting his estimate for final payment. and as a condition for payment thereof,
three copies of the record drawings, satisfactorily completed, will be transmitted to the
Engineer.
SC -08. BASIS OF PAYMENT:
As explained in the section "Instructions to Bidders," payment for all items of
construction will be made at the total of the actual number of units installed at the unit
prices stated in the Bid Schedule to the Proposal. The partial payments described in the
Agreement will be made based on the actual number of units of work completed during the
month and in -place at the unit prices stated in the Bid Schedule.
SC -09. EXISTING STRUCTURES:
Where sidewalks, street signs, private signs, walls, sidewalks, fences, etc, are
removed in accomplishing the work, each and every item will be replaced in the same or
better manner or condition than that in which it was before construction began. The
Contractor will protect and hold harmless the Owner from any suit, action, or dispute
whatever arising from the Contractor's work adjacent to private property.
SC -10. SALVAGE MATERIAL:
All existing installations to be removed, including but not limited to masonry
and concrete rubble, asphalt, pipe, etc. will be disposed of at an approved permitted
location by the Contractor.
SC -3
AED - On -Call Concrete Repair,
Concrete Construction & Emergency Repairs
SC -11. REFERENCED SPECIFICATIONS:
Where specifications or standards of trade organizations and other groups
are referenced in these specifications, they are made as much a part of these specifications
as if the entire standard or specification were reprinted herein. The inclusion of the latest
edition or revision of the referenced specification or standard is intended.
SC -12. TRAFFIC CONTROL:
Traffic control shall conform to the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control
Devices (MUTCD) of the Federal Highway Administration, latest edition. The Contractor
shall give prior written notification to and shall obtain the approval of the Augusta Fire
Department, Police Department, Emergency Medical Services, and the Augusta Traffic
Engineering Department of any street closures.
SC -13. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. CODES. AND REGULATIONS. ETC.:
Supplementing the provision of the GENERAL CONDITIONS, the successful
bidder awarded this contract by signing the contract acknowledges the following, however,
this is not to be construed as all inclusive or being these only:
1. Underground Gas Pipe Law:
The Contractor signing the contract acknowledges that he is fully aware of the
contents and requirements of "Georgia Laws 1969, Pages 50 and the following, and
any amendments and regulations pursuant thereto ", and the Contractor shall
comply therewith.
2. High Voltage Act:
The Contractor by signing the contract acknowledges that he is fully aware of the
contents and requirements of "Act No. 525, Georgia law 1960, and any amendments
thereto, and Rules and Regulations of the commissioner of Labor pursuant thereto"
(the preceding requirements within quotation marks being hereinafter referred to
as the "high voltage act "), and the Contractor shall comply therewith. The signing of
Contract shall also confirm on behalf of the Contractor that he:
A. has visited the premises and has taken into consideration the location of
all electrical power lines on and adjacent to all areas onto which the
contract documents require to permit the Contract either to work, to
store materials, or to stage operations, and
B. that the Contractor has obtained from the Owner of the aforesaid electric
power lines advice in writing as to the amount of voltage carried by the
aforesaid lines.
SC -4
AED - On-Call Concrete Repair,
Concrete Construction & Emergency Repairs
The Contractor agrees that he is the "person or persons responsible for the work to
be done" as referred to in the high voltage act and that accordingly the Contractor is
solely "responsible for the completion of the safety measures which are required by
Section 3 of the high voltage act before proceeding with any work." The Contractor
agrees that prior to the completion of precautionary measures required by the high
voltage act he will neither bring nor permit the bringing of any equipment onto the
site (or onto any area or areas onto which the contract documents require or permit
the Contractor to work, to store materials, or to stage operations) with which it is
possible to come within eight feet of any high voltage line or lines pursuant to
operations arising out of performance of the Contract. The foregoing provisions
apply to power lines located (a) on the site and (b) on any area or areas onto which
the contract documents require or permit the Contractor either to work, to store
materials, or to stage operations, or (c) within working distance for equipment or
materials, being used on (a) and (b) above. These provisions of the Contract do not
limit or reduce the duty of the Contractor otherwise owed to the Owner, to other
parties, or to both. The Contractor agrees that the foregoing provisions supplement
provisions of the General Conditions. The Contractor agrees and acknowledges that
any failure on his part to adhere to the high voltage act shall not only be a violation
of law but shall also be a breach of contract and specific violation of the provisions
of the General Conditions which pertains to safety precautions.
3. Occupational Safety & Health Act:
The Contractor by signing the contract acknowledges that he is fully aware of the
provisions of the Williams- Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 and
he shall comply therewith.
SC - 14. SITE ACCESS:
In order to minimize damage to existing paving, and landscaping, access to the site
for the Contractor's personnel and equipment will be restricted to the routes designated by
the Owner. The Contractor will be required to use only these routes unless prior written
approval is given by the Owner.
SC - 15. GEORGIA PROMPT PAY ACT:
This Agreement is intended by the Parties to, and does, supersede any and all
provisions of the Georgia Prompt Pay Act, O.C.G.A. Section 13 -11 -1, et seq. In the event any
provision of this Agreement is inconsistent with any provision of the Prompt Pay Act, the
provision of this Agreement shall control.
SC - 16. DISPUTES:
All claims, disputes and other matters in question between the Owner and the
Contractor arising out of or relating to the Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be
decided in the Superior Court of Richmond County, Georgia. The Contractor, by executing
this Agreement, specifically consents to venue in Richmond County and waives any right to
contest the venue in the Superior Court of Richmond County, Georgia.
SC-s
AED - On -Call Concrete Repair,
Concrete Construction & Emergency Repairs
SC -17. INTEREST NOT EARNED ON RETAINAGE:
Notwithstanding any provision of the law to the contrary, the parties agree that no
interest shall be due to the Contractor on any sum held as retainage pursuant to this
Agreement and Contractor specifically waives any claim to same.
SC -18. EQUIVALENT MATERIALS:
Notwithstanding any provision of the general conditions, there shall be no
substitution of materials that are not determined to be equivalent to those indicated or
required in the contract documents without an amendment to the contract.
SC -19. AFTER HOURS INSPECTION:
If the Contractor opts to work before or after normal working hours, 8 a.m. to 5 p.m.,
Monday through Friday, or on Augusta, Georgia Legal Holidays, then the Contractor must
pay for the cost of inspection by the City of Augusta, Georgia and follow all necessary
procedures listed in "Section 15, Right -of -way Encroachment Guidelines, Part E, Outside of
Normal Working Hours," of the Augusta, GA Planning Commission Development Documents
dated September, 1999. If inspectors of Augusta, GA are needed to work outside normal
business hours, Augusta, GA Engineering Department needs to be notified 72 hours in
advance.
SC -20. MASTERS GOLF TOURNAMENT:
Any work planned to be accomplished during or directly before the Masters Golf
Tournament must be submitted to and approved in writing by the Owner. Consideration
will be given only for contract time extensions as a result of delays in accomplishing the
work No consideration will be given for claims for damages.
SC -21. SPECIAL PROVISIONS:
1) The Contractor shall submit to Augusta Engineering Department a cost proposal and
associated work schedule for each Task Ordered for review and approval.
2) No work shall commence without a prior executed Task Order issued by Augusta
Engineering Department.
3) As a supplement to the Master Contract, Task Order specific `Special Conditions" will
be issued by the Augusta Engineering Department at execution of each Task Order. At
execution, these conditions will become part of the Master Contract for that Task
Order.
SC -6
AED - On -Call Concrete Repair,
Concrete Construction & Emergency Repairs
SUSPENSION OF THE WORK. TERMINATION AND DELAY; To the extent that it does not alter
the scope of this agreement, Augusta, GA reserves the right of unilaterally ordering, without any
cause, a temporary stopping of the work, or delaying of the work to be performed by the
Contractor or Consultant under this agreement. Augusta, GA will not be held liable for
compensation to the Contractor / Consultant for an extension of contract time or increase in
contract price, or both, directly attributable to this action of Augusta, GA.
DEFECTIVE PRICING: To the extent that the pricing provided by the contractor is erroneous
and defective, the parties may, by agreement, correct pricing errors to reflect the intent of the
parties.
SPECIFIED EXCUSES FOR DELAY OR NON- PERFORMANCE: The contractor is not responsible
for delay in performance caused by acts of nature, strikes, lockouts, accidents, or other events
beyond the control of the contractor. In any such event, the contract price and schedule shall be
equitably adjusted.
CONTRACT TERMINATION;
On -Call Concrete Repair,
Concrete Construction & Emergency Repairs
Additional Provisions
1. The Contractor shall promptly remove from the premises all work rejected by the
Engineer for failure to comply with the Contract Documents, whether incorporated in
the construction or not and the Contractor shall promptly replace and re- execute the
work in accordance with the Contract Documents and without expense to the
Owner and shall bear the expense of making good all work of other Contractors
destroyed or damaged by such removal or replacement.
2. All removal and replacement work shall be done at the Contractor's expense. If the
Contractor does not take action to remove such rejected work within ten (10) days after
receipt of written notice, Augusta, GA may remove such work and store the materials at
the expense of the Contractor.
3. Any omissions or failure on the part of the Engineer to disapprove or reject any work or
material shall not be construed to be an acceptance of any defective work or material.
The Contractor shall remove, at his own expense and shall rebuild and replace same
without extra charge and in default thereof the same may be done by Augusta, GA at the
Contractor's expense or in case the Engineer shall not consider the defect of sufficient
importance to require the Contractor to rebuild or replace any imperfect work or
material, he shall have the power and is hereby authorized to make an equitable
deduction from the stipulated price.
CONTINGENT FEES: The contractor is prohibited from directly or indirectly advocating in
exchange for compensation that is contingent in any way upon the approval of this contract or
AP1
AED - On-Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
the passage, modification, or defeat of any legislative action on the part of the Augusta, Georgia
Commission the contractor shall not hire anyone to actively advocate in exchange for
compensation that is contingent in any way upon the passage, modification, or defeat of any
contract or any legislation that is to go before the Augusta, Georgia Commission.
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS: The contractor acknowledges that this contract and any
changes to it by amendment, modification, change order or other similar document may have
required or may require the legislative authorization of the Board of Commissioners and
approval of the Mayor. Under Georgia law, the contractor is deemed to possess knowledge
concerning Augusta, Georgia's ability to assume contractual obligations and the consequences of
the contractor provision of goods or services to Augusta, Georgia under an unauthorized
contract, amendment, modification, change order or other similar document, including the
possibility that the contractor may be precluded from recovering payment for such unauthorized
goods or services. Accordingly, the contractor agrees that if it provides goods or services to
Augusta, Georgia under a contract that has not received proper legislative authorization or if the
contractor provides goods or services to Augusta, Georgia in excess of the any contractually
authorized goods or services, as required by Augusta, Georgia's Charter and Code, Augusta,
Georgia may withhold payment for any unauthorized goods or services provided by the
contractor. The contractor assumes all risk of non - payment for the provision of any
unauthorized goods or services to Augusta, Georgia, and it waives all claims to payment or to
other remedies for the provision of any unauthorized goods or services to Augusta, Georgia,
however characterized, including, without limitation, all remedies at law or equity." This
acknowledgement shall be a mandatory provision in all Augusta, Georgia contracts for goods and
services, except revenue producing contracts.
LANDFILL; All contracts for contractors performing demolition and /or construction projects for
Augusta, Georgia shall contain a provision requiring that all debris, trash and rubble from the
project be transported to and disposed of at the Augusta, Georgia Solid Waste Landfill in
accordance with local and state regulations. The
Contractor shall provide evidence of proper disposal through manifests, which shall include the
types of material disposed of, the name and location of the disposal facility, date of disposal and
all related fees
LOCAL SMALL BUSINESS: In accordance with Chapter 10B of the AUGUSTA, GA. CODE, the
contractor expressly agrees to collect and maintain all records necessary to for Augusta, Georgia
to evaluate the effectiveness of its Local Small Business Opportunity Program and to make such
records available to Augusta, Georgia. The requirements of the Local Small Business Opportunity
Program can be found at www.augustaga.gov. In accordance with AUGUSTA.GA CODE § 1 -I0-
129(d) (7), for all contracts where a local small business goal has been established, the
contractor is required to provide local small business utilization reports. Contractor shall report
to Augusta, Georgia the total dollars paid to each local small business on each contract, and shall
provide such payment affidavits, regarding payment to subcontractors as may be requested by
Augusta, Georgia. Such documents shall be in the format specified by the Director of Minority and
Small Business Opportunities, and shall be submitted at such times as required by Augusta,
Georgia. Failure to provide such reports within the time period specified by Augusta, Georgia
shall entitle Augusta, Georgia to exercise any of the remedies set forth, including but not limited
to, withholding payment from the contractor and /or collecting liquidated damages.
AP2
AED - on -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
************************* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * **
Please sign and date below acknowledging receipt of and concurrence with the Additional
Provisions herewith for the On -Call Concrete Repair. Concrete Construction & Emergency
Repairs with Augusta, GA.
Horizon Construction and Associates, Inc
Company
3 -8 - /Z
Date
A/7 g & Title
I. Pe icieflo'r?
Printed Name
AP3
AED - On -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
6
M
R G 1 A
All Bidders
Phyllis Mills, Quality Assurance Analyst
Abie Ladson, ngineering Department
FROM: Geri Sams Strzil
Procurement Director
DATE: November 21, 2011
SUBJ: Responses to Vendor Questions
TO:
esoonse:
Question #2:
Response:
ADDENDUM NO. 1
Room 605 - 530 Greene Street, Augusta Georgia 30901
(706) 821 -2422 - Fax (706) 821 -2811
\‘. auguatac;a.am
Register at www.demandstar.com /s pplier for automatic bid notification
1 ' ,voeruaa»tevtd mewt
. C'eaat read, 60
RFP ITEM: RFP Item 11 -159 On -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete Construction & Emergency Repair
for Engineering Department
RFP OPENING: Friday, December 2, 2011 at 11:00 a.m.
Bidders on this project are hereby notified that this Addendum shall be attached to and made part of the
above - named RFP Package.
1. Responses to Vendor questions:
Question #1: Should I go through the laborious process of submitting this bid for only one of its line items? It is
an extremely time consuming and costly process to submit a bid of this form without confirmation
that we will be given serious consideration.
A contractor that is bidding this project is required to bid all lira items.
Would the City of Augusta consider a separate RFP for sidewalk trip hazard removal?
Augusta will not consider a separate RFP /Contract for this contract.
Please acknowledge addendum in your submittal
END ADDENDUM
Scan this QR code with your
smartphone or camera equipped
tablet to visit the Augusta, Georgia
Addendum 1 RFP Item #11.159
Page 1 of 1
,-
�2� , '�v. rx zF. � � �w •a'� '�" 4 M � J i s x�'w� t '���+ .
• • ;r Si F 3{'
SECTION A
AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT, made on the day of , 2012 by and between the
City of Augusta
party of the first part, hereinafter called the OWNER, and
HORIZON CONSTRUCTION & ASSOCIATES. INC.
party of the second part, hereinafter called the CONTRACTOR.
WITNESSETH, that the Contractor and the Owner, for the considerations hereinafter
names, agree as follows:
ARTICLE I - SCOPE OF THE WORK:
The Contractor hereby agrees to furnish all of the materials and all of the equipment and
labor necessary, and to perform all of the work described in the specifications for the
project entitled:
ON -CALL CONCRETE REPAIR, CONCRETE
CONSTRUCTION AND EMERGENCY REPAIRS
And in accordance with the requirements and provisions of the Contract Documents as
defined in the General and Special Conditions hereto attached, which are hereby made a
part of this agreement.
ARTICLE II - TIME OF COMPLETION - LIQUIDATED DAMAGES:
The work to be performed under this Contract shall be commenced within 5 calendar days
after the date of written notice by the Owner to the Contractor to proceed. All work shall
be completed within calendar days specified by the Owner, with such extensions of time as
are provided for in the General Conditions.
It is hereby understood and mutually agreed, by and between the Contractor and the
Owner, that the date of beginning, rate of progress and the time for completion of the work
to be done hereunder are ESSENTIAL CONDITIONS of this contract. Contractor agrees that
said work shall be executed regularly, diligently, and uninterruptedly at such rate of
progress as will insure full completion thereof within the time specified. It is expressly
understood and agreed by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the time for
completion of the work described herein is a reasonable time for completion of the same,
taking into consideration the average climatic range and construction conditions prevailing
in this locality.
A -1
AED - On-Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
ONCE MOBILIZED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT STOP MAJOR CONSTRUCTION
ACTIVITIES FOR MORE THAN 5 DAYS, UNLESS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEERING
DEPARTMENT. IN THE EVENT THAT UNAPPROVED MAJOR CONSTRUCTION
ACTIVITIES ARE CEASED FOR MORE THAN 5 DAYS, A TOTAL OF TWO THOUSAND
DOLLARS ($2.000) SHALL BE PAID TO THE OWNER FOR EACH AND EVERY CALENDAR
DAY THE CONTRACTOR DOES NOT COMMENCE MAJOR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES.
MAJOR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE ENGINEERING
DEPARTMENT.
IF THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NEGLECT, FAIL, OR REFUSE TO COMPLETE THE WORK
WITHIN THE TIME HEREIN SPECIFIED, then the Contractor does hereby agree, as a part
of the consideration for the awarding of this contract, to pay the Owner the sum of Two
Thousand Dollars $2.000 not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages for such breach of
contract as hereinafter set forth, for each and every calendar day that the Contractor shall
be in default after the time stipulated in the Contract for completing the work.
The said amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner
because of the impracticability and extreme difficulty of fixing and ascertaining the actual
damages the Owner would, in such event, sustain, and said amounts shall be retained from
time to time by the Owner from current periodical estimates.
It is further agreed that time is of the essence of each and every portion of this Contract and
the specifications wherein a definite portion and certain length of time is fixed for the
additional time is allowed for the completion of work, the new time limit fixed by extension
shall be the essence of this contract.
ARTICLE III - PAYMENT:
(a) The Contract Sum
The Owner shall pay to the Contractor for the performance of the contract the amount
as stated in the Proposal and Schedule of Items. No variations shall be made in the
amount except as set forth in the specifications attached hereto.
(b) Progress Payment
No later than the fifth day of every month, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner's/
Engineer, an estimate covering the percentage of the total amount of the contract which
has been completed from the start of the job up to and including the last working day of
the proceeding month, together with such supporting evidence as may be required by
the Owner and /or the Engineer. This estimate shall include only the quantities in place
and at the unit prices as set forth in the Bid Schedule.
On the vendor run, following approval of the invoice for payment, the Owner shall after
deducting previous payments made, pay to the Contractor 90% of the amount of the
estimate on units accepted in place. The 10% retained percentage may be held by the
Owner until the final completion and acceptance of all work under the Contract.
A -2
AED - On -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
ARTICLE IV - ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT:
(a) Upon receipt of written notice that the work is ready for final inspection
acceptance, the Engineer shall within 5 days, make such inspection and when
he finds the work acceptable under the contract and the contract fully
performed, he will promptly issue a final certificate, over his own signature,
stating that the work required by this Contract has been completed and is
accepted by him under the terms and conditions thereof, and the entire
balance found to be due the Contractor, including the retained percentage,
shall be paid to the Contractor by the owner within 15 days after the date of
said final certificate.
(b) Before final payment is due, the Contractor shall submit evidence satisfactory
to the Engineer that all payrolls, material bills, and other indebtedness
connected with work have been paid, except that in case of disputed
indebtedness of liens of evidence of payment of all such disputed amounts
when adjudicated in cases where such payment has not already been
guaranteed by surety bond.
(c) The making and acceptance of the final payment shall constitute a waiver of
all claims by the Owner, other than those arising from unsettled liens, from
faulty work appearing within 12 months after final payment, from
requirements of the specifications, or from manufacturer's guarantees. It
shall also constitute a waiver of all claims by the Contractor except those
previously made and still unsettled.
(d) If after the work has been substantially completed, full completion thereof is
materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor, and the Engineer, so
certifies, the Owner shall upon certification of the Engineer, and without
terminating the contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion
of the work fully completed and accepted.
(e) Notwithstanding any provision of the General Conditions, there shall be no
substitution of materials or change in means, methods, techniques,
sequences or procedures of construction that are not determined to be
equivalent to those indicated or required in the Contract Document, without
an Amendment to the Contract.
(f) Each payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final
payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims.
A -3
AED - On -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement in three (3)
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, in the year and day first
mentioned above.
AUGUSTA, GEORGIA
COMMISSION- COUNCIL
(Owner)
By: ( )
6 4' Mayor Deke S. Copenhaver
- if ( 2_
CONTRACTOR: Witv 2 0 4 (0/ifihicAfCit 1 4104. C.
By:
Title: P,eI, /Co"-
Address: A, 6 . , Od' 79/
,i'eni 4CD63 is 50809
A -4
SEAL
Attest
Secretary
g&iLo taiaz._
i
Witness
AED - On-Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
Augusta Georgia Procurement Department
ATTN: Procurement Director
530 Greene Street, Suite 605
Augusta, Georgia 0901
Name of Bidder: +A 0 120n CO nS u-C4+t On
Street Address: T. o. 'o X , 7Q
Attachment B
You u Con Dtete and Return .i aC 4 r4a n,en aE
E with CD i.�
\ssoci a a l h c
ournent Mus Bc-
Q
arized ,
City, State, Zip Code: Evans, Qeor31 d 30809
Phone: 7O 210- B (o2 y Fax: 704, - 2.10-8‘2,5 Email: 1plriry(1a INo NZa/1c °ns karaSSt
Do You Have A Business License? Yes: ✓ No: J
Business License # for your Company (Must Provide): CO∎urnfpi e co(404- 14048
Company must be licensed in the Governmental entity for where they do the majority of their/business. if your Governmental entity (State
Local) does not require a business license, your company will be required to obtain a Richmond County business license if awardec
Bid /RFP /RFQ. For further information contact the License and Inspection Department @ 706 312 -5162.
List the State, City & County that issued your license:
Aciknow edgement of Addenda: ( #1) V : ( #2) : ( #3) : (#4) : ( #5) : ( #6) : ( #7) : ( #8) •
NOTE: CHECK APPROPRIATE BOX(ES)- ADD ADDITIONAL NUMBERS AS APPLICABLE
Statement of Non- Discrimination
The undersigned understands that it is the policy of Augusta, Georgia to promote full and equal busine:
opportunity for all persons doing business with Augusta, Georgia. The undersigned covenants that we hal
not discriminated, on the basis of race, religion, gender, national origin or ethnicity, with regard to prin
contracting, subcontracting or partnering opportunities.
The undersigned covenants and agrees to make good faith efforts to ensure maximum practicab
participation of local small businesses on the bid or contract awarded by Augusta, Georgia. Tt
undersigned further covenants that we have completed truthfully and fully the required forms regarding go(
faith efforts and local small business subcontractor /supplier utilization.
The undersigned further covenants and agrees not to engage in discriminatory conduct of any tyt
against local small businesses, in conformity with Augusta, Georgia's Local Small Business Opportuni
Program. Set forth below is the signature of an officer of the bidding /contracting entity with the authority
bind the entity.
The undersigned acknowledge and warrant that this Company has been made aware of understan(
and agrees to take affirmative action to provide such companies with the maximum practicable opportuniti(
to do business with this Company;
That this promise of non - discrimination as made and set forth herein shall be continuing in natu
and shall remain in full force and effect without interruption;
That the promises of non - discrimination as made and set forth herein shall be and are heret
deemed to be made as part of and incorporated by reference into any contract or portion thereof which th
Company may hereafter obtain and;
That the failure of this Company to satisfactorily discharge any of the promises of nondiscriminatic
as made and set forth herein shall constitute a material breach of contract entitling Augusta, Georgia
declare the contract in default and to exercise any and all applicable rights remedies including but not IimitE
to cancellation of the contract, termination of the contract, suspension and debarment from future contractir
opportunities, and withholding and or forfeiture of compensation due and owing on a contract.
Attachment B - Page 2 of 3
Non - Collusion of Prime Bidder /Offeror
By submission of a bid, the vendor certifies, under penalty of perjury, that to the best of its knowledl
and belief:
(a) The prices in the proposal have been arrived at independently without collusion, consultatic
communications, or agreement, for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating
such prices with any other vendor or with any competitor.
(b) Unless otherwise required by law, the prices which have been quoted in the proposal have not be
knowingly disclosed by the vendor prior to opening, directly or indirectly, to any other vendor or to ai
competitor.
(c) No attempt has been made, or will be made, by the vendor to induce any other person, partnersh
or corporation to submit or not to submit a proposal for the purpose of restricting competitio
Collusions and fraud in bid preparation shall be reported to the State of Georgia Attorney General ar
the United States Justice Department.
Conflict of Interest
By submission of a bid, the responding firm certifies, under penalty of perjury, that to the best of
knowledge and belief:
1. No circumstances exist which cause a Conflict of Interest in performing the services required by tl
ITB, and
2. That no employee of the County, nor any member thereof, not any public agency or official affect(
by this ITB, has any pecuniary interest in the business of the responding firm or his sub - consultant(
has any interest that would conflict in any manner or degree with the performance related to this ITB.
By submission of a bid, the vendor certifies under penalty of perjury, that to the best of its knowledc
and belief:
(a) The prices in the bid have been arrived at independently without collusion, consultatio
communications, or agreement, for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating
such prices with any other vendor or with any competitor.
(b) Unless otherwise required by law, the prices which have been quoted in the bid have not knowing
been disclosed by the vendor prior to opening, directly or indirectly, to any other vendor or competitor.
c) No attempt has been made, or will be made, by the vendor to induce any other person, partnersh
or cooperation to submit or not to submit a bid for the purpose of restricting competition. For any breac
or violation of this provision, the County shall have the right to terminate any related contract
agreement without liability and at its discretion to deduct from the price, or otherwise recover, the ft
amount of such fee, commission, percentage, gift, payment or consideration.
Corrmi m lu e u t cP4 3 aae °s c e ;`Etach Brit Your Subsrtit €. ICY urnef °ii IF`ust Be -totalized.
Attachment B - Page 3 of 3
Contractor Affidavit and Agreement
By executing this affidavit, the undersigned contractor verifies its compliance with 0.C.G.A. 13 -10 -S
stating affirmatively that the individual, firm, or corporation which is contracting with Augusta, Georc
Board of Commissioners has registered with and is participating in a federal work authorizati(
program* [any of the electronic verification of work authorization programs operated by the Unit
States Department of Homeland Security or any equivalent federal work authorization progra
operated by the United States Department of Homeland Security to verify information of newly hin
employees, pursuant to the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (IRCA), P.L. 99 -603],
accordance with the applicability provisions and deadlines established in 0.C.G.A 13- 10 -91. TI
undersigned further agrees that should it employ or contract with any subcontractor(s) in connectic
with the physical performance of services pursuant to this contract with Augusta Georgia Board
Commissioners, contractor will secure from such subcontractor(s) similar verification of compliance wi
0.C.G.A 13 -10 -91 on the Subcontractor Affidavit provided in Rule 300- 10- 01 -.08 or a substantia
similar form. Contractor further agrees to maintain records of such compliance and provide a copy
each such verification to the Augusta, Georgia Board of Commissioners at the time the subcontractor(
is retained to perform such service.
Georgia Law requires your company to have an E- Verify *User Identification Number (Company I.D.) on or after July
2009.
For additional information or to enroll your company, visit the State of Georgia website:
https : / /e verify. uscis.gov /enroll/ and /or http: / /www.dol.state.ga.us /pdf /rules /300 10 1.pdf
i' E - Verify * User Identification Number (Company I.D.) t't 1-1 EN 4 ?48
NOTE: E- VERIFY USER 1DENDIFICATION NUMBER (COMPANY I.D.) MUST BE PROVIDED: IN ADDITION, THE RECOMMENDED AWARDED VEND(
WILL BE REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A COPY OF HOMELAND SECURITY'S MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING (MOU)
The undersigned further agrees to submit a notarized copy of Attachment B and any requin
documentation noted as part of the Augusta, Georgia Board of Commissions specifications whit
govern this process. In addition, the undersigned agrees to submit all required forms for al
subcontractor(s) as requested and or required. I further understand that my submittal will 1:
' d T eemed non - compliant if any part of this process is violated. •
t1orI7—on Can +04C410/1 Aswcia -es he
C pany
: Authorized Officer or Agent
(Contractor Signature)
ItrT se~ den +'
Title of Authorized Officer or Agent of Contractor
� -� eInv L. \- -kndter&on
Printed N&rie of Authorized Officer or Agent
SU SCRIBED AND SWORN BEFORE ME ON THIS THE \ SA. DAY OF 3CC igt , 201
Notary' E,hiic Notary Public, Columbia County, Georgia
My Commission Expires: My Commission Expires: 10-06-13
REV. 8/1.5/2011
es. al' Apachme n
`VOU —t COrliD1?4e Flt,
NOTARY SEAL
B vv* th ": °°3 ti' Submittal. e oc Must e lotarizec :.
,SC!, 4
EXCEPTION SHEET
If the commodity (ies) and /or services proposed in the response to this bid is in anyw<
different from that contained in this proposal or bid, the bidder is responsible to clearly identi
by specification section number, all such differences in the space provided below. Otherwise,
will be assumed that bidder(s) offer is in total compliance with all aspects of the proposal
bid.
Below are the exceptions to the stated specifications:
'AY Signature
/z - / -I/
W aet 2vri
e0 - , b 4,S.10C1
Company
7 refi d e
Date
Title
eti with -z Jrnittal it he commodity and /or services proposed in the response to this bid any
a = \ way different rom that contained in the Specifications:
9yetematic Mien Verification for Entitlements OM' Program
Almdavit Verifying Status for Augusta, Georgia Benefit Application By executing this
affidavit under oath, as an applicant for an Augusta, Georgia Business; License or Occupation Tax
Certificate, Alcohol License, Taxi Permit, Contract or other public benefit as reference In O.C.G.A.
Section 50 -36 -1, I am stating the following with respect to my bid for an Augusta, Georgia contract
for #11 -159 On -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete Construction
(84/RFP/RFQ Pnv/ect Number and Project Hamel
Henr L. Henderson
hnavidusi, business, c,perepon, partnership, or other private
WNW
Horizon Construction & Associates, Inc.
(Prindrype: Name ofnewel Deleon *gybing on bshaN
1.) XXX
OR
ry Pu. I!c
(Psi yp.: Name of business, corpordfOn, partnership, or other pate Meryl
i am a citizen of the United States.
2.) lam a legal permanent resident 18 years of age or older.
OR
3.) _ I am an otherwise qualified alien (8 § USC 1641) or nonimmigrant under the
Federal Immigration and Nationality Act (8 USC 1101 of seq.) 18 years, of age or older and lawfully
present in the United States_"
in making the above representation under oath, l understand that any person who
knowingly and willfully makes a false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or representation in
an affidavit shall be guilty of a violation of Code Section 1640.20 of the Official Code of
Georgia.
gn of • plicant
Henry L. Henderson
Printed Name
* A lien Regfstradoe► Number far Noe- Citizens
CRIBED AND SWORN BEFORE ME ON THIS THE /1 DAY OF 5r de 20/
Notary Public, Columbia County, Georgia
My Commission Expires: - My Commission Expires: 10-06-13
. NOTARY SEAL
Note: The successful vendor will submit the above fors to the Procurement Department no later
than five (5) days after receiving the "Letter of Recommendation" (Vendor's letter will denote
the date forms are to be received).
Rev. a/Is/zea i ,
ITB #11 - 158 On-Call Cenci eb Repair, Concrete construction
Page 2of
STATE OF GEORGIA - COUNTY OF RICHMOND
BID/RFPI'RFQ#
SUBCONTRACTOR AFFIDAVIT
By executing this affidavit, the undersigned subcontractor verifies its compliance with O.C.G.A. 13-
10 -x1, stating affirmatively that the individual, firm, or ration which is engaged in the physical
performance of services under a contract with Uri z.o4 c.vh.fi, ei', y1 on behalf of
Augusta Richmond County Board of Commissioners has registered with and Is participating in a
federal work authorization program* [any of the electronic verification of work authorization
programs operated by the United States Department of Homeland Security or any equivalent
federal work authorization program operated by the United States. Department of Homeland
Security to verify information of newly hired employees, pursuant to the Immigration Reform and
Control Act of 1986 ([RCA), P.L. 99 -603], in accordance with the applicability provisions and
deadlines established in O. C. G. A 13- 10-91.
/40 /73
E- Verify' User Identification Number
rr n9NName
,140‘,1
BY: Authorized Officer or Agent
(Contractor Signature)
Wn�
Title of Authorized Officer or Agent of Contractor
l�Y: /t/e. .C)/7
Printed Name of Authorized Officer or Agent
SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN BEFORE ME ON THIS THE
/1 ' DAY OF r y 20 /2
Notary Pub
My o R�pn Expire
PWIrc, Columbia s Count Georgia
My PsOrn laden Expirosi fd 00 .13
NEV 7/U /Ze11
Georgia Law req res your company to have an
E•VerifrUeer IdeNflon Number on or after July
1, 2009.
For additional information: State of Georgia
htto://www.dttetite.cramalodfirulee/300 10 1,odf
httoe : /Je- verifv.uscis.aoV/enrolW
•
•
NOTARY SEAL
Note: The successful vendor will submit the above forms to the Procurement Department no later
than five (5) days after receiving the "Letter of Recommendation' (Vendors letter will denote
the date forms are to be received).
ITO *11.159 On - Call Coec$s R.¢iir, Concrete construction
Page 3of4
In accordance with the Laws of Georgia, the following affidavit is required bye!! vendors
NON - COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT OF SUBCONTRACTOR
1, Henry L. Henderson certify that this bid or proposal is made without prior
understanding, agreement or connection with any corporation, firm or person submitting a bid for the same
work, labor or service to be done or the supplies, materials or equipment to be furnished and is in all
respects fair and without collusion or fraud. I understand collusive bidding is a violation of state and federal
law and can result in fines, prison sentences and civil damages awards. 1 agree to abide by all conditions of
this bid or propoaal and certify that I am authorized to sign this bid or proposal for the bidder.
Afflant further states that pursuant to O.C.G.A. Section 36-91-21 (d) and (e),
Horizon Construction & Associates has nut, by itself or with others, directly or
indirectly, prevented or attempted to prevent competition in such bidding or proposals by any means
whatsoever. Afflant further states that (s)he has not prevented or endeavored to prevent anyone from making
a bid or offer on the project by any means whatever, nor has Milani caused of induced another to withdrew a
bid or offer for the work.
Af rant further states that the said offer of tin i t Price is bona fide, and that no one
has gone to any supplier and attempted to get such person or company to furnish the materials to the bidder
only, or furnished to a r other bidder, that the material shall be at a higher pOice.
1
ignat a of Authorized Company Representative
President
Title
Savor and subscribed before me this //A day of f eadri , 20
� 4
Notary Signature
Notary Publics !l Yi it2 Mce (Print Name)
County: 44/a/
Rev. I/2V cu
Commission Expires: My b1lc' Columbia county, �r ug t . NOTARY SEAL
MY ^wlmieao„ CLprres: 10 -06 -13
Note: The successful vendor will submit the above forms to the Procurement Department no later
than five (5) days after receiving the "Letter of Recommendation" (Vendor's letter will denote
the date forms are to be received).
ITS 111 -151 On-Call Concrete Repair, Concrete construction
Page 4 old
TOTAL P.05
E-VeriFy
Company ID Number: 229921
THE E- VERIFY PROGRAM FOR EMPLOYMENT VERIFICATION
MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING
ARTICLE I
PURPOSE AND AUTHORITY
This Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) sets forth the points of agreement between the
Department of Homeland Security (DHS) and Horizon Construction & Associates. Inc.
(Employer) regarding the Employer's participation in the Employment Eligibility Verification
Program (E- Verify). This MOU explains certain features of the E -Verify program and
enumerates specific responsibilities of DHS, the Social Security Administration (SSA), and the
Employer. E -Verify is a program that electronically confirms an employee's eligibility to work in
the United States after completion of the Employment Eligibility Verification Form (Form 1-9).
For covered government contractors, E -Verify is used to verify the employment eligibility of all
newly hired employees and all existing employees assigned to Federal contracts.
Authority for the E- Verify program is found in Title IV, Subtitle A, of the Illegal Immigration
Reform and Immigrant Responsibility Act of 1996 (IIRIRA), Pub. L. 104 -208, 110 Stat. 3009, as
amended (8 U.S.C. § 1324a note). Authority for use of the E- Verify program by Federal
contractors and subcontractors covered by the terms of Subpart 22.18, "Employment Eligibility
Verification ", of the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) (hereinafter referred to in this MOU as
a "Federal contractor") to verify the employment eligibility of certain employees working on
Federal contracts is also found in Subpart 22.18 and in Executive Order 12989, as amended.
ARTICLE it
FUNCTIONS TO BE PERFORMED
A. RESPONSIBILITIES OF SSA
1. SSA agrees to provide the Employer with available information that allows the Employer
to confirm the accuracy of Social Security Numbers provided by all employees verified under
this MOU and the employment authorization of U.S. citizens.
2. SSA agrees to provide to the Employer appropriate assistance with operational
problems that may arise during the Employer's participation in the E- Verify program. SSA
agrees to provide the Employer with names, titles, addresses, and telephone numbers of SSA
representatives to be contacted during the E -Verify process.
3. SSA agrees to safeguard the information provided by the Employer through the E- Verify
program procedures, and to limit access to such information, as is appropriate by law, to
individuals responsible for the verification of Social Security Numbers and for evaluation of the
E -Verify program or such other persons or entities who may be authorized by SSA as governed
by the Privacy Act (5 U.S.C. § 552a), the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1306(a)), and SSA
regulations (20 CFR Part 401).
Page 1 of 131E- Verify MOU for EmpioyeriRevision Date 10/29/08
EVeriFy
Company ID Number: 229921
4. SSA agrees to provide a means of automated verification that is designed (in
conjunction with DHS's automated system if necessary) to provide confirmation or tentative
nonconfirmation of U.S. citizens' employment eligibility within 3 Federal Govemment work days
of the initial inquiry.
5. SSA agrees to provide a means of secondary verification (including updating SSA
records as may be necessary) for employees who contest SSA tentative nonconfirmations that
is designed to provide final confirmation or nonconfirmation of U.S. citizens' employment
eligibility and accuracy of SSA records for both citizens and aliens within 10 Federal
Government work days of the date of referral to SSA, unless SSA determines that more than 10
days may be necessary. In such cases, SSA will provide additional verification instructions.
B. RESPONSIBILITIES OF DHS
1. After SSA verifies the accuracy of SSA records for aliens through E- Verify, DHS agrees
to provide the Employer access to selected data from DHS's database to enable the Employer
to conduct, to the extent authorized by this MOU:
• Automated verification checks on alien employees by electronic means, and
• Photo verification checks (when available) on employees.
2. DHS agrees to provide to the Employer appropriate assistance with operational
problems that may arise during the Employer's participation in the E- Verify program. DHS
agrees to provide the Employer names, titles, addresses, and telephone numbers of DHS
representatives to be contacted during the E- Verify process.
3. DHS agrees to provide to the Employer a manual (the E -Verify User Manual) containing
instructions on E- Verify policies, procedures and requirements for both SSA and DHS, including
restrictions on the use of E- Verify. DHS agrees to provide training materials on E- Verify.
4. DHS agrees to provide to the Employer a notice, which indicates the Employer's
participation in the E -Verify program. DHS also agrees to provide to the Employer anti-
discrimination notices issued by the Office of Special Counsel for Immigration - Related Unfair
Employment Practices (OSC), Civil Rights Division, U.S. Department of Justice.
5. DHS agrees to issue the Employer a user identification number and password that
permits the Employer to verify information provided by alien employees with DHS's database.
6. DHS agrees to safeguard the information provided to DHS by the Employer, and to limit
access to such information to individuals responsible for the verification of alien employment
eligibility and for evaluation of the E -Verify program, or to such other persons or entities as may
be authorized by applicable law. Information will be used only to verify the accuracy of Social
Security Numbers and employment eligibility, to enforce the Immigration and Nationality Act
(INA) and Federal criminal laws, and to administer Federal contracting requirements.
7. DHS agrees to provide a means of automated verification that is designed (in
conjunction with SSA verification procedures) to provide confirmation or tentative
Page 2 of 131E- Verify MOU for Employer ;Revision Date 10/29/08
E- Verify
Company ID Number: 229921
N /STR
nonconfirmation of employees' employment eligibility within 3 Federal Govemment work days of
the initial inquiry.
8. DHS agrees to provide a means of secondary verification (including updating DHS
records as may be necessary) for employees who contest DHS tentative nonconfirmations and
photo non -match tentative nonconfirmations that is designed to provide final confirmation or
nonconfirmation of the employees' employment eligibility within 10 Federal Govemment work
days of the date of referral to DHS, unless DHS determines that more than 10 days may be
necessary. In such cases, DHS will provide additional verification instructions.
C. RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE EMPLOYER
1. The Employer agrees to display the notices supplied by DHS in a prominent place that is
clearly visible to prospective employees and all employees who are to be verified through the
system.
2. The Employer agrees to provide to the SSA and DHS the names, titles, addresses, and
telephone numbers of the Employer representatives to be contacted regarding E- Verify.
3. The Employer agrees to become familiar with and comply with the most recent version
of the E -Verify User Manual.
4. The Employer agrees that any Employer Representative who will perform employment
verification queries will complete the E -Verify Tutorial before that individual initiates any
queries.
A. The Employer agrees that all Employer representatives will take the refresher
tutorials initiated by the E -Verify program as a condition of continued use of E-
Verify, including any tutorials for Federal contractors if the Employer is a Federal
contractor.
B. Failure to complete a refresher tutorial will prevent the Employer from continued
use of the program.
5. The Employer agrees to comply with current Form 1 -9 procedures, with two exceptions:
• If an employee presents a "List B" identity document, the Employer agrees to only
accept "List B" documents that contain a photo. (List B documents identified in 8 C.F.R.
§ 274a.2(b)(1)(B)) can be presented during the Form 1 -9 process to establish identity.) If
an employee objects to the photo requirement for religious reasons, the Employer
should contact E- Verify at 888 - 464 -4218.
• If an employee presents a DHS Form 1 -551 (Permanent Resident Card) or Form 1 -766
(Employment Authorization Document) to complete the Form 1 -9, the Employer agrees to
make a photocopy of the document and to retain the photocopy with the employee's
Form 1 -9. The employer will use the photocopy to verify the photo and to assist DHS
with its review of photo non - matches that are contested by employees. Note that
employees retain the right to present any List A, or List B and List C, documentation to
complete the Form 1 -9. DHS may in the future designate other documents that activate
the photo screening tool.
Page 3 of 13IE- Verify MOU for Employer Revision Date 10129108
E- VeriFy
Company ID Number: 229921
6. The Employer understands that participation in E -Verify does not exempt the Employer
from the responsibility to complete, retain, and make available for inspection Forms 1 -9 that
relate to its employees, or from other requirements of applicable regulations or laws, including
the obligation to comply with the antidiscrimination requirements of section 274B of the INA with
respect to Form 1 -9 procedures, except for the following modified requirements applicable by
reason of the Employers participation in E- Verify: (1) identity documents must have photos, as
described in paragraph 5 above; (2) a rebuttable presumption is established that the Employer
has not violated section 274A(a)(1)(A) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (INA) with respect
to the hiring of any individual if it obtains confirmation of the identity and employment eligibility of
the individual in compliance with the terms and conditions of E- Verify; (3) the Employer must
notify DHS if it continues to employ any employee after receiving a final nonconfirmation, and is
subject to a civil money penalty between $550 and $1,100 for each failure to notify DHS of
continued employment following a final nonconfirmation; (4) the Employer is subject to a
rebuttable presumption that it has knowingly employed an unauthorized alien in violation of
section 274A(a)(1)(A) if the Employer continues to employ an employee after receiving a final
nonconfirmation; and (5) no person or entity participating in E -Verify is civilly or criminally liable
under any law for any action taken in good faith based on information provided through the
confirmation system. DHS reserves the right to conduct Form 1 -9 compliance inspections during
the course of E- Verify, as well as to conduct any other enforcement activity authorized by law.
7. The Employer agrees to initiate E -Verify verification procedures for new employees
within 3 Employer business days after each employee has been hired (but after both sections 1
and 2 of the Form 1 -9 have been completed), and to complete as many (but only as many) steps
of the E -Verify process as are necessary according to the E- Verify User Manual. The Employer
is prohibited from initiating verification procedures before the employee has been hired and the
Form 1 -9 completed. If the automated system to be queried is temporarily unavailable, the 3 -day
time period is extended until it is again operational in order to accommodate the Employer's
attempting, in good faith, to make inquiries during the period of unavailability. In all cases, the
Employer must use the SSA verification procedures first, and use DHS verification procedures
and photo screening tool only after the SSA verification response has been given. Employers
may initiate verification by notating the Form 1 -9 in circumstances where the employee has
applied for a Social Security Number (SSN) from the SSA and is waiting to receive the SSN,
provided that the Employer performs an E -Verify employment verification query using the
employee's SSN as soon as the SSN becomes available.
8. The Employer agrees not to use E- Verify procedures for pre - employment screening of
job applicants, in support of any unlawful employment practice, or for any other use not
authorized by this MOU. Employers must use E- Verify for all new employees, unless an
Employer is a Federal contractor that qualifies for the exceptions described in Article II.D.1.c.
Except as provided in Article II.D, the Employer will not verify selectively and will not verify
employees hired before the effective date of this MOU. The Employer understands that if the
Employer uses E- Verify procedures for any purpose other than as authorized by this MOU, the
Employer may be subject to appropriate legal action and termination of its access to SSA and
DHS information pursuant to this MOU.
9. The Employer agrees to follow appropriate procedures (see Article III. below) regarding
tentative nonconfirmations, including notifying employees of the finding, providing written
referral instructions to employees, allowing employees to contest the finding, and not taking
Page 4 of 13IE- Verify MOU for Emp!oyeriRevis +on Date 10129108
E-VeriIy
Page 5 of 13tE- Verify NACU for EmployeriRevision Date 10125;08
Company ID Number: 229921
adverse action against employees if they choose to contest the finding. Further, when
employees contest a tentative nonconfirmation based upon a photo non - match, the Employer is
required to take affirmative steps (see Article III.B. below) to contact DHS with information
necessary to resolve the challenge.
10. The Employer agrees not to take any adverse action against an employee based upon
the employee's perceived employment eligibility status while SSA or DHS is processing the
verification request unless the Employer obtains knowledge (as defined in 8 C.F.R. § 274a.1(I))
that the employee is not work authorized. The Employer understands that an initial inability of
the SSA or DHS automated verification system to verify work authorization, a tentative
nonconfirmation, a case in continuance (indicating the need for additional time for the
govemment to resolve a case), or the finding of a photo non - match, does not establish, and
should not be interpreted as evidence, that the employee is not work authorized. In any of the
cases listed above, the employee must be provided a full and fair opportunity to contest the
finding, and if he or she does so, the employee may not be terminated or suffer any adverse
employment consequences based upon the employee's perceived employment eligibility status
(including denying, reducing, or extending work hours, delaying or preventing training, requiring
an employee to work in poorer conditions, refusing to assign the employee to a Federal contract
or other assignment, or otherwise subjecting an employee to any assumption that he or she is
unauthorized to work) until and unless secondary verification by SSA or DHS has been
completed and a final nonconfirmation has been issued. If the employee does not choose to
contest a tentative nonconfirmation or a photo non -match or if a secondary verification is
completed and a final nonconfirmation is issued, then the Employer can find the employee is not
work authorized and terminate the employee's employment. Employers or employees with
questions about a final nonconfirmation may call E- Verify at 1- 888 -464 -4218 or OSC at 1 -800-
255 -8155 or 1- 800 - 237 -2515 (TDD).
11. The Employer agrees to comply with Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and section
274B of the INA by not discriminating unlawfully against any individual in hiring, firing, or
recruitment or referral practices because of his or her national origin or, in the case of a
protected individual as defined in section 274B(a)(3) of the INA, because of his or her
citizenship status. The Employer understands that such illegal practices can include selective
verification or use of E -Verify except as provided in part D below, or discharging or refusing to
hire employees because they appear or sound "foreign" or have received tentative
nonconfirmations. The Employer further understands that any violation of the unfair
immigration- related employment practices provisions in section 274B of the INA could subject
the Employer to civil penalties, back pay awards, and other sanctions, and violations of Title VII
could subject the Employer to back pay awards, compensatory and punitive damages.
Violations of either section 274B of the INA or Title VII may also lead to the termination of its
participation in E- Verify. If the Employer has any questions relating to the anti - discrimination
provision, it should contact OSC at 1- 800 - 255 -8155 or 1- 800 - 237 -2515 (TDD).
12. The Employer agrees to record the case verification number on the employee's Form 1 -9
or to print the screen containing the case verification number and attach it to the employee's
Form 1 -9.
13. The Employer agrees that it will use the information it receives from SSA or DHS
pursuant to E -Verify and this MOU only to confirm the employment eligibility of employees as
EVerily
D. RESPONSIBILITIES OF FEDERAL CONTRACTORS
Page 6 of 131E- Verify MOU for EmployedRevision Date , 0/29/08
Company ID Number: 229921
authorized by this MOU. The Employer agrees that it will safeguard this information, and means
of access to it (such as PINS and passwords) to ensure that it is not used for any other purpose
and as necessary to protect its confidentiality, including ensuring that it is not disseminated to
any person other than employees of the Employer who are authorized to perform the
Employer's responsibilities under this MOU, except for such dissemination as may be
authorized in advance by SSA or DHS for legitimate purposes.
14. The Employer acknowledges that the information which it receives from SSA is
governed by the Privacy Act (5 U.S.C. § 552a(i)(1) and (3)) and the Social Security Act (42
U.S.C. 1306(a)), and that any person who obtains this information under false pretenses or uses
it for any purpose other than as provided for in this MOU may be subject to criminal penalties.
15. The Employer agrees to cooperate with DHS and SSA in their compliance monitoring
and evaluation of E- Verify, including by permitting DHS and SSA, upon reasonable notice, to
review Forms 1 -9 and other employment records and to interview it and its employees regarding
the Employer's use of E- Verify, and to respond in a timely and accurate manner to DHS
requests for information relating to their participation in E- Verify.
1. The Employer understands that if it is a Federal contractor subject to the
employment verification terms in Subpart 22.18 of the FAR it must verify the employment
eligibility of any "employee assigned to the contract" (as defined in FAR 22.1801) in addition to
verifying the employment eligibility of all other employees required to be verified under the FAR.
Once an employee has been verified through E -Verify by the Employer, the Employer may not
reverify the employee through E- Verify.
a. Federal contractors not enrolled at the time of contract award: An Employer that
is not enrolled in E- Verify as a Federal contractor at the time of a contract award must enroll as
a Federal contractor in the E -Verify program within 30 calendar days of contract award and,
within 90 days of enrollment, begin to use E -Verify to initiate verification of employment eligibility
of new hires of the Employer who are working in the United States, whether or not assigned to
the contract. Once the Employer begins verifying new hires, such verification of new hires must
be initiated within 3 business days after the date of hire. Once enrolled in E -Verify as a Federal
contractor, the Employer must initiate verification of employees assigned to the contract within
90 calendar days after the date of enrollment or within 30 days of an employee's assignment to
the contract, whichever date is later.
b. Federal contractors already enrolled at the time of a contract award: Employers
enrolled in E- Verify as a Federal contractor for 90 days or more at the time of a contract award
must use E- Verify to initiate verification of employment eligibility for new hires of the Employer
who are working in the United States, whether or not assigned to the contract, within 3 business
days after the date of hire. If the Employer is enrolled in E -Verify as a Federal contractor for 90
calendar days or Tess at the time of contract award, the Employer must, within 90 days of
enrollment, begin to use E- Verify to initiate verification of new hires of the contractor who are
working in the United States, whether or not assigned to the contract. Such verification of new
hires must be initiated within 3 business days after the date of hire. An Employer enrolled as a
Federal contractor in E- Verify must initiate verification of each employee assigned to the
E-VeriFy
Company ID Number: 229921
contract within 90 calendar days after date of contract award or within 30 days after assignment
to the contract, whichever is later.
c. Institutions of higher education, State, local and tribal govemments and sureties:
Federal contractors that are institutions of higher education (as defined at 20 U.S.C. 1001(a)),
State or local govemments, govemments of Federally recognized Indian tribes, or sureties
performing under a takeover agreement entered into with a Federal agency pursuant to a
performance bond may choose to only verify new and existing employees assigned to the
Federal contract. Such Federal contractors may, however, elect to verify all new hires, and /or
all existing employees hired after November 6, 1986. The provisions of Article II.D, paragraphs
1.a and 1.b of this MOU providing timeframes for initiating employment verification of employees
assigned to a contract apply to such institutions of higher education, State, local and tribal
govemments, and sureties.
d. Verification of all employees: Upon enrollment, Employers who are Federal
contractors may elect to verify employment eligibility of all existing employees working in the
United States who were hired after November 6, 1986, instead of verifying only those
employees assigned to a covered Federal contract. After enrollment, Employers must elect to
do so only in the manner designated by DHS and initiate E -Verify verification of all existing
employees within 180 days after the election.
e. Form 1 -9 procedures for Federal contractors: The Employer may use a
previously completed Form 1 -9 as the basis for initiating E- Verify verification of an employee
assigned to a contract as long as that Form 1 -9 is complete (including the SSN), complies with
Article II.C.5, the employee's work authorization has not expired, and the Employer has
reviewed the information reflected in the Form 1 -9 either in person or in communications with the
employee to ensure that the employee's stated basis in section 1 of the Form 1 -9 for work
authorization has not changed (including, but not limited to, a lawful permanent resident alien
having become a naturalized U.S. citizen). If the Employer is unable to determine that the Form
1 -9 complies with Article II.C.5, if the employee's basis for work authorization as attested in
section 1 has expired or changed, or if the Form 1 -9 contains no SSN or is otherwise incomplete,
the Employer shall complete a new 1 -9 consistent with Article 11.0.5, or update the previous 1 -9
to provide the necessary information. If section 1 of the Form 1 -9 is otherwise valid and up-to-
date and the form otherwise complies with Article 11.C.5, but reflects documentation (such as a
U.S. passport or Fomi 1 -551) that expired subsequent to completion of the Form 1 -9, the
Employer shall not require the production of additional documentation, or use the photo
screening tool described in Article I1.C.5, subject to any additional or superseding instructions
that may be provided on this subject in the E -Verify User Manual. Nothing in this section shall
be construed to require a second verification using E- Verify of any assigned employee who has
previously been verified as a newly hired employee under this MOU, or to authorize verification
of any existing employee by any Employer that is not a Federal contractor.
2. The Employer understands that if it is a Federal contractor, its compliance with this MOU
is a performance requirement under the terms of the Federal contract or subcontract, and the
Employer consents to the release of information relating to compliance with its verification
responsibilities under this MOU to contracting officers or other officials authorized to review the
Employer's compliance with Federal contracting requirements.
Page 7 of 13IE- Verity MOU for EmployeriRevision Date 10/29/08
E- VeriFy
Company ID Number: 229921
ARTICLE III
REFERRAL OF INDIVIDUALS TO SSA AND DHS
A. REFERRAL TO SSA
B. REFERRAL TO DHS
Page 8 of 13!E- Verify MOU for Ernployer]Revision Date 10/29/08
1. If the Employer receives a tentative nonconfirmation issued by SSA, the Employer must
print the tentative nonconfirmation notice as directed by the automated system and provide it to
the employee so that the employee may determine whether he or she will contest the tentative
nonconfirmation.
2. The Employer will refer employees to SSA field offices only as directed by the
automated system based on a tentative nonconfirmation, and only after the Employer records
the case verification number, reviews the input to detect any transaction errors, and determines
that the employee contests the tentative nonconfirmation. The Employer will transmit the Social
Security Number to SSA for verification again if this review indicates a need to do so. The
Employer will determine whether the employee contests the tentative nonconfirmation as soon
as possible after the Employer receives it.
3. If the employee contests an SSA tentative nonconfirmation, the Employer will provide
the employee with a system - generated referral letter and instruct the employee to visit an SSA
office within 8 Federal Government work days. SSA will electronically transmit the result of the
referral to the Employer within 10 Federal Govemment work days of the referral unless it
determines that more than 10 days is necessary. The Employer agrees to check the E- Verify
system regularly for case updates.
4. The Employer agrees not to ask the employee to obtain a printout from the Social
Security Number database (the Numident) or other written verification of the Social Security
Number from the SSA.
1. If the Employer receives a tentative nonconfirmation issued by DHS, the Employer must
print the tentative nonconfirmation notice as directed by the automated system and provide it to
the employee so that the employee may determine whether he or she will contest the tentative
nonconfirmation.
2. If the Employer finds a photo non -match for an employee who provides a document for
which the automated system has transmitted a photo, the employer must print the photo non -
match tentative nonconfirmation notice as directed by the automated system and provide it to
the employee so that the employee may determine whether he or she will contest the finding.
3. The Employer agrees to refer individuals to DHS only when the employee chooses to
contest a tentative nonconfirmation received from DHS automated verification process or when
the Employer issues a tentative nonconfirmation based upon a photo non - match. The Employer
will determine whether the employee contests the tentative nonconfirmation as soon as possible
E- Verify
Company ID Number: 229921
after the Employer receives it.
4. If the employee contests a tentative nonconfirmation issued by DHS, the Employer will
provide the employee with a referral letter and instruct the employee to contact DHS through its
toll-free hotline (as found on the referral letter) within 8 Federal Govemment work days.
5. If the employee contests a tentative nonconfirmation based upon a photo non - match, the
Employer will provide the employee with a referral letter to DHS. DHS will electronically transmit
the result of the referral to the Employer within 10 Federal Govemment work days of the referral
unless it determines that more than 10 days is necessary. The Employer agrees to check the E-
Verify system regularly for case updates.
6. The Employer agrees that if an employee contests a tentative nonconfirmation based
upon a photo non - match, the Employer will send a copy of the employee's Form 1 -551 or Form
1 -766 to DHS for review by:
• Scanning and uploading the document, or
• Sending a photocopy of the document by an express mail account (furnished and paid
for by DHS).
7. The Employer understands that if it cannot determine whether there is a photo
match /non - match, the Employer is required to forward the employee's documentation to DHS by
scanning and uploading, or by sending the document as described in the preceding paragraph,
and resolving the case as specified by the Immigration Services Verifier at DHS who will
determine the photo match or non - match.
Page 9 of 131E -Verity MOU for EmployerlRevision Date 10/29/08
ARTICLE IV
SERVICE PROVISIONS
SSA and DHS will not charge the Employer for verification services performed under this MOU.
The Employer is responsible for providing equipment needed to make inquiries. To access the
E- Verify System, an Employer will need a personal computer with Internet access.
ARTICLE V
PARTIES
A. This MOU is effective upon the signature of all parties, and shall continue in effect for as
long as the SSA and DHS conduct the E -Verify program unless modified in writing by the mutual
consent of all parties, or terminated by any party upon 30 days prior written notice to the others.
Any and all system enhancements to the E-Verify program by DHS or SSA, including but not
limited to the E- Verify checking against additional data sources and instituting new verification
procedures, will be covered under this MOU and will not cause the need for a supplemental
MOU that outlines these changes. DHS agrees to train employers on all changes made to E-
Verify through the use of mandatory refresher tutorials and updates to the E -Verify User
Manual. Even without changes to E- Verify, DHS reserves the right to require employers to take
E-VeriFy
Page 10 of 131E -Verify MOU for Employer!Revision Date 10/29/08
SF�
FT)
Company ID Number: 229921
mandatory refresher tutorials. An Employer that is a Federal contractor may terminate this
MOU when the Federal contract that requires its participation in E -Verify is terminated or
completed. In such a circumstance, the Federal contractor must provide written notice to DHS.
If an Employer that is a Federal contractor fails to provide such notice, that Employer will remain
a participant in the E- Verify program, will remain bound by the terms of this MOU that apply to
non - Federal contractor participants, and will be required to use the E- Verify procedures to verify
the employment eligibility of all newly hired employees.
B. Notwithstanding Article V, part A of this MOU, DHS may terminate this MOU if deemed
necessary because of the requirements of law or policy, or upon a determination by SSA or
DHS that there has been a breach of system integrity or security by the Employer, or a failure
on the part of the Employer to comply with established procedures or legal requirements. The
Employer understands that if it is a Federal contractor, termination of this MOU by any party for
any reason may negatively affect its performance of its contractual responsibilities.
C. Some or all SSA and DHS responsibilities under this MOU may be performed by
contractor(s), and SSA and OHS may adjust verification responsibilities between each other as
they may determine necessary. By separate agreement with DHS, SSA has agreed to perform
its responsibilities as described in this MOU.
D. Nothing in this MOU is intended, or should be construed, to create any right or benefit,
substantive or procedural, enforceable at law by any third party against the United States, its
agencies, officers, or employees, or against the Employer, its agents, officers, or employees.
E. Each party shall be solely responsible for defending any claim or action against it arising
out of or related to E- Verify or this MOU, whether civil or criminal, and for any liability
wherefrom, including (but not limited to) any dispute between the Employer and any other
person or entity regarding the applicability of Section 403(d) of IIRIRA to any action taken or
allegedly taken by the Employer.
F. The Employer understands that the fact of its participation in E- Verify is not confidential
information and may be disclosed as authorized or required by law and DHS or SSA policy,
including but not limited to, Congressional oversight, E- Verify publicity and media inquiries,
determinations of compliance with Federal contractual requirements, and responses to inquiries
under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA).
G. The foregoing constitutes the full agreement on this subject between DHS and the
Employer.
H. The individuals whose signatures appear below represent that they are authorized to
enter into this MOU on behalf of the Employer and DHS respectively.
ii :tea DHO
E-VeriFy
Company ID Number: 229921
To be accepted as a participant in E- Verify, you should only sign the Employer's Section
of the signature page. If you have any questions, contact E- Verify at 888 - 464 -4218.
Employer Horizon Construction & Associates, Inc.
Henry L Henderson
Name (Please Type or Print) Title
Electronically Signed 07/14/2009
Signature Date
Department of Homeland Security — Verification Division
USCIS Verification Division
Name (Please Type or Print) Title
Electronically Signed
Signature
Page 11 of 131E- Verify MOU for EmployerlRevision Date 10/29108
07/14/2009
Date
EVerily
Company ID Number: 229921
Information relating to your Company:
Information Required for the E- Verify Program
Company Name: Horizon Construction & Associates, Inc.
Company Facility Address: 4416 Columbia Rd., Suite 106
Martinez, GA 30907
Company Alternate
Address: P. O. Box 798
North American industry
Classification Systems
Code: 236
Parent Company:
Number of Employees: 1 to 4
Number of Sites Verified
for: 1
Evans, GA 30809
County or Parish: COLUMBIA
Employer Identification
Number: 582655526
GEORGIA 1 site(s)
Page 12 of 131E- Verify MOU for Employer'Revision Date 10/29/08
Are you verifying for more than 1 site? If yes, please provide the number of sites verified for in
each State:
E-VeriIy
Company ID Number. 229921
Name: Henry L Henderson
Telephone Number. (706) 210 - 8624 Fax Number.
E -mail Address: henryyhorizonconstructionassoc .com
(706) 210 - 8625
Page 13 of 13iE- Verify M0U for EmployerlRevision Date 10129/08
Information relating to the Program Administrator(s) for your Company on policy questions or
operational problems:
4
ON -CALL CONCRETE REPAIR, CONCRETE
CONSTRUCTION & EMERGENCY REPAIRS
GENERAL CONDITIONS
INDEX TO ARTICLES OF GENERAL CONDITIONS
Section Page No.
GC -01. DEFINITIONS 4
GC -02. ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS AND DETAIL DRAWINGS 6
GC -03. SCHEDULES, REPORTS AND RECORDS 6
GC -04. SPENDOUT SCHEDULE 7
GC -05. NOTICE TO PROCEED 7
GC -06. CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT 7
GC -07. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS 7
GC -08. SPECIFICATIONS, STANDARDS AND OTHER DATA 8
GC -09. DESIGN ALTERATION 9
GC -10. INCIDENTAL CONSTRUCTION ITEMS 9
GC -11. SHOP DRAWINGS 10
GC -12. MATERIALS, SERVICES AND FACILITIES 10
GC -13. INSPECTION AND TESTING 10
GC -14. COMPACTION 12
GC -15. CONCRETE 12
GC -16. CONSTRUCTION 13
GC -17. TEST ROLLING 14
GC -18. SUBSTITUTIONS 14
GC -19. PATENTS 14
GC -20. SURVEYS, PERMITS AND REGULATIONS 15
GC -21. FENCE 15
GC -22. PROTECTION OF WORK, PROPERTY AND PERSONS 16
GC -23. FINISHING AND DRESSING 16
GC -24. FOUNDATION BACKFILL MATERIAL, TYPE 1 17
GC -25. FOUNDATION BACKFILL MATERIAL, TYPE II 17
GC -26. GRADES 17
GC -27. LANDSCAPING 17
GC -28. MAILBOXES 17
GC -29. MISCELLANEOUS DRAINAGE STRUCTURES 18
GC -30. PATCHING AND REPAIR OF MINOR DEFECTS 18
GC -31. PAVEMENT CUTS 18
GC -32. PAYMENT FOR PIPE CULVERT INSTALLATION 18
GC -33. PIPE CULVERTS 18
GC -34. PRECAST CONCRETE UNITS 19
GC -35. RELOCATED WATER METERS 19
GC -36. REMOVAL & RESETTING OF ORNAMENTAL SHRUBS& BUSHES AND SOD 19
GC -37. REMOVING AND RESETTING OF OBSTRUCTIONS 19
GC -38. SAW CUTS 19
GC -39. SOD 20
GC -40. STORM DRAIN PIPE 20
GC -41. SUB - CONTRACTORS 20
GC -42. SUPERVISION BY CONTRACTOR 20
GC -43. CHANGES IN THE WORK 20
GC -44. CHANGES IN CONTRACT PRICE 21
GC -45. TIME FOR COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 21
GC -46. CORRECTION OF WORK 22
GC -47. SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 22
GC -48. SUSPENSION OF THE WORK, TERMINATION AND DELAY 23
GC -49. PAYMENTS TO THE CONTRACTOR 24
GC -50. ACCEPTANCE OF FINAL PAYMENT AS RELEASE 26
GC -51. INSURANCE 26
GC -52. CONTRACT SECURITY 28
GC -53. ASSIGNMENTS 29
GC -54. INDEMNIFICATION 29
GC -55. SEPARATE CONTRACTS 29
GC -56. SUBCONTRACTING 30
GC -57. ENGINEER'S AUTHORITY 30
GC -58. LAND AND RIGHTS -OF -WAY 31
GC -59. GUARANTEE 31
Page 2 of 40
AED - On -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
GC -60. TAXES 31
GC -61. WORK ADJACENT TO RAILWAY OR OTHER PROPERTY 31
GC -62. ORDER AND DISCIPLINE 32
GC -63. WARNING DEVICES AND SIGNS 32
GC -64. SPECIAL RESTRICTIONS 32
GC -65. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS 32
GC -66. CONTRACTOR NOT TO HIRE EMPLOYEES OF THE OWNER 32
GC -67. DRAWINGS 33
GC -68. FIELD OFFICE FACILITIES 33
GC -69. RIGHTS -OF -WAY AND EASEMENTS 33
GC -70. ESTIMATE OF QUANTITIES 34
GC -71. EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES 34
GC -72. CONTRACTOR'S BREAKDOWN OF LUMP SUM PAYMENT ITEMS 34
GC -73. PRIOR USE BY OWNER 34
GC -74. CLEANING UP 34
GC -75. SALVAGE MATERIALS 35
GC -76. MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC 35
GC -77. FLAGGING 36
GC -78. TRAFFIC DETOURS 36
GC -79. MAINTENANCE OF ACCESS 36
GC -80. SPECIAL EVENTS 37
GC -81. EROSION CONTROL AND RESTORATION OF PROPERTY 37
GC -82. UTILITIES 37
GC 83. UTILITY ACCOMMODATION POLICY 39
GC -84. BYPASSING SEWAGE 39
GC -85. SAFETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS 40
GC -86. WARRANTY 40
GC -87. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE 40
Page 3 of 40
AED — On -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
GC -01. DEFINITIONS:
Wherever used in the Contract Documents, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated
which shall be applicable to both the singular and plural thereof.
1. ADDENDA: Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the execution of the Agreement
which modify or interpret the Contract Documents, Drawings and Specifications, by
addition, deletion, clarifications or corrections.
2. BID: The offer or proposal of the Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the
prices for the work to be performed.
3. BIDDER: Any person, firm or corporation submitting a bid for the work.
4. BONDS: Bid, Performance and Payment Bonds and other instruments of security furnished
by the Contractor and his Surety in accordance with the Contract Documents.
5. CHANGE ORDER: A written order to the Contractor authorizing an addition, deletion or
revision in the work within the general scope of the Contract Documents or authorizing an
adjustment in the contract price or contract time.
6. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The contract including Advertisement for Bids, Information for
Bidders, Proposal, Bid Bond, Notice of award, Agreement, Performance Bond, Payment
Bond, Notice to Proceed, Change Order, General Conditions, Supplemental General
Conditions, Special Conditions, Technical Specifications, Drawings and Addenda.
7. CONTRACT PRICE: The total monies payable to the Contractor under the terms and
conditions of the Contract Documents.
8. CONTRACT TIME: The number of calendar days stated in the Contract Documents for the
completion of the work.
9. LIFE OF THE CONTRACT: The total duration of the contract from Notice to Proceed to
completion of all the work.
10. CONTRACTOR: The person, firm or corporation with whom the Owner has executed the
Agreement.
11. DRAWINGS: The part of the Contract Documents which show the characteristics and
scope of the work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by the
Engineer.
12. ENGINEER: The person, firm or corporation named as such in the Contract Documents.
Page 4 of 40
AED — On-Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
13. FIELD ORDER: A written order effecting a change in the work not involving an adjustment
in the contract price or an extension of the contract time issued by the Engineer to the
Contractor during construction.
14. NOTICE OF AWARD: The written notice of the acceptance of the Bid from the Owner to
the successful Bidder.
15. NOTICE TO PROCEED: Written communication issued by the Owner to the Contractor
authorizing him to proceed with the work and establishing the date of commencement of
the work..
16. OWNER: A public or quasi - public body or authority, corporation, association, partnership
or individual for whom the work is to be performed.
17. PROJECT: The undertaking to be performed as provided in the Contract Documents.
18. RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE: The authorized representative of the Owner
who is assigned to the project site or any part thereof.
19. SHOP DRAWINGS: All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, brochures, schedules, and other
data which are prepared by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, Manufacturer, Supplier or
Distributor, which illustrate how specific portions of the work shall be fabricated or
installed.
20. SPECIFICATIONS: A part of the Contract Documents consisting of written descriptions of a
technical nature or materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and
workmanship.
21. SUBCONTRACTOR: An individual, firm or corporation having a direct contract with the
Contractor or any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the work at the site.
22. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: That date as certified by the Engineer when the
construction of the project or a specified part can be utilized for the purposes for which it is
intended.
23. SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS: Modifications and /or additions to the General
Conditions of a specific nature generally aimed at the specific contract of which it is a part.
24. SUPPLIERS: Any person, supplier or organization who supplies materials or equipment
for the work, including that fabricated to a special design, but who does not perform labor
at the site.
25. WORK: All labor necessary to produce the construction required by the Contract
Page 5 of 40
AED — On -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
Documents and all materials and equipment incorporated or to be incorporated in the
project.
26. WRITTEN NOTICE: Any notice to any party of the Agreement relative to any part of this
Agreement in writing and considered delivered and the service thereof completed, when
posted by certified or registered mail to the said party at his last given address or delivered
in person to said party or his authorized representative on the work.
GC -02. ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS AND DETAIL DRAWINGS:
1. The Contractor may be furnished additional instructions and detail drawings, by the
Engineer, as necessary to carry out the work required by the Contract Documents.
2. The additional drawings and instructions thus supplied will become a part of the Contract
Documents. The Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with the additional
detail drawings and instructions.
GC -03. SCHEDULES, REPORTS AND RECORDS:
1. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner such schedule of quantities and costs, progress
schedules, payrolls, reports, estimates, records and other data as the Owner may request
concerning the work performed or to be performed.
2. The contractor shall prepare an overall Time -Logic Schedule that includes all major utility
relocations, proposed utilities, and construction activities. A detail schedule for utility
relocations from all utility companies shall be submitted to the contractor two weeks prior
to the Preconstruction meeting. The Contractor shall submit this schedule to Augusta
Engineering Department seven (7) days prior to preconstruction meeting. The contractor
shall present a copy of this schedule at the Preconstruction meeting for discussion. The
schedule shall consist of the following:
a The noted Responsible Agency for each activity (e.g., Contractor, Sub - Contractor, Utility
Company)
b. The ES -Early Start, EF -Early Finish, LS -Late Start, LF -Late Finish dates
c. The Project Critical Path
d. Activity Durations
The contactor shall also submit following information with the schedule.
a. List of active construction projects and their projected completion date
b. List of available resources assigned to this project *
Page 6 of 40
AED — on -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
c. Name of Project Team (Project Manager, Superintendent, Foreman) assigned to this
project *
d. Subcontractor information such as Company Name, Contact Name and Telephone, and
type of assigned tasks
* Personnel and resources assigned to this project shall not be re- assigned to other projects until
after upon approval from Augusta Engineering Department. Augusta Engineering Department
reserves the right to deny the submitted project team or parts thereof.
Failure to provide aforementioned schedule and information within specified time will
result in cancellation of Notice to Proceed. If information is not received within thirty (30)
days from the date of Notice to Proceed cancelation, contract will be terminated without
further notice.
Within seven (7) days after the Preconstruction meeting, the Contractor shall provide a
revised schedule with all issues and concerns addressed to Augusta Engineering
Department. The revised Time -Logic Schedule shall be color coded with respect to
responsibility, and shall be presented on D size paper (24'x36 ").
The schedule shall be updated on a monthly basis displaying percentage of completion of
all activities. The project base line and current date line shall appear on all updates.
The Schedule shall be using Microsoft Project or Primavera Scheduling software.
3. The Contractor shall also submit a schedule of payments that he anticipates he will earn
during the course of the work.
GC -04. SPENDOUT SCHEDULE:
A Spendout Schedule beginning with the Notice to Proceed and extending through the
anticipated construction life of the project, shall be submitted at the Pre - Construction
Conference. Such schedule shall include the anticipated earnings on a monthly basis.
GC -05. NOTICE TO PROCEED:
There will be one Notice to Proceeds given to the Contractor. The Notice to Proceed will be
to Clear and Grub, site preparation and actual construction activities. This would be the
contact time that is actually shown in the contract.
GC -06. CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT:
Construction layout work shall be performed by the Contractor. See Section 149 of the
Standard Specifications.
GC -07. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS:
Page 7 of 40
AED — On -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
1. The intent of the drawings and specifications is that the Contractor shall furnish all labor,
materials, tools, equipment and transportation necessary for the proper execution of the
work in accordance with the Contract Documents and all incidental work necessary to
complete the project in an acceptable manner, ready for us, occupancy or operation by the
Owner.
2. In case of conflict between the drawings and specifications, the specifications shall govern.
Figure dimensions on drawings shall govern over general drawings.
3. Any discrepancies found between the drawings and specifications and site conditions or
any inconsistencies or ambiguities in the drawings or specifications shall be immediately
reported to the Engineer, in writing, who shall promptly correct such inconsistencies or
ambiguities in writing. Work done by the Contractor after his discovery of such
discrepancies, inconsistencies or ambiguities shall be done at the Contractor's risk.
4. All work that may be called for in the specifications and not shown on the drawings, or
shown and not called for in the specifications, shall be executed and furnished by the
Contractor as if described in both these ways and should any work or material be required
which is not detailed in the specifications or drawings, either directly or indirectly, but
which is nevertheless necessary for the proper carrying out of the intent thereof, the
Contractor is to understand the same to be implied and required and shall perform all such
work and furnish any such material as fully as if they were particularly delineated or
described.
5. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor, by careful examination, has satisfied
himself as to the nature and location of the work, the conformation of the ground, the
character, quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of
equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, the
general and local conditions and all other matters which can in any way affect the work
under this contract. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent or
employee of the Owner, either before or after the execution of this contract, shall affect or
modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained.
6. All storm pipes, manholes, junction boxes, catch basins, inlets, misc pre -cast products and
appurtenances shall comply with Georgia Department of Transportation (GDOT) standards
and specifications. Storm pipes and other products shall be from current GDOT approved
plants and stamped per GDOT inspection certification requirements. Submittal of data
sheet, issued by the source (plant), containing pipe manufacturing and inspection data will
be required at the time of arrival of material at project site.
GC -08. SPECIFICATIONS, STANDARDS AND OTHER DATA:
Page 8 of 40
AED — On -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
All references in this document, (includes all papers, writings, documents, drawings, or
photographs used, or to be used, in connection with this document), to State Highway of
Georgia, State Highway Department, Highway Department, or Department when the
context thereof means the Georgia Department of Transportation means, and shall be
deemed to mean, Augusta- Richmond County, Augusta- Richmond County Commission -
Council Department of Engineering Services.
The data, together with all other information shown on these plans, or indicated in any way
thereby, whether by drawings or notes or in any other matter, are based upon field
investigations and are believed to be indicative of actual conditions. However, the same
are shown as information only, are not guaranteed, and do not bind Augusta- Richmond
County, Georgia in any way. Only the actual quantities completed and accepted will be paid
for. The attention of the bidder is specifically directed to Subsections 102.04, 102.05, and
104.03 of the Standard Specifications, of the Georgia Department of Transportation,
current edition, which will be part of this contract.
This project is based on, and shall be constructed in accordance with, the State of Georgia
Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Construction of Roads and
Bridges, current edition and any supplements thereto. All of these specifications shall be
considered as though fully contained herein. In cases where conflicts arise within these
specifications, they will be revised to resolve such conflict. Until the conflict is resolved, the
interpretation of the Engineer shall control the situation.
GC -09. DESIGN ALTERATION:
The commission - council recognizes that various changes in design may be made as the
project progresses. Any requests for additional payment or reduction in payment shall be
processed based on actual work in place and the unit prices submitted as a part of this bid.
Items not covered in this bid shall be priced separately and no work shall be done on these
items until approved, in writing, by the Engineer.
All changes in engineering design of the project shall be approved by the Design Engineer
of record after consultation with the Engineer. Revised design plan sheet(s) shall be signed
and stamped by the Design Engineer of record and a copy shall be submitted to Augusta
Engineering Department.
GC -10. INCIDENTAL CONSTRUCTION ITEMS:
All work and materials without a specific pay item shall be considered incidental to related
pay items, this is to include (but not limited to), additional erosion and sediment control
measures, all removals and disposals, borrow, if needed, remove and reset fences, remove
and reset ornamental shrubs, bushes and sod, and the obtaining, maintaining and
Page 9 of 40
AED — on -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
restoration of any required borrow and /or waste pits, establish and reset property
boundary survey pins.
GC -11. SHOP DRAWINGS:
1. The Contractor shall provide shop drawings as may be necessary for the prosecution of the
work as required by the Contract Documents. The Engineer shall promptly review all shop
drawings. The Engineer's approval of any shop drawings shall not release the Contractor
from responsibility for deviations from the Contract Documents. The approval of any shop
drawing which substantially deviates from the requirement of the Contract Documents
shall be evidenced by a Change Order.
2. When submitted for the Engineer's review, shop drawings shall bear the Contractor's
certification that he has reviewed, checked and approved the shop drawings and that they
are in conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
3. Portions of the work that require shop drawing or sample submission shall not begin until
the shop drawing or submission has been approved by the Engineer. A copy of each
approved shop drawing and each approved sample shall be kept in good order by the
Contractor at the site and shall be available to the Engineer.
GC -12. MATERIALS, SERVICES AND FACILITIES:
1. It is understood that, except as otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the
Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, labor, tools, equipment, water, light,
power, transportation, supervision, temporary construction of any nature and all other
services and facilities of any nature whatsoever necessary to execute, complete and deliver
the work within the specified time.
2. Materials and equipment shall be so stored as to insure the preservation of their quality
and fitness for the work. Stored materials and equipment to be incorporated in the work
shall be located so as to facilitate prompt inspection.
3. Manufactured articles, materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected,
erected, used, cleaned and conditioned as directed by the manufacturer.
4. Materials, supplies or equipment shall be in accordance with samples submitted by the
Contractor and approved by the Engineer.
5. Materials, supplies or equipment to be incorporated into the work and purchased by the
Contractor of the Subcontractor will be subject to a chattel mortgage or under a conditional
sale contract or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller.
GC- 13.INSPECTION AND TESTING:
Page 10 of 40
AED — on -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
1. All materials and equipment used in the construction of the project shall be subject to
adequate inspection and testing in accordance with generally accepted standards.
2. The Contractor shall provide, at his expense, the necessary testing and inspection services
required by the Contract Documents, unless otherwise provided. The Contractor shall
employ a qualified materials testing laboratory to monitor more fully the quality of
materials and work and to perform such tests as may be required under the contract
documents as conditions for acceptance of materials and work. THE ENGINEER MAY
ORDER TESTING AT ANY TIME HE DEEMS PROPER TO CONTROL THE QUALITY OF THE
WORK.
All test results are to be submitted to the Engineer. No separate payment will be made for
employing the testing laboratory or any required tests.
3. The Owner shall provide all other inspection and testing services required by the Contract
Documents.
4. If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public
authority having jurisdiction require any work to specifically be inspected, tested or
approved by someone other than the Contractor, the Contractor will give the Engineer
timely notice of readiness. The Contractor will then furnish the Engineer the required
certificates of inspection, testing or approval.
5. Neither observation by the Engineer nor inspections, tests or approvals by persons other
than the Contractor shall relieve the Contractor from his obligations to perform the work in
accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
6. The project will be inspected by the Engineer or his /her representative. The Engineer and
his representatives will at all times have access to the work. In addition, authorized
representatives and agents of any participating Federal or State Agency shall be permitted
to inspect all work, materials, payrolls, records of personnel, invoices of materials and
other relevant data and records. The Contractor will provide proper facilities for such
access and observation of the work and also for any inspection or testing thereof.
7. If any work is covered contrary to the written request of the Engineer, it must, if requested
by the Engineer, be uncovered for his observation and replaced at the Contractor's
expense.
8. If any work has been covered which the Engineer has not specifically requested to observe
prior to its being covered or if the Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that
covered work be inspected or tested by others, the Contractor at the Engineer's request,
will uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as
the Engineer may require, that portion of the work in question, furnishing all necessary
Page 11 of 40
AED — On -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
labor, materials, tools and equipment. If it is found that such work is defective, the
Contractor will bear all the expenses of such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection
and testing and of satisfactory reconstruction. If, however, such work is not found to be
defective, the Contractor will be allowed an increase in the contract price or an extension of
the contract time, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation,
inspection, testing and reconstruction and an appropriate change order shall be issued.
9. The Contractor shall give the Engineer 24 hours notice of starting any new work. No work
shall be done or materials used without suitable supervision and inspection by the
Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with necessary samples of material for
testing purposes.
GC -14. COMPACTION:
All compaction shall be as defined in the current edition of Georgia department of
Transportation Specifications. Special attention shall be given to the backfill of minor
structures (pipe, box culverts, manholes, catch basins, drop inlets, etc.). Compaction shall
be achieved using approved tamps and soil layers of approximately 6 inches (loose
measure) and in accordance with Georgia Department of Transportation Standards 1030 -D
and 1401. Backfilling operations of this nature shall not begin until the Contractor has on
hand all equipment in good working condition, and competent operators.
The backfilling of pipe and other minor structures shall be in accordance with Georgia
Department of Transportation Standard specifications, Current Edition. Backfilling with
sand using jetting and /or flooding will not be allowed in any case without the written
permission of the Engineer. Backfilling of pipe structures shall be incidental to the pipe
structure bid item.
NOTE: When sand and jetting /flooding method is used the warranty for the backfilled area
is extended from 12 months to 24 months. A plan for the jetting /flooding shall be
submitted at the Pre - Construction Conference.
GC -15. CONCRETE:
The Contractor shall have a slump cone on the project at all times when concrete is being
placed. He shall, in the Engineer's presence, perform slump tests as directed by the
Engineer. Tests shall be performed by qualified personnel with a properly cleaned slump
cone. Allowable slumps are 2" minimum and 4" maximum. Class "A" concrete shall have a
minimum of 611 lbs. Cement per cubic yard. Class "B" concrete shall have a minimum of
470 lbs. Cement per cubic yard. Concrete not meeting these requirements will be rejected
by the Engineer.
Page 12 of 40
AED — On -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
NOTE: No concrete shall be placed until all required equipment such as slump cone, curing
compound and dispensor, etc., all in good working condition, are on the site. Inspectors
must be given a minimum one -hour advance notice. No concrete shall be placed without
the Inspector present unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. All concrete shall be
placed during the Inspectors normal working hours, 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. unless
otherwise directed by the Engineer. Formed surfaces shall receive finish immediately after
removing forms. Forms shall be removed as provided in Section 500 of GA.DOT
Specifications.
GC - 16. CONSTRUCTION:
Transition ties of proposed curb and gutter to existing curbs (valley gutter, granite curb,
header curb, etc.) shall be paid for in the unit price bid for curb and gutter unless otherwise
noted.
At locations where new pavement is to be placed adjacent to existing pavement, without an
overlay, or where curbing is to be placed across paved parking lots, a joint shall be sawed
on a line to ensure pavement removal to be neat. Only those joints sawed in concrete
pavement will be paid for under the pay item - Sawed Joints ... per Linear Foot.
Where curb and gutter is used and the shoulder elevations are higher than adjacent
ground, the actual direction of drainage runoff shall be determined by the Contractor. He
shall make such provisions as necessary to ensure that no ponding is caused by the new
construction. He may place additional fill to provide drain inlets. Compensation will be
under the price bid for the appropriate pay item. Driveway profiles may also be altered
allowing the concrete pad to slope down outside the back of the curb line not to exceed an
algebraic difference of 0.07. This should be used primarily on the high side of super -
elevated curves. The Contractor should use caution with standard variance and place
special emphasis on hydraulic considerations.
The Contractor shall provide borrow and /or waste pits for this project. All pits acquired
for use on this project shall be reclaimed in accordance with Subsection 107.23 and Section
160 of the Standard Specifications and page PPA -1 of this document.
All storm drain pipe, side drain pipe, pipe culvert wing - walls, steps, retaining walls, curbs
and gutters, headwalls, all types of pavement, wooden structures, except those specifically
shown as a removal pay item will be removed as Clearing and Grubbing, Grading
Complete, or Grading Per Mile on Lump Sum Construction..
Cut and fill slopes outside of clear zones may be adjusted on construction where necessary
to remain within the right of way.
Page 13 of 40
AED — On-Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
Curb cut ramps in accordance with Standard 9031 -W are to be used at all street
intersections on this project.
Asphalt milling where specified for use on existing pavement that is to be resurfaced
adjacent to curb and gutter. Finished surface on asphalt pavement shall not exceed 1 /4"
above the gutter line as shown on Georgia Standard 9031 -J.
GC -17. TEST ROLLING:
Prior to placing any base course, the subgrade shall be proof rolled to locate unstable areas
and achieve additional compaction. Area be proof rolled using a minimum 15 tons flat
drum compactor or other equipment as recommended by the Geotechnical Engineer (such
as a fully loaded tandem axle dump truck). Geotechnical Engineer and /or a representative
of Augusta Engineering Department will observe and approve proof - rolling. Areas failing
compaction shall be reworked. Any areas judged by the Geotechnical Engineer to rut
(should be improved in place or undercut and replaced with fill compacted to 100 % of soil
maximum dry density as determined by the modified proctor compaction test (ASTM
D1557, Method D or equivalent method approved by the Geotechnical Engineer and
Augusta Engineering Department).
GC -18. SUBSTITUTIONS:
1. When a material, article or piece of equipment is identified on the drawings or
specifications by reference to brand name or catalogue number, the performance or other
salient requirements and that other products of equal capacities, quality and function shall
be considered. The Contractor may recommend the substitution of a material, article or
piece of equipment of equal substance and function for those referred to in the Contract
Documents by reference to brand name or catalogue number and if, in the opinion of the
Engineer, such material, article or piece of equipment is of equal substance and function to
that specified, the Engineer may approve its substitution and use by the Contractor. Any
cost differential shall be deducted from the contract price and the Contract Documents
shall be appropriately modified by change order. The Contractor warrants that if
substitutes are approved, no major changes in the function or general design of the project
will result. Incidental changes or extra component parts required to accommodate the
substitute will be made by the Contractor without a change in the contract price or contract
time.
GC -19. PATENTS:
1. The Contractor shall pay all applicable royalties and license fees. He shall defend all suits
or claims for infringement of any patent rights and save the Owner harmless from loss on
account thereof except that the Owner shall be responsible for any such loss when a
particular process, design or the product of a manufacturer or manufacturers is specified,
but if the Contractor has reason to believe that the design, process or product specified is
Page 14 of 40
AED — On-Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
an infringement of a patent, he shall be responsible for such loss unless he promptly gives
such information to the Engineer.
GC -20. SURVEYS, PERMITS AND REGULATIONS:
1. The Owner shall furnish all land surveys and establish all base lines for locating the
principal component parts of the work together with a suitable number of benchmarks
adjacent to the work as shown in the Contract Documents. From the information provided
by the Owner, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall
develop and make all detail surveys needed for construction such as slope stakes, batter
boards, stakes for pile locations and other working points, lines, elevations and cut sheets.
2. The Contractor shall carefully preserve benchmarks, reference points and stakes and in
case of willful or careless destruction, he shall be charged with the resulting expense and
shall be responsible for any mistakes that may be caused by their unnecessary loss or
disturbance.
3. The contractor shall re- establish property survey pins for parcels affected by new
established right -of -way. This work shall be considered incidental to "As- built" plan
preparation and will be paid as part of "As- built" plan pay item. This work shall be done by
or under supervision of a qualified Georgia Licensed Professional Land Surveyor (PLS).
4. Permits and licenses of a temporary nature necessary for the prosecution of the work shall
be secured and paid for by the Contractor. Permits, licenses and easements for permanent
structures or permanent changes in existing facilities shall be secured and paid for by the
Owner, unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with
all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations bearing on the conduct of the work as drawn and
specified. If the Contractor observes that the Contract Documents are at variance
therewith, he shall promptly notify the Engineer in writing and any necessary changes shall
be adjusted as provided in Section 13, Changes in the Work.
GC -21. FENCE:
All new fences called for on the plans and /or contract documents shall meet the
requirements of Section 643 of the Georgia Department of Transportation Standard
Specifications, current edition. New fence not meeting these Specs will be rejected.
In contracts, where remove and reset fence items are involved (either as pay items or as
Lump Sum Construction) all replacement fence shall be equal to or better than the existing
fence as approved by the Engineer. This means equal to or better than the original fence at
the time of its installation. The Contractor must furnish positive locking devices, padlocks,
and keys with all gate assemblies.
Page 15 of 40
AED — On -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
GC -22. PROTECTION OF WORK, PROPERTY AND PERSONS:
1. The Contractor will be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety
precautions and programs in connection with the work. He will take all necessary
precautions for the safety of and will provide the necessary protection to prevent damage,
injury or loss to all employees on the work and other persons who may be affected thereby,
all the work and all materials or equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage
on or off the site or other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs,
lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal,
relocation or replacement in the course of construction.
2. The Contractor will comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and
orders of any public body having jurisdiction. He will erect and maintain, as required by
the conditions and progress of the work, all necessary safeguards for safety and protection.
He will notify the owners of adjacent utilities when prosecution of the work may affect
them. The Contractor will remedy all damage, injury or loss to any property caused,
directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by the Contractor, and subcontractor or anyone
directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them are
liable, except damage or loss attributable to the fault of the Contract Documents or to the
acts or omissions of the Owner or the Engineer or anyone employed by either of them or
anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable and not attributable, directly or
indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.
3. In emergencies affecting the safety of persons or the work or property at the site or
adjacent thereto, the Contractor, without special instructions or authorization from the
Engineer or Owner, shall act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. He will give the
Engineer prompt written notice of any significant changes in the work or deviations from
the Contract Documents caused thereby and a Change Order shall be issued covering the
changes and deviations involved.
4. The work under this Contract in every respect shall be at the risk of the Contractor until
finished and accepted, except to damage or injury caused directly by the Owner's agents or
employees.
GC -23. FINISHING AND DRESSING:
All unpaved and natural areas which are disturbed by the construction of this project are to
be returned to the pre- existing shape and slope and then finished and dressed. No separate
payment will be made for grassing, fertilizing and mulching of disturbed areas, unless
specifically shown as a pay item.
Page 16 of 40
AED — On -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
GC -24. FOUNDATION BACKFILL MATERIAL, TYPE 1:
Foundation Backfill Material Type I shall conform to Georgia Standard 1030 -D and Section
207 of the Standard Specifications. No separate payment will be made for this material or
its placement.
GC -25. FOUNDATION BACKFILL MATERIAL, TYPE II:
Foundation Backfill Material, Type II shall conform to Georgia Standard 1030 -D and Section
207 of the Standard Specifications and shall be used in wet /unstable conditions as directed
by the Engineer. It shall also be used beneath all concrete box culverts. Quantities shall be
measured for payment in accordance with Georgia Standard 1030 -D or as directed by the
Engineer. Payment shall be per cubic yard unless otherwise specified in the contract.
GC -26. GRADES:
With the approval of the Engineer, grades may be field adjusted to provide for best
drainage.
GC -27. LANDSCAPING:
All the requirements of Section 702 of the Georgia Department of Transportation
Specifications, current edition, are applicable to this project except as follows: there will be
no separate pay for staking, including Perimeter Staking and for Spring Application of
Fertilizer. All costs shall be included in prices bid for Landscape Items. Bag grown plants
are not acceptable.
GC -28. MAILBOXES:
Existing mailboxes that are in conflict with the proposed construction shall be removed and
relocated. Where feasible the existing mailboxes and supports may be utilized as approved
by the Engineer so long as the supports are of metal PIPE with a maximum diameter of two
(2) inches or wood, with a maximum diameter of four (4) inches.
NOTE: There shall be no supports of any material other than the two mentioned above. All
existing mailboxes and supports containing brick, masonry of any type, metal, etc. shall be
disassembled and all components, not meeting the above requirements, shall be removed
from the project and disposed in a proper manner.
When not shown as a pay item, payment shall be included in the price bid for Lump Sum
Construction and itemized as such.
Page 17 of 40
AED — On -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
GC -29. MISCELLANEOUS DRAINAGE STRUCTURES:
All miscellaneous drainage structure such as Catch Basins, Drop Inlets, Manholes,
Junction Boxes, Spring Boxes, Drain Inlets, special Inlets, etc., whether standard or
special design shall be paid for Per Each. There will be no separate payment for additional
depth unless specifically shown as a pay item.
NOTE: All Catch Basins, Drop Inlets, manholes, exposed Junction Boxes, etc., with
concrete top -slabs shall include manhole rings and covers. The Contractor shall install the
manhole rings and covers such that the steps can be easily accessed.
GC -30. PATCHING AND REPAIR OF MINOR DEFECTS:
Where needed, the contractor is required to patch and repair existing potholes, minor
pavement defects, and base failures in accordance with the Specifications.
GC -31. PAVEMENT CUTS:
All pavement cuts shall be sawed with a neat vertical edge, regardless of material,
consistently straight enough that a roller can follow the edge precisely to achieve the
desired compaction. Irregular edges will not be accepted. Payment shall be included in the
price of the pipe.
GC -32. PAYMENT FOR PIPE CULVERT INSTALLATION:
1. Payment for pipe culvert or utility installation includes sawing and /or cutting and
removing existing pavement and replacing the pavement as specified in accordance with
Standard 1401.
2. Payment for pipe culvert includes plugging existing pipe with Class "A" or "B" concrete
(See Georgia Standard 9031 -L).
GC -33. PIPE CULVERTS:
Unless otherwise noted, all storm drain, longitudinal and stub pipes are to be reinforced
concrete. All required pipe culverts shall be in accordance with Standard 1030 -D.
Foundation Backfill Material Type I shall conform to Georgia Standard 1030 -D. No
separate pay item will be made for this material for its placement.
Payment for pipe culvert or utility installation includes sawing and /or cutting and
removing existing pavement, sidewalk, curbing, etc., and replacing same as specified in
accordance with Standard 1401. Payment for pipe culvert includes plugging existing pipe
with Class "A" or "B" concrete and for construction concrete collars.
Page 18 of 40
AED — On-Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
The Contractor shall include in his price bid for pipe, the additional cost of bends, tees,
fasteners, appropriate gaskets (see Section 848 of the Standard Specifications), and
structure excavation.
GC -34. PRECAST CONCRETE UNITS:
Precast Concrete Units, other than those specifically allowed by Georgia Department of
Transportation Specifications, such as Drop Inlets, Catch Basins, Manholes, etc., shall not
be installed without written permission from the Engineer. Any such units installed
without such written permission shall be removed from the project.
GC -35. RELOCATED WATER METERS:
Relocated water meters and water meter boxes may not be placed in the sidewalk..
GC -36. REMOVAL AND RESETTING OF ORNAMENTAL SHRUBS AND BUSHES AND SOD:
It shall be the contractor's responsibility to remove and reset any and all existing
ornamental shrubs and bushes and sod in conflict with proposed construction.
Coordination with the property owners is essential in this endeavor. The Contractor will
not be held responsible for care and maintenance after removing and resetting these plants
and sod except in cases where the Contractor's equipment causes irreparable damage or
where plants and /or sod dies as the result of negligence on the Contractor's part. In which
cases, the Contractor will be held responsible for replacement. Sod shall be reset with
ground preparation in accordance with Subsection 700.05.A. No additional soil or fertilizer
is required for resetting sod. The Contractor shall remove the sod in a manner that will be
conducive to insuring that the reset sod will live. At the Contractor's option, he may
replace any sod he removes with new sod of the same type. No separate payment will be
made for this work or replacements unless specifically shown as a pay item.
GC -37. REMOVING AND RESETTING OF OBSTRUCTIONS:
It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to remove and reset any and all obstructions, such
as fences, signs, concrete or brick planters, steps, walkways, brick or concrete entrance
columns, etc., which are in conflict with construction. Contractors are responsible for the
security of pets and /or personal property through the use of temporary fence if necessary.
No separate payment will be made for this work except when shown as a separate pay
item.
GC -38. SAW CUTS:
When matching existing conditions, saw cuts shall be used as required by Augusta -
Richmond County. Only saw cuts in Portland Cement Concrete, which are shown, as
Page 19 of 40
AED — On-Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
contract pay items will be paid for separately. No saw cuts in asphaltic concrete will be
paid for separately. Unless specifically noted this does not apply to pipe trenches.
GC -39. SOD:
Sod will not be paid for separately when used to match or replace sod on adjacent lawns as
replacement in kind. See GDOT specifications, subsection 700.04 E.
GC -40. STORM DRAIN PIPE:
Unless otherwise noted, all storm drain, longitudinal and stub pipe are to be reinforced
concrete and shall include 0-ring gaskets.
GC -41. SUB - CONTRACTORS:
The Contractor shall furnish the official name, plus the name and telephone number of the
24 -hour emergency contact of all firms he proposes to use as Subcontractors in the work.
This information is to be furnished at the Preconstruction Conference. However, no work
shall be done on this project by a Subcontractor until the Contractor receives approval of
his Subcontractor(s) from the Engineer.
NOTE: All submissions shall include the following information for each Subcontractor:
1) Name of Subcontracting Firm
2) Description of Work To Be Done
3) Contact Person's Name and 24 Hour Phone Number
GC -42. SUPERVISION BY CONTRACTOR:
1. The Contractor will supervise and direct the work. He will be solely responsible for the
means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. The Contractor
will employ and maintain on the work a qualified supervisor or superintendent who shall
have been designated in writing by the Contractor as the Contractor's representative at the
site. The supervisor shall have full authority to act on the behalf of the Contractor and all
communications given to the supervisor shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor.
The supervisor shall be present on the site at all times as required to perform adequate
supervision and coordination of the work
GC -43. CHANGES IN THE WORK:
1. The Owner may at any time as the need arises, order changes within the scope of the work
without invalidating the Agreement. If such changes increase or decrease the amount due
under the Contract Documents or in the time required for performance of the work, an
equitable adjustment shall be authorized by Change Order.
2. The Engineer, also, may at any time, by issuing a field order, make changes in the details of
Page 20 of 40
AED — On -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
the work. The Contractor shall proceed with the performance of any changes in the work
so ordered by the Engineer unless the Contractor believes that such field order entitles him
to a change in the contract price or time or both, in which event he shall give the Engineer
written notice thereof within ten (10) days after the receipt of the ordered change pending
the receipt of an executed change order or further instruction from the Owner.
GC -44. CHANGES IN CONTRACT PRICE:
1. The contract price may be changed only by a change order. The value of any work covered
by a change order or of any claim for increase or decrease in the contract price shall be
determined by one or more of the following methods in the order of precedence listed
below:
1.1 Unit prices previously approved.
1.2 An agreed lump sum.
1.3 The actual cost for labor, direct overhead, materials, supplies, equipment and other
services necessary to complete the work. In addition there shall be added an
amount to be agreed upon but not to exceed fifteen (15) percent of the actual cost of
the work to cover the cost of general overhead and profit.
GC -45. TIME FOR COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES:
1. The date of beginning and the time for completion of the work are essential conditions of
the Contract Documents and the work embraced shall be commenced on the date specified
in the Notice to Proceed.
2. The Contractor will proceed with the work at such rate of progress to insure full
completion within the contract time. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and
between the Contractor and the Owner, that the contract time for the completion of the
work described herein is a reasonable time, taking into consideration the average climatic
and economic conditions and other factors prevailing in the locality of the work.
3. If the Contractor shall fail to complete the work within the contract time or extension of
time granted by the Owner, then the Contractor will pay to the Owner the amount for
liquidated damages as specified in the Agreement for each calendar day that the Contractor
shall be in default after the time stipulated in the Contract Documents.
4. The Contractor shall not be charged with liquidated damages or any excess cost when the
delay in completion of the work is due to the following and the Contractor has promptly
given written notice of such delay to the Owner or Engineer.
4.1 To any preference, priority or allocation order duly issued by the Owner.
4.2 To unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault of negligence of
the Contractor, including but not restricted to, acts of God or of the public enemy,
Page 21 of 40
AED — On-Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
acts of the Owner, acts of another Contractor in the performance of a contract with
the Owner, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight
embargoes and abnormal and unforeseeable weather; and
4.3 To any delays of subcontractors occasioned by any of the causes specified in
Paragraphs 4.1 and 4.2 of this Article.
GC -46. CORRECTION OF WORK:
1. The Contractor shall promptly remove from the premises all work rejected by the Engineer
for failure to comply with the Contract Documents, whether incorporated in the
construction or not and the Contractor shall promptly replace and re- execute the work in
accordance with the Contract Documents and without expense to the Owner and shall bear
the expense of making good all work of other Contractors destroyed or damaged by such
removal or replacement.
2. All removal and replacement work shall be done at the Contractor's expense. If the
Contractor does not take action to remove such rejected work within ten (10) days after
receipt of written notice, the Owner may remove such work and store the materials at the
expense of the Contractor.
3. Any omissions or failure on the part of the Engineer to disapprove or reject any work or
material shall not be construed to be an acceptance of any defective work or material. The
Contractor shall remove, at his own expense and shall rebuild and replace same without
extra charge and in default thereof the same may be done by the Owner at the Contractor's
expense or in case the Engineer shall not consider the defect of sufficient importance to
require the Contractor to rebuild or replace any imperfect work or material, he shall have
the power and is hereby authorized to make an equitable deduction from the stipulated
price.
GC -47. SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS:
1. The Contractor shall promptly and before such conditions are disturbed, except in the
event of an emergency, notify the Owner by written notice of:
1.1 Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing materially from those
indicated in the Contract Documents.
1.2 Unknown physical conditions at the site, of an unusual nature, differing materially
from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of
the character provided for in the Contract Documents.
2. The Owner shall promptly investigate the conditions and if he finds that such conditions do
so materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the cost of, or in the time required,
Page 22 of 40
AED — On -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
for performance of the work, an equitable adjustment shall be made and the Contract
Documents shall be modified by a Change Order. Any claim of the Contractor for
adjustment hereunder shall not be allowed unless he has given the required written notice;
provided that the Owner may, if he determines the facts so justify, consider and adjust any
such claims asserted before the date of final payment.
GC -48. SUSPENSION OF THE WORK, TERMINATION AND DELAY:
1. The Owner may, at any time and without cause, suspend the work or any portion thereof
for a period of not more than ninety days or such further time as agreed upon by the
Contractor, by written notice to the Contractor. The Engineer shall fix the date on which
work shall be resumed. The Contractor will resume that work on the date so fixed. The
Contractor will be allowed an increase in the contract price, an extension of the contract
time, or both, directly attributable to any suspension.
2. If the Contractor is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or if he makes a general assignment for
the benefit of his creditors or if a trustee or receiver is appointed for the Contractor or for
any of his property or if he files a petition to take advantage of any debtor's act to
reorganize under the bankruptcy or applicable laws or if he repeatedly fails to supply
sufficient skilled workmen or suitable materials or equipment, or if he repeatedly fails to
make prompt payments to subcontractors or for labor, materials or equipment or if he
disregards laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public body having
jurisdiction of the work or if he disregards the authority of the Engineer, or if, in the
opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor fails to make satisfactory progress in prosecuting
the work, or if he otherwise violates any provision of the Contract Documents, then the
Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy and after giving the Contractor
and his Surety a minimum of ten (10) days from delivery of a written notice, terminate the
services of the Contractor and take possession of the Project and of all materials,
equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor
and finish the work by whatever method he may deem expedient. In such case, the
Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the work is finished. If
the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds the direct and indirect costs of completing
the Project, including compensation for additional professional services, such excess shall
be paid to the Contractor. If such costs exceed such unpaid balance, the Contractor will pay
the difference to the Owner. Such costs incurred by the Owner will be determined by the
Engineer and incorporated in a Change Order.
3. The Contractor must obtain permission from the Engineer before any equipment can be
removed from the job site. In the event such equipment is removed without the Engineer's
approval, the job will be terminated until such time as the equipment is returned to the
project and any time and money lost by the Contractor as a result of moving the equipment
shall be absorbed by the Contractor.
Page 23 of 40
AED — On -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
4. Where the Contractor's services have been so terminate by the Owner, said termination
shall not affect any right of the Owner against the Contractor then existing or which may
thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of monies by the Owner due the Contractor
will not release the Contractor from compliance with the Contract Documents.
5. After ten (10) days from delivery of a written notice to the Contractor and the Engineer, the
Owner, may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, elect to
abandon the Project and terminate the Contract. In such case, the Contractor shall be paid
for all work executed and any expense sustained plus reasonable profit.
6. If, through no act or fault of the Contractor, the work is suspended for a period of more
than ninety (90) days by the Owner or under an order of court or other public authority of
the Engineer fails to act on any request for payment within thirty (30) days after it is
submitted or the Owner fails to pay the Contractor substantially the sum approved by the
Engineer within thirty (30) days of its approval and presentation, then the Contractor may
after ten (10) days from delivery of a written notice to the Owner and the Engineer,
terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for all work executed and all
expenses sustained. In addition, and in lieu of terminating the Contract, if the Engineer has
failed to act on a request for payment or if the Owner has failed to make any payment as
aforesaid, the Contractor may, upon ten (10) days notice to the Owner and the Engineer,
stop the work until he has been paid all amounts then due, in which event and upon
resumption of the work, Change Orders shall be issued for adjusting the contract price or
extending the contract time or both to compensate for the costs and delays attributable to
the stoppage of the work.
7. If the performance of all or any portion of the work is suspended, delayed, or interrupted as
a result of a failure of the Owner or the Engineer to act within the time specified in the
Contract Documents, or if no time is specified, within reasonable time, an adjustment in the
contract price or an extension of the contract time or both, shall be made by Change Order
to compensate the Contractor for the costs and delays necessarily caused by the failure of
the Owner or the Engineer.
GC -49. PAYMENTS TO THE CONTRACTOR:
1. Between the first (1st) and the fifth (5th) of each month, the Contractor will submit to the
Engineer a partial payment estimate filled out and signed by the Contractor on an approved
form covering the work performed during the period covered by the partial payment
estimate and supported by such data as the Engineer may reasonably require. If payment
is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the work but
delivered and suitably stored at or near the site, the partial payment estimate shall also be
accompanied by such supporting data, satisfactory to the Owner, as will establish the
Owner's title to the material and equipment and protect his interest therein, including
applicable insurance. The Engineer will, within thirty days after receipt of each partial
payment estimate, either indicate in writing his approval of payment and present the
Page 24 of 40
AED — On -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
partial payment estimate to the Owner, or return the partial payment estimate to the
Contractor indicating in writing his reasons for refusing to approve payment. In the latter
case, the Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the partial payment
estimate. The Owner will, within thirty days of presentation to him of an approved partial
payment estimate, pay the Contractor a progress payment on the basis of the approved
partial payment estimate. The Owner shall retain ten (10 %) percent of the amount of each
payment until final completion and acceptance of all work covered by the Contract
Documents and successful completion of required warranty period. On completion and
acceptance of a part of the work on which the price is stated separately in the Contract
Documents, payment may be made in full, excluding retained percentages, less authorized
deductions.
2. The request for payment may also include an allowance for the cost of such major materials
and equipment which are suitably stored either at or near the site.
3. All work covered by partial payment shall thereupon become the sole property of the
Owner, but this provision shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor of the sole
responsibility for the care and protection of the work upon which payments have been
made or the restoration of any damaged work, or as a waiver of the right of the Owner to
require the fulfillment of all terms of the Contract Documents.
4. Upon completion and acceptance of the work, the Engineer shall issue a certificate attached
to the final payment request that the work has been accepted by him under the conditions
of the Contract Documents. The entire balance, excluding the retained percentage, found to
be due the Contractor shall be paid to the Contractor, except such sums as may be lawfully
retained by the Owner for saving the Owner or the Owner's agents harmless from all claims
growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics,
material -men and furnishers of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, tools and
supplies, incurred in the furtherance of the performance of the work. The Contractor shall,
at the Owner's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature
designated above have been paid, discharged, or waived. If the Contractor fails to do so, the
Owner may, after having notified the Contractor, either pay unpaid bills or withhold from
the Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay
any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities
have been fully discharged whereupon payment to the Contractor shall be resumed, in
accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents, but in no event shall the provisions
of this sentence be construed to impose any obligations upon the Owner to either the
Contractor, his Surety, or any third party. In paying any unpaid bills of the Contractor, any
payment so made by the Owner shall be considered as a payment made under the Contract
Documents by the Owner to the Contractor and the Owner shall not be liable to the
Contractor for any such payments made in good faith.
5. Owner shall release half of the "10 percent retained" amount at start of required warranty
period. 50 percent of the remaining retained amount shall be released after six (6) moths
Page 25 of 40
AED — On -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
into required warranty period provided no defects are observed in originally accepted
work. The remaining retained balance shall be released at successful completion of the
required warranty period as certified by the Engineer. All payment requests shall be
approved by the Engineer prior to forwarding to the Owner.
6. If the Owner fails to make payment 30 days after approval by the Engineer, in addition to
other remedies available to the Contractor, there shall be added to each such payment,
interest at the maximum legal rate commencing on the first day after said payment is due
and continuing until the payment is received by the Contractor.
GC -50. ACCEPTANCE OF FINAL PAYMENT AS RELEASE:
1. The acceptance by the Contractor of final payment shall be and shall operate as a release to
the Owner of all claims and all liability to the Contractor other than claims in stated
amounts as may be specifically excepted by the Contractor for all things done or furnished
in connection with this work and for every act and neglect of the Owner and other relating
to or arising out of this work. Any payment, however, final or otherwise, shall not release
the Contractor or his Sureties from any obligations under the Contract Documents or the
Performance Bond and Payment Bonds.
GC -51. INSURANCE:
1. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain during the life of this Contract such insurance
as will protect him from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the
Contractor's execution of the work, whether such execution by himself or by any
Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or by anyone
for whose acts any of them may be liable.
1.1 Claims under Workman's Compensation, disability benefit and other similar
employee benefit acts,
1.2 Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease or
death of his employees,
1.3 Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease or death of any
person other than his employees,
1.4 Claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage which are
sustained (1) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to
the employment of such person by the Contractor or (2) by any other person; and
1.5 Claims for damages because of injury to or destruction of tangible property,
including loss of use resulting there from.
Page 26 of 40
AED — On-Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
2. Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to
commencement of the work. These Certificates shall contain a provision that coverage
afforded under the policies will not be canceled unless at least fifteen (15) days prior
written notice has been given to the Owner and Construction Manager.
3. The Contractor shall procure and maintain, at his own expense, during the life of the
Contract, liability insurance as hereinafter specified.
3.1 Contractor's General Public Liability and Property Damage insurance including
vehicle coverage issued to the Contractor and protecting him from all claims for
personal injury, including death, and all claims for destruction of or damage to
property, arising out of or in connection with any operations under the Contract
Documents, whether such operations be by himself or by any Subcontractor under
him or anyone directly or indirectly employed by the Contractor or by a
Subcontractor under him. Insurance shall be written with a limit of liability of not
less than $2,000,000 for all damages arising out of bodily injury, including death, at
any time resulting there from, sustained by any one person in any one accident; and
a limit of liability of not less than $5,000,000 for any such damages sustained by two
or more persons in any one accident. Insurance shall be written with a limit of
liability of not less than $1,000,000 for all property damage sustained by any one
person in any one accident; and a limit of liability of not less than $2,000,000 for any
such damage sustained by two or more persons in any one accident. Contractor's
insurance policy shall name Owner and Program Manager as insured under this
policy.
The Contractor shall either (1) require each of his subcontractors to procure and to
maintain during the life of his /her subcontract, Subcontractor Liability and Property
Damage Insurance of the type and in the same amounts as specified in the preceding
paragraph, or (2) insure the activities of his subcontractor in his /her own policy.
3.2 The Contractor shall acquire and maintain, if applicable, Fire and Extended
Coverage insurance upon the Project to the full insurable value thereof for the
benefit of the Owner, the Contractor and Subcontractor as their interest may appear.
This provision shall in no way release the Contractor or Contractor's Surety from
obligations under the Contract Documents to fully complete the Project.
4. The Contractor shall procure and maintain, at his own expense, during the life of the
Contract, in accordance with the provisions of the laws of the state in which the work is
performed, Workman's Compensation Insurance, including occupational disease
provisions, for all of his employees at the site of the project and in case any work is sublet,
the Contractor shall require such Subcontractor similarly to provide Workman's
Compensation Insurance, including occupational disease provision for all of the latter's
employees unless such employees are covered by the protection afforded by the
Contractor. In case any class of employees engaged in hazardous work under this Contract
Page 27 of 40
AED — On-Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
at the site of the Project is not protected under Workman's Compensation statute, the
Contractor shall provide and shall cause each Subcontractor to provide adequate and
suitable insurance for the protection of his employees not otherwise protected.
5. The Contractor shall secure, if applicable, "All Risk" type Builder's Risk Insurance for work
to be performed. Unless specifically authorized by the Owner, the amount of such
insurance shall not be less than the contract price totaled in the bid. The policy shall cover
not less than the losses due to fire, explosion, hail, lightening, vandalism, malicious
mischief, wind, collapse, riot, aircraft and smoke during the contract time and until the
work is accepted by the Owner. The policy shall name as the insured the Contractor, the
Engineer and the Owner.
6. Contractor shall provide a Builders Risk All Risk insurance policy for the full replacement
value of all Project work including the value of all onsite Owner- furnished equipment
and /or materials associated with Program Manager's services. Such policy shall include
coverage for loss due to defects in materials and workmanship and errors in design, and
will provide a waiver of subrogation as to Program Manager and the Owner, and their
respective officers, employees, agents, affiliates, and subcontractors.
GC -52. CONTRACT SECURITY:
1. The Contractor shall, within ten (10) days after the receipt of the Notice of Award, furnish
the Owner with a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond in penal sums equal to the
amount of the contract price, conditioned upon the performance by the Contractor of all
undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of the Contract Documents and
upon the prompt payment by the Contractor to all persons supplying labor and materials in
the prosecution of the work provided by the Contract Documents. Such bonds shall be
executed by the Contractor and a corporate bonding company licensed to transact business
in the state in which the work is to be performed and named on the current list of "Surety
Companies Acceptable on Federal Bonds" as published in the Treasury Department
Circular Number 570. The expense of these bonds shall be borne by the Contractor. If at
any time a Surety on any such bond is declared a bankrupt or loses its right to do business
in the state in which the work is to be performed or is removed from the list of Surety
Companies accepted on Federal Bonds, Contractor shall within ten (10) days after notice
from the Owner to do so, substitute an acceptable bond (or bonds) in such form and sum
and signed by such other Surety or Sureties as may be satisfactory to the Owner. The
premiums on such bonds shall be paid by the Contractor. No further payments shall be
deemed due nor shall be made until the new Surety or Sureties shall have furnished an
acceptable bond to the Owner.
Page 28 of 40
AED— On-Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
GC -53. ASSIGNMENTS:
1. Neither the Contractor nor the Owner shall sell, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of the
Contract or any portion thereof, or his right, title or interest therein, or his obligations
there under, without written consent of the other party.
C -54. INDEMNIFICATION:
1. The Contractor will indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and Program Manager and the
Engineer and their agents and employees from and against all claims, damages, losses and
expenses including attorney's fees arising out of or resulting from the performance of the
work, provided that any such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury,
sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property, including the
loss of use resulting therefrom; and is caused in whole or in part by any negligent or willful
act or omission of the Contractor and Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable.
2. In any and all claims against the Owner or the Engineer or any of their agents or employees,
by an employee of the Contractor, Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by
any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification
obligation shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of
damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any Subcontractor
under Workman's Compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefits
acts.
3. The obligation of the Contractor under this paragraph shall not extend to the liability of the
Engineer, his agents or employees arising out of the preparation or approval of maps,
drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, change orders, design or specifications.
GC -55. SEPARATE CONTRACTS:
1. The Owner reserves the right to let other contracts in connection with this Project. The
Contractor shall afford other contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and
storage of their materials and the execution of their work and shall properly connect and
coordinate his work with theirs. If the proper execution or results of any part of the
Contractor's work depends upon the work of any other Contractor, the Contractor shall
inspect and promptly report to the Engineer any defects in such work that render it
unsuitable for such proper execution and results.
2. The Owner may perform additional work related to the Project by himself or he may let
other contracts containing provisions similar to these. The Contractor will afford the other
Contractors who are parties to such contracts (or the Owner, if he is performing the
Page 29 of 40
AED — On-Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
additional work himself), reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of
materials and equipment and the execution of the work and shall properly connect and
coordinate his work with theirs.
3. If the performance of additional work by other Contractors or the Owner is not noted in the
Contract Documents prior to the execution of the Contract, written notice thereof shall be
given to the Contractor prior to starting any such additional work. If the Contractor
believes that the performance of such additional work by the Owner or others involves him
in additional expense or entitles him to an extension of the contract time, he may make a
claim there for as provided in Sections GC -13 and GC -14.
GC -56. SUBCONTRACTING:
1. The Contractor may utilize the services of specialty Subcontractors on those parts of the
work which, under normal contracting practices, are performed by specialty
Subcontractors.
2. The Contractor shall not award work to Subcontractor(s), in excess of fifty (50 %) percent
of the Contract Price, without prior written approval of the Owner.
3. The Contractor shall be fully responsible to the Owner for the acts and omissions of his
Subcontractors, and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by them, as he is for
the acts and omissions of person directly employed by him.
4. The Contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all subcontracts
relative to the work to bind the Subcontractors to the Contractor by the terms of the
Contract Documents insofar as applicable to the work of Subcontractors and to give the
Contractor the same power as regards terminating any subcontract that the Owner may
exercise over the Contractor under any provision of the Contract Documents.
5. Nothing contained in this Contrgct shall create any contractual relation between any
Subcontractor and the Owner.
GC -57. ENGINEER'S AUTHORITY:
1. The Engineer shall act as the Owner's representative during the construction period. He
shall decide questions which may arise as to quality and acceptability of materials
furnished and work performed. He shall interpret the intent of the Contract Documents in
a fair and unbiased manner. The Engineer will make visits to the site and determine if the
work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents.
2. The Contractor will be held strictly to the intent of the Contract Documents in regard to the
quality of materials, workmanship and execution of the work. Inspections may be made at
the factory or fabrication plant or the source of material supply.
Page 30 of 40
AED — on -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
3. The Engineer will not be responsible for the construction means, controls, techniques,
sequences, procedures, or construction safety.
4. The Engineer shall promptly make decisions relative to interpretation of the Contract
Documents.
GC -58. LAND AND RIGHTS -OF -WAY:
1. The Owner will furnish all land and rights -of -way necessary for carrying out and for the
completion of the work to be performed pursuant to the Contract Documents. If all land
and rights -of -way are not obtained prior to the issuing of the Notice to Proceed, the
Contractor shall begin work upon lands and rights -of -way that have been acquired.
2. The Owner shall provide to the Contractor information which delineates and describes the
lands owned and rights -of -way acquired.
3. The Contractor shall provide at his own expense and without liability to the Owner any
additional land and access thereto that the Contractor may desire for temporary
construction facilities, or for storage of materials.
GC -59. GUARANTEE:
1. The Contractor shall guarantee all materials and equipment furnished and work performed
for a period of 180 days from the date of substantial completion. The Contractor warrants
and guarantees for a period of 180 days from the date of substantial completion of the
system that the completed system is free from all defects due to faulty materials or
workmanship and the Contractor shall promptly make such corrections as may be
necessary by reason of such defects including the repairs of any damage to other parts of
the system resulting from such defects. The Owner will give notice of observed defects
with reasonable promptness. In the event that the Contractor should fail to make such
repairs, adjustments or other work that may be necessary by such defects, the Owner may
do so and charge the Contractor the cost thereby incurred. The Performance Bond shall
remain in full force and effect though the guarantee period.
GC -60. TAXES:
1. The Contractor will pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes required by the law
of the place where the work is performed.
GC -61. WORK ADJACENT TO RAILWAY OR OTHER PROPERTY:
1. Whenever the work embraced in this Contract is near the tracks, structures or buildings of
the Owner or of other railways, persons, or property, the work shall be so conducted as not
Page 31 of 40
AED -On -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
to interfere with the movement of trains or other operations of the railway, or, if in any
case such interference be necessary, the Contractor shall not proceed until he has first
obtained specific authority and directions therefore from the proper designated officer of
the Owner and has the approval of the Engineer.
GC -62. ORDER AND DISCIPLINE:
1. The Contractor shall at all times enforce strict discipline and good order among his
employees and any employee of the Contractor who shall appear to be incompetent,
disorderly or intemperate or in any other way disqualified for or unfaithful to the work
entrusted to him, shall be discharged immediately on the request of the Engineer and he
shall not again be employed on the work with the Engineer's written consent.
GC -63. WARNING DEVICES AND SIGNS:
1. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, paint and maintain warning devices when construction
is on or near public streets for the protection of vehicular and pedestrian traffic. Such
devices will be in accordance with the Georgia Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices
for Street and Highways, "Traffic Control for Highway Construction and Maintenance
Operations," latest edition.
2. A 20" x 30" sign, mounted on a solid post, 8 feet above the ground, indicating the name and
a 24 -hour phone number of the Contractor in 4" letters, shall be erected at prominent
locations on the construction site as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor may remove
the sign following the maintenance period.
GC -64. SPECIAL RESTRICTIONS:
1. No work shall be allowed after the hours of darkness or on Sunday without permission of
the Owner.
GC -65. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS:
The Contractor shall furnish a complete, legible set of "as- built" plans, prepared and
certified by a qualified Georgia Licensed Professional Land Surveyor (PLS), to Augusta
Engineering Department seven (7) days prior to the date of the Final Inspection. The
Director of Engineering Department or his /her designee shall review the submitted as-
built plans for accuracy, legibility, completeness, and conformity with approved
construction plans. Upon approval of submitted as- built, three(3) hard copies and one
electronic (CD- in GA State plan coordinate) copy shall be submitted to Engineering
Department for record and Director of Engineering signature. There shall be no separate
payment unless otherwise shown.
GC -66. CONTRACTOR NOT TO HIRE EMPLOYEES OF THE OWNER:
1. The Contractor shall not employ or hire any of the employees of the Owner.
Page 32 of 40
AED — on -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
GC -67. DRAWINGS:
1. The Owner will furnish to the Contractor, free of charge, up to three (3) sets of direct black
line prints together with a like number of complete bound specifications for construction
purposes. Location of all primary features of the work included in the Contract are
indicated on the Contract Drawings.
GC -68. FIELD OFFICE FACILITIES:
1. The Contractor shall provide, at a point convenient to the work, suitable office facilities for
housing records, plans and contract documents. A telephone and Fax shall be provided at
the Contractor's office for expediting the work and be made available for the use of the
Engineer. A complete and up -to -date set of the plans and specifications shall be available at
the field office at all times that the work is in progress.
GC -69. RIGHTS -OF -WAY AND EASEMENTS:
1.
The Owner will furnish all land and rights -of -way necessary for the carrying out of this
contract and the completion of the work herein contemplated and will use due diligence in
acquiring said land and rights -of -way as speedily as possible. But it is possible that all land
and rights -of -way may not be obtained as herein contemplated before construction begins,
in which event the Contractor shall begin his work upon such land and rights -of -way as the
Owner may have previously acquired and no claim for damages whatsoever will be allowed
by reason of the delay in obtaining the remaining lands and rights -of -way. Should the
Owner be prevented or enjoined from proceeding with the work or from authorizing its
prosecution, either before the commencement, by reason of any litigation or by reason of
its inability to procure any lands or rights -of -way for the said work, the Contractor shall not
be entitled to make or assert any claim for damage by reason of said delay or to withdraw
from the contract except by consent of the Owner; but time for completion of the work will
be extended to compensate for the time lost by such delay; such determination to be set
forth in writing and approved by the Owner.
2. The Contractor shall not perform any work outside the limits of the right -of -way or
easements. In addition, no equipment or material shall be placed outside these areas
without written permission of both the property owner and the Engineer. In the event that
the Contractor elects to utilize private property for any purpose connected with the project,
such as, but not limited to, staging areas, equipment and /or material storage or simply as a
convenience, he shall submit a written agreement to the Engineer containing vital
information such as limits of both area and time the property is to be utilized and a
description of the intended use. The agreement must be signed by both the property
owner and the Contractor and will be reviewed and recorded by the Engineer. Such
agreements must be submitted prior to the contractor's use of the property.
Page 33 of 40
AED — On-Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
All buildings located on newly acquired R/W and /or easements shall be relocated by the
Contractor. Such buildings on existing R/W and /or easements shall be removed by the
owner or will become the property of the Contractor.
GC - 70. ESTIMATE OF QUANTITIES:
1. The estimated quantities of work to be done and materials to be furnished under this
contract if shown in any of the documents including the bid are given only for use in
comparing bids and to indicate approximately the total amount of the contract and the
right is especially reserved except as herein otherwise specifically limited to increase or
diminish them as may be deemed reasonably necessary or desirable by the Owner to
complete the work contemplated by this contract and such increase or diminution shall in
no way vitiate this contract nor shall any such increase or diminution give cause for claims
or liability for damages.
GC - 71. EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES:
1. The existence and location of structures and underground utilities indicated on the plans
are not guaranteed and shall be investigated and verified in the field by the Contractor
before starting work. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any damage to and for
maintenance and protection of existing utilities and structures.
GC - 72. CONTRACTOR'S BREAKDOWN OF LUMP SUM PAYMENT ITEMS:
1. The Contractor shall, immediately after the contract has been awarded, submit to the
Engineer for his approval, a breakdown showing estimates of all costs apportioned to the
major elements of equipment, material and labor comprising the total work included under
any of the lump sum items shown in the proposal. These estimates as approved will serve
as the basis for estimating of payments due on all progress estimates.
GC - 73. PRIOR USE BY OWNER:
1. Prior to completion of the work, the Owner may take over the operation and /or use of the
uncompleted project or portions thereof. Such prior use of the facilities by the Owner shall
not be deemed as acceptance of any work or relieve the Contractor from any of the
requirements of the Contract Documents.
GC - 74. CLEANING UP:
1. The Contractor shall keep the premises free from the accumulation of waste material and
rubbish and upon completion of the work, prior to final acceptance of the completed
project by the Owner, he shall remove from the premises all rubbish, surplus materials,
implements, tools, etc., and leave his work in a clean condition, satisfactory to the Engineer.
Page 34 of 40
AED — On-Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
GC -75. SALVAGE MATERIALS:
All salvageable materials, such as drainage pipe, which require removing but not used on
this project, are to be removed from the Right -of -Way, as directed by the Engineer, and
recycled or properly disposed of per applicable local and state regulations. Augusta
Engineering reserves the right to request a copy of disposal documents for these materials.
GC -76. MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC:
1. In any work within the public right -of -way, the Contractor shall provide adequate warning
and protection for pedestrian and vehicular traffic from any hazard arising out of the
Contractor's operations and will be held responsible for any damage caused by negligence
on his part or by the improper placing of or failure to display danger signs and road
lanterns. All traffic lanes, sidewalks and driveways will be kept open and clear at all times
except as provided below. The Contractor shall not block traffic on any street more than 30
minutes or without written permission from such agency. Before leaving the work each
night, it shall be placed in such condition as to cause the least possible hazard therefrom.
Should the Contractor fail to comply with the provisions of this paragraph, the Owner may,
with his own forces, provide signs, flagmen, barricades and /or passageways or clear the
pavement and deduct the cost thereof from sums due to the Contractor.
The Contractor shall provide construction signs in accordance with requirements of
"Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices ( MUTCD) for Streets and Highways "; current
edition with added supplements and provisions. The attention of the Contactor is
specifically directed to Subsection 107.09 of the Supplemental Specification - "Barricades
and Danger, Warning, and Detour Signs ". "The Contractor shall furnish, install, and
maintain all necessary and required barricades, signs, and other traffic control devices in
accordance with these specifications, Project Plans, Special Provisions, and MUTCD, and
Take all necessary precautions for the protection of the work and safety of the public."
All temporary signs, barricades, flashing lights, striping and any other traffic control
devices required during construction of this project shall meet all requirements of the
MUTCD current addition, as directed by the Engineer and be furnished by the Contractor
with payment in accordance with Section 150. The Contractor shall so conduct his
operations that there will be a minimum of interference with, or interruption of, traffic on
the travelway. This applies to initial installation and the continuing maintenance and
operation of the facility. At least one -lane, two -way, traffic shall be maintained at all times
unless approved otherwise by the Engineer. As a minimum, the Contractor must comply
with MUTCD, current edition and Georgia Standard 9102. The Contractor shall provide all
temporary traffic control devices needed to safely direct traffic through the construction
area. All temporary traffic control devices are to be placed in accordance with Georgia
Department of Transportation Standards and Specifications.
Page 35 of 40
AED — On-Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
GC -77. FLAGGING:
Flaggers shall be provided as required to handle traffic, as specified in the Plans or Special
Provisions, and as required by the Engineer.
All Flaggers shall meet the requirement of part 6F of the MUTCD Current Edition and must
have received training and a certificate upon completion of the training from a Department
approved training program. Failure to provide certified Flaggers as required above shall
be reason for the Engineer suspending work involving the Flagger(s) until the Contractor
provides the certified Flagger(s).
Flaggers shall wear a fluorescent orange cap or hat, and a fluorescent orange vest, shirt, or
jacket, and shall use a Stop /slow paddle meeting the requirements of Section 6F -2 of the
MUTCD Current Edition for controlling traffic. The Stop /slow paddle shall have a shaft
length of seven (7) feet minimum. In addition to the stop /slow paddle, a Flagger may use a
24 -inch square red /orange flag as an additional device to attract attention. For night work,
the vest shall have reflectorized stripes on front and back.
Signs for Flagger traffic control shall be placed in advance of the flagging operation in
accordance with the MUTCD Current Edition. In addition to the signs required by the
MUTCD, signs at regular intervals, warning of the presence of the Flagger shall be placed
beyond the point where traffic can reasonably be expected to stop under the most severe
conditions for that day's work.
GC -78. TRAFFIC DETOURS:
Where detours are required and in accordance with Section 150 of the Standard
Specifications and any Supplements thereto, the Contractor shall file for approval a detour
plan of operation for this project. This plan shall include details of staging and rerouting of
traffic including estimated length of time for use of the detours.
The Contractor shall so conduct his operations that there will be a minimum of interference
with, or interruption of, traffic upon and along the roadway. This applies to the initial
installation and the continuing maintenance and operation of the facility. At least one -lane,
two -way traffic shall be maintained at all times unless approved otherwise by the Engineer.
As a minimum, the Contractor must comply with the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control
Devices, current edition and Georgia Standard 9102.
GC -79. MAINTENANCE OF ACCESS:
1. The Contractor will be required to maintain access to business establishments during all
time they are open for business, to churches, schools and other institutions during the time
they are open and to all residential and other occupied buildings or facilities at all times.
Bridges across open trenches and work areas will be required to provide vehicular and
Page 36 of 40
AED — on -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
pedestrian access. Bridges with handrail protection will be required for crosswalks at
street intersections. It is recognized that it will be necessary to remove bridges and to
block cross traffic while equipment is in operation. The Contractor shall, however, plan
and pursue his operations so as to minimize the time that direct entrance is blocked.
GC -80. SPECIAL EVENTS:
When Special Events occur, such as the Augusta Masters Golf Tournament, all work shall be
safe up, shut down and maintained until the Engineer okays the resumption of work. No
project is exempt without the expressed approval of the Engineer. If these type work
stoppages impose a hardship, contract time wise, consideration will be given to extending
the contract time in an amount commensurate with the delay caused by such work
stoppages provided the Contractor has otherwise pursued the work diligently.
GC -81. EROSION CONTROL AND RESTORATION OF PROPERTY:
1. The Contractor will be required to schedule his work and perform operations in such a
manner that siltation and bank erosion will be minimized during all phases of construction.
Any areas disturbed during the course of construction shall be restored to a condition
equal or better than the original condition. The Contractor will be required to submit a Soil
Erosion, Sedimentation and Stormwater Pollution Control plan that is in compliance with
the work site erosion control and NPDES plan, per the Georgia Department of
Transportation and Georgia Environmental Protection Erosion, Sediment and Stormwater
Pollution Control requirements.
2. The contractor will be responsible for NPDES monitoring and documentation to keep the
project in compliance with applicable NPDES permit requirements. The contractor shall be
responsible to bring project incompliance and pay penalty imposed on the project due to
non compliance to NPES permit and other permits.
3. The cost of this work shall be included in the cost of Lump Sum Construction unless Shown
as a Separate pay item.
GC -82. UTILITIES:
All utility facilities except those owned by Augusta Utilities Department which are in
conflict with construction, not covered as specified items in the detailed estimate, are to be
removed and relocated to clear construction by the respective owners with the exception
of Augusta Utilities and Augusta Traffic Engineering unless added later to the contract as a
supplemental item. All "above ground" utility structures will be located as near as possible
to the right -of -way line.
Page 37 of 40
AED— On-Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
The Contractor will not be paid for any delays or extra expense caused by utility facilities
obstructions or any other items not being removed or relocated to clear construction in
advance of his work.
All known utility facilities are shown schematically on the plans, and not necessarily
accurate in location as to plan or elevation. Utility facilities such as service lines or
unknown facilities not shown on the plans will not relieve the Contractor of his
responsibility under this requirement except as noted below. "Existing Utility Facilities"
means any utility facility that exists on the highway project in its original, relocated or
newly installed position. Other than service lines from street mains to the abutting
property the contractor will not be held responsible for the cost of repairs to damaged
underground utility facilities when such facilities are not shown on the plans and their
existence is unknown to the Contractor prior to the damage occurring, providing the
Engineer determines the Contractor has otherwise fully complied with the Specifications.
The Contractor shall use the one -call center telephone number 1- 800 - 282 -7411 for the
purposes of coordinating the marking of underground utilities.
The Contractor's attention is directed to the probability of encountering private utility
installations consisting of sanitary sewers, water, sprinkler systems, ornamental light
systems, gas and underground telephone cables that either are obstructions to the
execution of the work and need to be moved out of the way or, if not, must be properly
protected during construction. No separate payment will be made for this work. Public
utilities of this nature except Augusta Utilities and Augusta Traffic Engineering will be
handled by the utility owner.
THE FOLLOWING UTILITY COMPANIES SHALL BE NOTIFIED BEFORE WORK BEGINS:
(Contacts revised July 12, 2007)
Atlanta Gas Light Company
337 Habersham Road
Martinez, Georgia 30907
Phone: (706) 214 -0858
Fax:
Attn: Carl Corley
e -mail: icorley@ aglresources,com
Augusta Richmond County Utilities
360 Bay Street, Suite 180
Augusta, GA 30901
Phone: (706) 4429/4160
Fax: (706) 312 -4133
Attn: Wesley Martin
e -mail: wmartin@augustaga.gov
Page 38 of 40
AED — On -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
AT &T
3841 Wrightsboro Road
Augusta, GA 30909
Phone: (706) 228 -5203/ (706) 210 -8237
Fax: (706) 855 -1917
Attn: Jeff Surrency
e -mail: Ws1449@att.com
Georgia Power
642 Woodland Road
Waynesboro, Ga. 30830
Phone: (7678) 708 -9112
Attn: Kristi Griffin
e-mail: kbgriffin@southernco.com
Knology of Augusta
3714 Wheeler Road
Augusta, GA 30909
Phone: (706) 364 -1015
Fax: (706) 364 -1011
Attn: Richard Strength
e -mail: strength @knology.com
Jefferson Energy Cooperative
P.O. Box 457
Wrens, GA 30833
Phone: (706) 547 -5019
Fax: (706) 547 -5051
Attn: Mike Wasden
e-mail: mwasden@jec.com
Comcast Communications
P.O. Box 3579
Augusta, GA 30904
Phone: (706) 739 -1865
Fax: (706) 733 - 6942
Attn: Kevin O'Meara
e -mail: kevinO'meara@cable.comcast.com
GC 83. UTILITY ACCOMMODATION POLICY:
In so far as possible, work shall be scheduled so that open excavations will not be left
overnight. Where trenches, pits or other excavations are within the clear roadside areas
and cannot be backfilled before leaving the job site, they shall be covered by timbers or
metal plates and protected by reflectorized and /or lighted barricades as appropriate and as
directed by the Engineer. Barricades sufficient to prevent a person from falling into an
excavated or work area must be erected in areas where these conditions exist.
GC -84. BYPASSING SEWAGE:
1. The Contractor will be required to schedule and coordinate construction sequences and to
use temporary construction and other approved methods which will minimize the
bypassing of sewage during construction of the sewer facilities. The diversion of sewerage
to open ditches or streams will not be permitted.
Page 39 of 40
AED— On -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
GC -85. SAFETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS:
1. The Contractor shall comply with the Department of Labor Safety and Health Regulations
for construction promulgated under the Occupational and Health Act of 1970 (PL31 -596)
and under Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (PL91 -54).
GC -86. WARRANTY:
Unless otherwise specified, all contract work is subject to a 18 -month warranty. The 18-
month warranty is hereby modified to include the following: Any repairs, corrections or
modifications performed within the last six months of the original 18 -month warranty shall
have the original 18 -month warranty extended 180 calendar days past the date of such
repairs, corrections or modifications.
GC -87. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE:
1. A preconstruction conference shall be held at an acceptable time to the Owner and the
Contractor prior to the "Notice to Proceed" to coordinate the work and satisfy all
requirements of the Contract Documents.
Page 40 of 40
AED — On-Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
1<'
P40.
ITEM CODE
DESCRIPTION
UNIT
UNIT PRICE
1.
CONCRETE DEMOLITION
CY
/4S. 00
2.
441-0014
DRIVEWAY CONCRETE, 4 IN
DRIVEWAY CONCRETE, 6 IN
SY
SY
33.00
35, 00
3.
441-0016
4.
441-0018
DRIVEWAY CONCRETE, 8 IN
SY
37, 00
5.
441-0104
CONCRETE SIDEWALK, 4 IN
SY
54.00
6.
441-0106
CONCRETE SIDEWALK, 6 IN
SY
33,00
7.
441-0108
CONCRETE SIDEWALK, 8 IN
SY
349.
8.
441-0740
CONCRETE MEDIAN, 4 IN
SY
34 00
9.
441-0748
CONCRETE MEDIAN, 6 IN
SY
37. OD
10.
441-0754
CONCRETE MEDIAN, 7-1/2 IN
SY
39. oo
11.
441-0756
CONCRETE MEDIAN, 8 (N
SY
44.00
12.
441-5002
CONCRETE HEADER CURB, 6 IN
LF
/4.00
13.
441-5003
CONCRETE HEADER CURB, 8 IN
LF
15:00
14.
441-6012
CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER, 6 IN X 24 IN
LF
15.
441-6022
CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER, 6 IN X 30 IN
LF
1 7,50
16.
441-6216
CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER, 8 IN X 24 IN
LF
/ 8 . 5
17.
441-6221
CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER, 8 IN X 30 IN
LF
1350
18.
441-6222
CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER, 8 IN X 30 IN
_
LF
Z 0, 5
19.
441-7011
CURB CUT WHEEL CHAIR RAMP, TYPE A
EA
Coo, 00
20.
500-3201
CONCRETE RETAINING WALL
CY
2 65; 00
21.
668-1100
CATCH BASIN
EA
2, 800.00
22.
668-2100
DROP INLET
EA
2 100.00
23.
668-5000
JUNCTION BOX
EA
2 1,00,00
24.
SAW CUTTING
LF
25.
CONCRETE GRINDING
LF
ia.00
26.
CRACK CAULKING AND SEALING
LF
4, DO
27.
CONCRETE REFINISHING (AESTHETICS)
SY
35,00
28.
EMERGENCY ASPHALTIC REPAIR - ASPHALT
SY
2.%. 00
29.
EMERGENCY ASPHALTIC REPAIR - GRADE
PREPARATION
SY
25.00
RFP Item 11-159 On-Call Concrete Repair, Concrete Construction
and Emergency Repair
Due Date: December 2, 2011 @ 11:00 A.M.
ITEMIZE UNIT PRICE SHEET
NOTE: Please provide unit prices for each line item (This should include Labor, equ(pment, and material).
P. ka.,
Name:
Printed Name: Henri L. 14en cl era n
Company 00 ri C5+ruC & ASSocia,-le; I (lc.
Address: - .0 . 161i 796
City/State: Eraos Ole v Zip Code: 30809
Telephone No. 7O( - 2,10 -- t(c. 24 Fax No. 70(o-210-$62S"
RFP 11-159 On-Call Concrete Repair
Page 25 of 51
e
�.
f� -'� ''
�l�i"�
F ,':
o-';y ,:
GENERAL NOTES
ADJUSTING MINOR STRUCTURES TO GRADE:
This item consists of raising or lowering the upper portion of existing manholes, water
valve boxes, gas valve boxes or any other miscellaneous structures within the area of
construction. There will be no separate payment for this work unless shown as a separate
pay item.
*Prior to any resurfacing the contractor shall identify and reference all structures so
the precise locations can be determined after resurfacing. This shall be done in the
company of the ARC Inspector. This shall be the first order of work where minor
structures requiring adjustment are included in the contract.
AGGREGATE SURFACE COURSE:
The item aggregate surface course is for use in inclement weather to facilitate the
movement of local traffic along roadway construction and to permit ingress and egress at
drives. When used for this purpose, Section 318, Georgia Standard Specifications, is
modified to permit truck dumping on unprepared and muddy subgrade. Section 318 is
further modified to permit the use of crusher run stone as described in Subsection 806.02.
The Contractor will have the choice of the following materials:
Graded Aggregate
Coarse Aggregate Size 467
Stabilizer Aggregate Type 1 or 2
Crushed Stone
All materials to be used as directed by the Engineer.
AS -BUILT PLANS:
Subsection 815.01
Subsection 800.01
Section 803
Subsection 806.02
The Contractor shall furnish a complete, legible set of "as- built" plans, prepared and
certified by a qualified Georgia Licensed Professional Land Surveyor (PLS), to Augusta
Engineering Department seven (7) days prior to the date of the Final Inspection. The
Director of Engineering Department or his /her designee shall review the submitted as-
built plans for accuracy, legibility, completeness, and conformity with approved
construction plans. Upon approval of submitted as- built, three(3) hard copies and one
electronic (CD- in GA State plan coordinate) copy shall be submitted to Engineering
Department for record and Director of Engineering signature. There shall be no separate
payment unless otherwise shown.
G -1
AED — On-Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
CASINGS:
All steel casings being installed across any roadway and /or right -of -way shall
have the joints continuously welded to obtain a watertight seal. The
Contractor shall notify the Engineer when welds are ready for inspection.
Welded casings backfilled without the Engineer's approval shall be uncovered
for inspection at the Engineer's request.
COMPACTION:
All compaction shall be as defined in the current edition of Georgia department of
Transportation Specifications. Special attention shall be given to the backfill of minor
structures (pipe, box culverts, manholes, catch basins, drop inlets, etc.). Compaction shall
be achieved using approved tamps and soil layers of approximately 6 inches (loose
measure) and in accordance with Georgia Department of Transportation Standards 1030 -D
and 1401. Backfilling operations of this nature shall not begin until the Contractor has on
hand all equipment in good working condition, and competent operators.
The backfilling of pipe and other minor structures shall be in accordance with Georgia
Department of Transportation Standard specifications, Current Edition. Backfilling with
sand using jetting and /or flooding will not be allowed in any case without the written
permission of the Engineer. Backfilling of pipe structures shall be incidental to the pipe
structure bid item.
CONCRETE:
NOTE: When sand and jetting /flooding method is used the warranty for the
backfilled area is extended from 12 months to 24 months. A plan for the
jetting /flooding shall be submitted at the Pre - Construction Conference.
The Contractor shall have a slump cone on the project at all times when concrete is being
placed. He shall, in the Engineer's presence, perform slump tests as directed by the
Engineer. Tests shall be performed by qualified personnel with a properly cleaned slump
cone. Allowable slumps are 2" minimum and 4" maximum. Class "A" concrete shall have a
minimum of 611 lbs. Cement per cubic yard. Class "B" concrete shall have a minimum of
470 lbs. Cement per cubic yard. Concrete not meeting these requirements will be rejected
by the Engineer.
NOTE: No concrete shall be placed until all required equipment such as slump cone,
curing compound and dispensor, etc., all in good working condition, are on the site.
Inspectors must be given a minimum one -hour advance notice. No concrete shall be
placed without the Inspector present unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. All
concrete shall be placed during the Inspectors normal working hours, 8:30 a.m. to
5:00 p.m. unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Formed surfaces shall receive
finish immediately after removing forms. Forms shall be removed as provided in
Section 500 of GA.DOT Specifications.
G -2
AED — On -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
CONSTRUCTION:
Transition ties of proposed curb and gutter to existing curbs (valley gutter, granite curb,
header curb, etc.) shall be paid for in the unit price bid for curb and gutter unless otherwise
noted.
At locations where new pavement is to be placed adjacent to existing pavement, without an
overlay, or where curbing is to be placed across paved parking lots, a joint shall be sawed
on a line to ensure pavement removal to be neat. Only those joints sawed in concrete
pavement will be paid for under the pay item -Sawed Joints per Linear Foot.
Where curb and gutter is used and the shoulder elevations are higher than adjacent
ground, the actual direction of drainage runoff shall be determined by the Contractor. He
shall make such provisions as necessary to ensure that no ponding is caused by the new
construction. He may place additional fill to provide drain inlets. Compensation will be
under the price bid for the appropriate pay item. Driveway profiles may also be altered
allowing the concrete pad to slope down outside the back of the curb line not to exceed an
algebraic difference of 0.07. This should be used primarily on the high side of super -
elevated curves. The Contractor should use caution with standard variance and place
special emphasis on hydraulic considerations.
The Contractor shall provide borrow and /or waste pits for this project. All pits acquired
for use on this project shall be reclaimed in accordance with Subsection 107.23 and Section
160 of the Standard Specifications and page PPA -1 of this document.
All storm drain pipe, side drain pipe, pipe culvert wing - walls, steps, retaining walls, curbs
and gutters, headwalls, all types of pavement, wooden structures, except those specifically
shown as a removal pay item will be removed as Clearing and Grubbing, Grading
Complete, or Grading Per Mile on Lump Sum Construction..
Cut and fill slopes outside of clear zones may be adjusted on construction where necessary
to remain within the right of way.
Curb cut ramps in accordance with Standard 9031 -W are to be used at all street
intersections on this project.
Asphalt milling where specified for use on existing pavement that is to be resurfaced
adjacent to curb and gutter. Finished surface on asphalt pavement shall not exceed 1 /4"
above the gutter line as shown on Georgia Standard 9031 -J.
CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT:
Construction layout work shall be performed by the Contractor. See Section 149 of the
Standard Specifications.
G -3
AED — On -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
CONSTRUCTION /UTILITY SCHEDULE:
The contractor shall prepare an overall Time -Logic Schedule that includes all major utility
relocations, proposed utilities, and construction activities. A detail schedule for utility
relocations from all utility companies shall be submitted to the contractor two weeks prior
to the Preconstruction meeting. The Contractor shall submit this schedule to Augusta
Engineering Department seven (7) days prior to preconstruction meeting. The contractor
shall present a copy of this schedule at the Preconstruction meeting for discussion. The
schedule shall consist of the following:
1. The noted Responsible Agency for each activity (e.g., Contractor, Sub - Contractor,
Utility Company)
2. The ES -Early Start, EF -Early Finish, LS -Late Start, LF -Late Finish dates
3. The Project Critical Path
4. Activity Durations
The contactor shall also submit following information with the schedule.
1. List of active construction projects and their projected completion date
2. List of available resources assigned to this project *
3. Name of Project Team (Project Manager, Superintendent, Foreman) assigned to this
project *
4. Subcontractor information such as Company Name, Contact Name and Telephone,
and type of assigned tasks
* Personnel and resources assigned to this project shall not be re- assigned to other projects until after upon approval from Augusta
Engineering Department. Augusta Engineering Department reserves the right to deny the submitted project team or parts thereof.
Failure to provide aforementioned schedule and information within specified time will
result in cancellation of Notice to Proceed. If information is not received within thirty (30)
days from the date of Notice to Proceed cancelation, contract will be terminated without
further notice.
Within seven (7) days after the Preconstruction meeting, the Contractor shall provide a
revised schedule with all issues and concerns addressed to Augusta Engineering
Department. The revised Time -Logic Schedule shall be color coded with respect to
responsibility, and shall be presented on D size paper (24'x36 ")
The schedule shall be updated on a monthly basis displaying percentage of completion of
all activities. The project base line and current date line shall appear on all updates.
The Schedule shall be using Microsoft Project or Primavera Scheduling software.
G -4
AED — On -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
Sample Construction Utility Schedule
mom
Nil.
Nam
■r■
a
• as
mLa s amataam
WA. ��-giOW'y ab.lO bab
ww-a M1.li w Y .aa tl a
lar NW
.
{ OiYwam ympmaw r1.14
smog 40.434o
wa.
ttayab,tpm wmar.'
m
am rnaw
roam
wma tim eLYeAd ia:04ft WO)
w�-Lf w1 iwA! ptl.aW a tl 1m �
tamma mffIlb r
"CwwL Ow a tYm
Ygt ::
6»11.1-- tnmaeLaa .10
.1 lwil
x
..a
amMCb Was
were.
brra►L:wtlem vrW.
I No. us Irwin
mmm _dI
ages Woe
laws We NMI
q ww_ w - em waaw
Lex wG
IA= mob tame - wrw Iww to wee .
t_ _J e■ ® eawr pip — •
° r. iat L w e`O'm+tad'd >mruL . • • • . ay • • .. r*r =17arrm
mrr- -- 0 gums, gr■Ip
Mwmlcw•x.
L/lM /191JT
weraasrw. esL.'w�.*'M'j�
or*
asww.r .... �s
DESIGN ALTERATIONS:
The commission - council recognizes that various changes in design may be made as the
project progresses. Any requests for additional payment shall be processed based on actual
work in place and the unit prices submitted as a part of this bid. Items not covered in this
bid shall be priced separately and no work shall be done on these items until approved, in
writing, by the Engineer.
All changes in engineering design of the project shall be approved by the Design Engineer
of record after consultation with the Engineer. Revised design plan sheet(s) shall be signed
and stamped by the Design Engineer of record and a copy shall be submitted to Augusta
Engineering Department.
ENGINEER:
XYZ ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT
In all contract documents, specifications, supporting documents, etc., the term "ENGINEER"
means, and shall be deemed to mean, the Augusta- Richmond County Engineering
Department Director or his /her designated representative.
G -5
AED — On-Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL:
The Contractor shall be responsible for all soil erosion and sediment control practices.
All on -site erosion control shall comply with local Augusta Richmond County erosion and
sediment control ordinances. The cost of this work shall be included in the cost of Lump
Sum Construction unless shown as a separate pay item.
EXCESS MATERIAL:
All excess material is to be disposed of as directed by the Engineer or as noted in Sub -
Section 107.23 of the Specifications and in accordance with page PPA -1.
FENCE:
All new fences called for on the plans and /or contract documents shall meet the
requirements of Section 643 of the Georgia Department of Transportation Standard
Specifications, current edition. New fence not meeting these Specs will be rejected.
In contracts, where remove and reset fence items are involved (either as pay items or as
Lump Sum Construction) all replacement fence shall be equal to or better than the existing
fence as approved by the Engineer. This means equal to or better than the original fence at
the time of its installation.
In accordance with Subsection 643.03D, the Contractor must furnish positive locking
devices, padlocks, and keys with all gate assemblies.
FINISHING AND DRESSING:
All unpaved and natural areas which are disturbed by the construction of this project are to
be returned to the pre- existing shape and slope and then finished and dressed. No separate
payment will be made for grassing, fertilizing and mulching of disturbed areas, unless
specifically shown as a pay item.
FLAGGING:
Flaggers shall be provided as required to handle traffic, as specified in the Plans or Special
Provisions, and as required by the Engineer.
All Flaggers shall meet the requirement of part 6F of the MUTCD Current Edition and must
have received training and a certificate upon completion of the training from a Department
approved training program. Failure to provide certified Flaggers as required above shall
be reason for the Engineer suspending work involving the Flagger(s) until the Contractor
provides the certified Flagger(s).
G -6
AED — On -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
Flaggers shall wear a fluorescent orange cap or hat, and a fluorescent orange vest, shirt, or
jacket, and shall use a Stop /slow paddle meeting the requirements of Section 6F -2 of the
MUTCD Current Edition for controlling traffic. The Stop /slow paddle shall have a shaft
length of seven (7) feet minimum. In addition to the stop /slow paddle, a Flagger may use a
24 -inch square red /orange flag as an additional device to attract attention. For night work,
the vest shall have reflectorized stripes on front and back.
Signs for Flagger traffic control shall be placed in advance of the flagging operation in
accordance with the MUTCD Current Edition. In addition to the signs required by the
MUTCD, signs at regular intervals, warning of the presence of the Flagger shall be placed
beyond the point where traffic can reasonably be expected to stop under the most severe
conditions for that day's work.
FOUNDATION BACKFILL MATERIAL. TYPE I:
Foundation Backfill Material Type I shall conform to Georgia Standard 1030 -D and Section
207 of the Standard Specifications. No separate payment will be made for this material or
its placement.
FOUNDATION BACKFILL MATERIAL. TYPE II:
Foundation Backfill Material, Type II shall conform to Georgia Standard 1030 -D and Section
207 of the Standard Specifications and shall be used in wet /unstable conditions as directed
by the Engineer. It shall also be used beneath all concrete box culverts. Quantities shall be
measured for payment in accordance with Georgia Standard 1030 -D or as directed by the
Engineer. Payment shall be per cubic yard unless otherwise specified in the contract.
GRADES:
With the approval of the Engineer, grades may be field adjusted to provide for best
drainage.
INFESTATION:
The entire project is considered to be within the limits of an insect infested area. The
contractor's attention is called to the following sections of the Standard Specifications: (A)
155 Insect control (B) 893 Miscellaneous Planting Materials.
INSPECTIONS:
This project will be inspected by the Engineer or his Representative.
G -7
AED — On-Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
LANDSCAPING:
All the requirements of Section 702 of the Georgia Department of Transportation
Specifications, current edition, are applicable to this project except as follows: there will be
no separate pay for staking, including Perimeter Staking and for Spring Application of
Fertilizer. All costs shall be included in prices bid for Landscape Items. Bag grown plants
are not acceptable.
MAILBOXES:
Existing mailboxes that are in conflict with the proposed construction shall be removed and
relocated. Where feasible the existing mailboxes and supports may be utilized as approved
by the Engineer so long as the supports are of metal PIPE with a maximum diameter of two
(2) inches or wood, with a maximum diameter of four (4) inches.
NOTE: There shall be no supports of any material other than the two mentioned
above. All existing mailboxes and supports containing brick, masonry of any type,
metal, etc. shall be disassembled and all components, not meeting the above
requirements, shall be removed from the project and disposed in a proper manner.
When not shown as a pay item, payment shall be included in the price bid for Lump Sum
Construction and itemized as such.
MISCELLANEOUS DRAINAGE STRUCTURES:
All miscellaneous drainage structure such as Catch Basins, Drop Inlets, Manholes,
Junction Boxes, Spring Boxes, Drain Inlets, special Inlets, etc., whether standard or
special design shall be paid for Per Each. There will be no separate payment for additional
depth unless specifically shown as a pay item.
NOTE: All Catch Basins, Drop Inlets, manholes, exposed Junction Boxes, etc., with
concrete top -slabs shall include manhole rings and covers. The Contractor shall
install the manhole rings and covers such that the steps can be easily accessed.
PATCHING AND REPAIR OF MINOR DEFECTS:
Where needed, the contractor is required to patch and repair existing potholes, minor
pavement defects, and base failures in accordance with the Specifications.
PAVEMENT CUTS:
All pavement cuts shall be sawed with a neat vertical edge, regardless of material,
consistently straight enough that a roller can follow the edge precisely to achieve the
desired compaction. Irregular edges will not be accepted. Payment shall be included in the
price of the pipe.
G -8
AED — On-Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
PAYMENT FOR PIPE CULVERT INSTALLATION:
1. Payment for pipe culvert or utility installation includes sawing and /or cutting and
removing existing pavement and replacing the pavement as specified in accordance with
Standard 1401.
2. Payment for pipe culvert includes plugging existing pipe with Class "A" or "B" concrete
(See Georgia Standard 9031 -L).
PIPE CULVERTS:
Unless otherwise noted, all storm drain, longitudinal and stub pipes are to be reinforced
concrete. All required pipe culverts shall be in accordance with Standard 1030 -D.
Foundation Backfill Material Type I shall conform to Georgia Standard 1030 -D. No
separate pay item will be made for this material for its placement.
Payment for pipe culvert or utility installation includes sawing and /or cutting and
removing existing pavement, sidewalk, curbing, etc., and replacing same as specified in
accordance with Standard 1401. Payment for pipe culvert includes plugging existing pipe
with Class "A" or "B" concrete and for construction concrete collars.
The Contractor shall include in his price bid for pipe, the additional cost of bends, tees,
fasteners, appropriate gaskets (see Section 848 of the Standard Specifications), and
structure excavation.
PRECAST CONCRETE UNITS:
Precast Concrete Units, other than those specifically allowed by Georgia Department of
Transportation Specifications, such as Drop Inlets, Catch Basins, Manholes, etc., shall not
be installed without written permission from the Engineer. Any such units installed
without such written permission shall be removed from the project.
RELOCATED WATER METERS:
Relocated water meters and water meter boxes may not be placed in the sidewalk.
REMOVAL AND RESETTING OF ORNAMENTAL SHRUBS AND BUSHES AND SOD:
It shall be the contractor's responsibility to remove and reset any and all existing
ornamental shrubs and bushes and sod in conflict with proposed construction.
Coordination with the property owners is essential in this endeavor. The Contractor will
not be held responsible for care and maintenance after removing and resetting these plants
and sod except in cases where the Contractor's equipment causes irreparable damage or
where plants and /or sod dies as the result of negligence on the Contractor's part. In which
G -9
AED — On-Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
cases, the Contractor will be held responsible for replacement. Sod shall be reset with
ground preparation in accordance with Subsection 700.05.A. No additional soil or fertilizer
is required for resetting sod. The Contractor shall remove the sod in a manner that will be
conducive to insuring that the reset sod will live. At the Contractor's option, he may
replace any sod he removes with new sod of the same type. No separate payment will be
made for this work or replacements unless specifically shown as a pay item.
REMOVING AND RESETTING OF OBSTRUCTIONS:
It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to remove and reset any and all obstructions, such
as fences, signs, concrete or brick planters, steps, walkways, brick or concrete entrance
columns, etc., which are in conflict with construction. Contractors are responsible for the
security of pets and /or personal property through the use of temporary fence if necessary.
No separate payment will be made for this work except when shown as a separate pay
item.
RIGHT - OF - WAY AND EASEMENTS:
The Contractor shall not perform any work outside the limits of the right -of -way or
easements. In addition, no equipment or material shall be placed outside these areas
without written permission of both the property owner and the Engineer. In the event that
the Contractor elects to utilize private property for any purpose connected with the project,
such as, but not limited to, staging areas, equipment and /or material storage or simply as a
convenience, he shall submit a written agreement to the Engineer containing vital
information such as limits of both area and time the property is to be utilized and a
description of the intended use. The agreement must be signed by both the property
owner and the Contractor and will be reviewed and recorded by the Engineer. Such
agreements must be submitted prior to the contractor's use of the property.
All buildings located on newly acquired R/W and /or easements shall be relocated by the
Contractor. Such buildings on existing R/W and /or easements shall be removed by the
owner or will become the property of the Contractor.
SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS:
All salvageable materials, such as drainage pipe, which require removing but not used on
this project, are to be removed from the Right -of -Way, as directed by the Engineer, and
recycled or properly disposed of per applicable local and state regulations. Augusta
Engineering reserves the right to request a copy of disposal documents for these materials.
SAW CUTS:
When matching existing conditions, saw cuts shall be used as required by Augusta -
Richmond County. Only saw cuts in Portland Cement Concrete, which are shown, as
contract pay items will be paid for separately. No saw cuts in asphaltic concrete will be
paid for separately. Unless specifically noted this does not apply to pipe trenches.
G -10
AED — On-Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
SOD:
Sod will not be paid for separately when used to match or replace sod on adjacent lawns as
replacement in kind. See GDOT specifications, subsection 700.04 E.
SPECIAL EVENTS:
When Special Events occur, such as the Augusta Masters Golf Tournament, all work shall be
safed up, shut down and maintained until the Engineer okays the resumption of work. No
project is exempt without the expressed approval of the Engineer. If these type work
stoppages impose a hardship, contract time wise, consideration will be given to extending
the contract time in an amount commensurate with the delay caused by such work
stoppages provided the Contractor has otherwise pursued the work diligently.
SPECIFICATIONS. STANDARDS AND OTHER DATA:
All references in this document, (includes all papers, writings, documents, drawings, or
photographs used, or to be used, in connection with this document), to State Highway of
Georgia, State Highway Department, Highway Department, or Department when the
context thereof means the Georgia Department of Transportation means, and shall be
deemed to mean, Augusta- Richmond County, Augusta- Richmond County Commission -
Council Department of Engineering Services.
The data, together with all other information shown on these plans, or indicated in any way
thereby, whether by drawings or notes or in any other matter, are based upon field
investigations and are believed to be indicative of actual conditions. However, the same
are shown as information only, are not guaranteed, and do not bind Augusta- Richmond
County, Georgia in any way. Only the actual quantities completed and accepted will be paid
for. The attention of the bidder is specifically directed to Subsections 102.04, 102.05, and
104.03 of the Standard Specifications, of the Georgia Department of Transportation,
current edition, which will be part of this contract.
This project is based on, and shall be constructed in accordance with, the State of Georgia
Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Construction of Roads and
Bridges, current edition and any supplements thereto. All of these specifications shall be
considered as though fully contained herein. In cases where conflicts arise within these
specifications, they will be revised to resolve such conflict. Until the conflict is resolved, the
interpretation of the Engineer shall control the situation.
SPENDOUT SCHEDULE:
A Spendout Schedule beginning with the Notice to Proceed and extending through the
anticipated construction life of the project shall be submitted at the Pre - Construction
Conference. Such schedule shall include the anticipated earnings on a monthly basis.
G -11
AED — On-Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
STORM DRAIN PIPE:
Unless otherwise noted, all storm drain, longitudinal and stub pipe are to be reinforced
concrete and shall include 0-ring gaskets.
SUB - CONTRACTORS:
The Contractor shall furnish the official name, plus the name and telephone number of the
24 -hour emergency contact of all firms he proposes to use as Subcontractors in the work.
This information is to be furnished at the Preconstruction Conference. However, no work
shall be done on this project by a Subcontractor until the Contractor receives approval of
his Subcontractor(s) from the Engineer.
NOTE: All submissions shall include the following information for each
Subcontractor:
1) Name of Subcontracting Firm
2) Description of Work To Be Done
3) Contact Person's Name and 24 Hour Phone Number
TESTING OF THE WORK:
The Contractor shall employ a qualified materials testing laboratory to monitor more fully
the quality of materials and work and to perform such tests as may be required under the
contract documents as conditions for acceptance of materials and work. THE ENGINEER
MAY ORDER TESTING AT ANY TIME HE DEEMS PROPER TO CONTROL THE QUALITY OF
THE WORK.
All test results are to be submitted to the Engineer. No separate payment will be made for
employing the testing laboratory or any required tests.
TEST ROLLING:
Prior to placing any base course, the subgrade shall be proof rolled to locate unstable areas
and achieve additional compaction. Area be proof rolled using a minimum 15 tons flat
drum compactor or other equipment as recommended by the Geotechnical Engineer (such
as a fully loaded tandem axle dumptruck). Geotechnical Engineer and /or a representative
of Augusta Engineering Department will observe and approve proof - rolling. Areas failing
compaction shall be reworked. Any areas judged by the Geotechnical Engineer to rut
(should be improved in place or undercut and replaced with fill compacted to 100 % of soil
maximum dry density as determined by the modified proctor compaction test (ASTM
D1557, Method D or equivalent method approved by the Geotechnical Engineer).
G -12
AED — On-Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
TRAFFIC CONTROL:
The Contractor shall provide construction signs in accordance with requirements of
"Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) for Streets and Highways "; current
edition with added supplements and provisions. The attention of the Contactor is
specifically directed to Subsection 107.09 of the Supplemental Specification - "Barricades
and Danger, Warning, and Detour Signs ". "The Contractor shall furnish, install, and
maintain all necessary and required barricades, signs, and other traffic control devices in
accordance with these specifications, Project Plans, Special Provisions, and MUTCD, and
Take all necessary precautions for the protection of the work and safety of the public. "All
temporary signs, barricades, flashing lights, striping and any other traffic control devices
required during construction of this project shall meet all requirements of the MUTCD
current addition, as directed by the Engineer and be furnished by the Contractor with
payment in accordance with Section 150.
The Contractor shall so conduct his operations that there will be a minimum of interference
with, or interruption of, traffic on the travelway. This applies to initial installation and the
continuing maintenance and operation of the facility. At least one -lane, two -way, traffic
shall be maintained at all times unless approved otherwise by the Engineer. As a minimum,
the Contractor must comply with MUTCD, current edition and Georgia Standard 9102.
The Contractor shall provide all temporary traffic control devices needed to safely direct
traffic through the construction area.
All temporary traffic control devices are to be placed in accordance with Georgia
Department of Transportation Standards and Specifications.
TRAFFIC DETOURS:
Where detours are required and in accordance with Section 150 of the Standard
Specifications and any Supplements thereto, the Contractor shall file for approval a detour
plan of operation for this project. This plan shall include details of staging and rerouting of
traffic including estimated length of time for use of the detours.
The Contractor shall so conduct his operations that there will be a minimum of interference
with, or interruption of, traffic upon and along the roadway. This applies to the initial
installation and the continuing maintenance and operation of the facility. At least one -lane,
two -way traffic shall be maintained at all times unless approved otherwise by the Engineer.
As a minimum, the Contractor must comply with the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control
Devices, current edition and Georgia Standard 9102.
UTILITIES:
All utility facilities except those owned by Augusta Utilities Department which are in
conflict with construction, not covered as specified items in the detailed estimate, are to be
removed and relocated to clear construction by the respective owners with the exception
of Augusta Utilities and Augusta Traffic Engineering unless added later to the contract as a
G - 13
AED — on -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
supplemental item. All "above ground" utility structures will be located as near as possible
to the right -of -way line.
The Contractor will not be paid for any delays or extra expense caused by utility facilities
obstructions or any other items not being removed or relocated to clear construction in
advance of his work.
All known utility facilities are shown schematically on the plans, and not necessarily
accurate in location as to plan or elevation. Utility facilities such as service lines or
unknown facilities not shown on the plans will not relieve the Contractor of his
responsibility under this requirement except as noted below. "Existing Utility Facilities"
means any utility facility that exists on the highway project in its original, relocated or
newly installed position. Other than service lines from street mains to the abutting
property the contractor will not be held responsible for the cost of repairs to damaged
underground utility facilities when such facilities are not shown on the plans and their
existence is unknown to the Contractor prior to the damage occurring, providing the
Engineer determines the Contractor has otherwise fully complied with the Specifications.
The Contractor shall use the one -call center telephone number 1- 800 - 282 -7411 for the
purposes of coordinating the marking of underground utilities.
The Contractor's attention is directed to the probability of encountering private utility
installations consisting of sanitary sewers, water, sprinkler systems, ornamental light
systems, gas and underground telephone cables that either are obstructions to the
execution of the work and need to be moved out of the way or, if not, must be properly
protected during construction. No separate payment will be made for this work. Public
utilities of this nature except Augusta Utilities and Augusta Traffic Engineering will be
handled by the utility owner. (See page GC36 of General Conditions)
UTILITY ACCOMMODATION POLICY:
In so far as possible, work shall be scheduled so that open excavations will not be left
overnight. Where trenches, pits or other excavations are within the clear roadside areas
and cannot be backfilled before leaving the job site, they shall be covered by timbers or
metal plates and protected by reflectorized and /or lighted barricades as appropriate and as
directed by the Engineer. Barricades sufficient to prevent a person from falling into an
excavated or work area must be erected in areas where these conditions exist.
WARRANTY:
Unless otherwise specified, all contract work is subject to an 18 -month warranty. The 18-
month warranty is hereby modified to include the following: Any repairs, corrections or
modifications performed within the last six months of the original 18-month warranty shall
have the original 18 -month warranty extended 180 calendar days past the date of such
repairs, corrections or modifications.
G -14
AED — on -Call Concrete Repair, Concrete
Construction & Emergency Repairs
150.01 GENERAL
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
STATE OF GEORGIA
SPECIAL PROVISION
Section 150 — Traffic Control
Revised: June 1, 2011
Revised: August 1, 2011
This section as supplemented by the Plans, Specifications, and Manual on Uniform Traffic
Control Devices (MUTCD) shall be considered the Temporary Traffic Control (TTC) Plan.
Activities shall consist of furnishing, installing, maintaining, and removing necessary traffic
signs, pedestrian signs, barricades, lights, signals, cones, pavement markings and other traffic
control devices and shall include flagging and other means for guidance and protection of
vehicular and pedestrian traffic through the Work Zone. This Work shall include both
maintaining existing devices and installing additional devices as necessary in construction work
zones.
When any provisions of this Specification or the Plans do not meet the minimum requirements
of the MUTCD, the MUTCD shall control. The 2009 Edition of the MUTCD shall be in effect for
the duration of the project.
The needs and control of all road users (motorists, bicyclists and pedestrians within the
highway right -of -way and easements, including persons with disabilities in accordance with the
Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA), Title II, Paragraph 35.130) through a Temporary
Traffic Control (TTC) zone shall be an essential part of highway construction, utility work,
maintenance operations and management of traffic incidents.
The Worksite Traffic Control Supervisor (WTCS) shall have a copy of Part VI of the MUTCD and
the Contract on the job site. Copies of the current MUTCD may be obtained from the FHWA
web page at http: / /mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov.
A. WORKER SAFETY APPAREL
All workers, including emergency responders, within the right -of -way who are exposed
either to traffic (vehicles using the highway for purpose of travel) or to work vehicles and
construction equipment within the TTC zone shall wear high - visibility safety apparel that
meets the Performance Class 2 or 3 requirements of the ANSI /ISEA 107 -2004 publication
entitled "American National Standard for High - Visibility Safety Apparel and Headwear ", or
equivalent revisions, and labeled as meeting the ANSI 107 -2004 standard performance for
Class 2 or 3 risk exposure. Emergency and incident responders and law enforcement
personnel within the TTC zone may wear high - visibility safety apparel that meets the
performance requirements of the ANSI /ISEA 207 -2006 publication entitled "American
National Standard for High- Visibility Public Safety Vests ", or equivalent revisions, and
1
labeled as ANSI 207 -2006, in lieu of ANSI /ISEA 107 -2004 apparel. Firefighters or other
emergency responders working within the right -of -way and engaged in emergency
operations that directly expose them to flame, fire, heat, and /or hazardous material may
wear retroreflective turn -out gear that is specified and regulated by other organizations,
such as the National Fire Protection Association.
B. WORKSITE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR
ALL HIGHWAYS (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS BELOW FOR INTERSTATES): The
Contractor shall designate a qualified individual as the Worksite Traffic Control Supervisor
(WTCS) who shall be responsible for selecting, installing and maintaining all traffic control
devices in accordance with the Plans, Specifications, Special Provisions and the MUTCD. A
written resume documenting the experience and credentials of the WTCS shall be
submitted and accepted by the Engineer prior to beginning any work that involves traffic
control. The WTCS shall be available on a twenty-four (24) hour basis to perform his
duties. If the work requires traffic control activities to be performed during the daylight
and nighttime hours it may be necessary for the Contractor to designate an alternate
WTCS. An alternate WTCS must meet the same requirements and qualifications as the
primary WTCS and be accepted by the Engineer prior to beginning any traffic control
duties. The Worksite Traffic Control Supervisor's traffic control responsibilities shall have
priority over all other assigned duties.
As the representative of the Contractor, the WTCS shall have full authority to act on behalf
of the Contractor in administering the TTC Plan. The WTCS shall have appropriate training
in safe traffic control practices in accordance with Part VI of the MUTCD. In addition to the
WTCS all other individuals making decisions regarding traffic control shall meet the training
requirements of the Part VI of the MUTCD.
The WTCS shall supervise the initial installation of traffic control devices. The Engineer
prior to the beginning of construction will review the initial installation. Modifications to
traffic control devices as required by sequence of operations or staged construction shall
be reviewed by the WTCS.
The WTCS shall be available on a full -time basis to maintain traffic control devices with
access to all personnel, materials, and equipment necessary to respond effectively to an
emergency situation within forty-five (45) minutes of notification of the emergency.
The WTCS shall regularly perform inspections to ensure that traffic control is maintained.
Unless modified by the special conditions or by the Engineer, routine deficiencies shall be
corrected within a twenty-four (24) hour period. Failure to comply with these provisions
shall be grounds for dismissal from the duties of WTCS and /or removal of the WTCS from
the project. Failure of the WTCS to execute his duties shall be considered as non-
performance under Subsection 150.08.
The Engineer will periodically review the work for compliance with the requirements of the
TTC plan.
On projects where traffic control duties will not require full time supervision, the Engineer
may allow the Contractor's Project Superintendent to serve as the WTCS as long as
satisfactory results are obtained.
CERTIFIED WORKSITE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR INTERSTATE AND LIMITED ACCESS HIGHWAYS: In
addition to the requirements above, the WTCS shall have a minimum of one year's
experience directly related to work site traffic control in a supervisory or responsible
capacity. The WTCS shall be currently certified by the American Traffic Safety Services
Association (ATSSA) Work Site Traffic Supervisor Certification program or the National
Safety Council Certification program.
Any work performed on the interstate or limited access highway right -of -way that requires
traffic control shall be supervised by the Certified Worksite Traffic Control Supervisor. No
work requiring traffic control shall be performed unless the certified WTCS is on the
worksite. Failure to maintain a Certified Worksite Traffic Control Supervisor on the work
will be considered as non - performance under Subsection 150.08.
The WTCS shall perform, as a minimum, weekly traffic control inspections on al) interstate
and limited access highways. The inspection shall be reported to the Engineer on a TC -1
report. The Engineer will furnish a blank copy of the TC -1 report to the Contractor prior to
the beginning of any work on the interstate or limited access right -of -way.
C. TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES
All traffic control devices used during the construction of a project shall meet the Standards
utilized in the MUTCD, and shall comply with the requirements of these Specifications,
Project Plans, and Special Provisions. All devices shall be tested at NCHRP Test Level III.
Reference is made to Subsections 104.05, 107.07, and 107.09.
D. REFLECTORIZATION REQUIREMENTS
All rigid fluorescent orange construction warning signs (black on fluorescent orange) shall
meet the reflectorization and color requirements of ASTM Type VII, VIII, IX or X regardless
of the mounting height.
Portable signs which have flexible sign blanks shall meet the reflectorization and color
requirements of ASTM Type VI.
Warning signs (W3 -1a) for stop conditions that have rumble strips located in the travelway
shall be reflectorized with ASTM Type IX fluorescent yellow sheeting.
All other signs shall meet the requirements of ASTM Type III or IV except for "Pass With
Care" and "Do Not Pass" signs which may be ASTM Type I unless otherwise specified.
CHANNELIZATION DEVICES: Channelization devices shall meet the requirements of ASTM
Type III or IV high intensity sheeting.
E. IMPLEMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
No work shall be started on any project phase until the appropriate traffic control devices
have been placed in accordance with the Project requirements. Changes to traffic flow
3
shall not commence unless all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to make the
changes are available on the Project.
When any shift or change is made to the location of traffic or to the flow patterns of traffic,
including pedestrian traffic, the permanent safety features shall be installed and fully
operational before making the change. If staging or site conditions prevent the installation
of permanent features then the equivalent interim devices shall be utilized. This work shall
also include any necessary removal and reinstallation of guardrail panels to achieve the
required panel lap to accommodate the appropriate shift and traffic flow including the final
traffic flow configuration (The cost of performing this work shall be included in Traffic
Control -Lump Sum).
Any section of the work that is on new location shall have all permanent safety features
installed and fully operational before the work is opened to traffic. Safety features shall
include but are not limited to the following items:
1. Guardrail including anchors and delineation with properly lapped panels
2. Impact attenuators
3. Traffic signals
4. Warning devices
5. Pavement markings including words, symbols, stop bars, and crosswalks
6. Roadway signs including regulatory, warning, and guide
Outdoor lighting shall be considered as a safety feature for welcome centers, rest areas,
and weigh station projects. For typical roadway type projects new street lighting is not
considered a safety feature unless specifically noted in the plans or in the special
conditions.
F. MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES
Traffic control devices shall be in acceptable condition when first erected on the project
and shall be maintained in accordance with Subsection 104.05 throughout the construction
period. All unacceptable traffic control devices shall be replaced within 24 hours. When
not in use, all traffic control devices shall be removed, placed or covered so as not to be
visible to traffic. All construction warning signs shall be removed within seven calendar
days after time charges are stopped or pay items are complete. If traffic control devices
are left in place for more than ten days after completion of the Work, the Department shall
have the right to remove such devices, claim possession thereof, and deduct the cost of
such removal from any monies due, or which may become due, the Contractor.
G. TRAFFIC INTERRUPTION RESTRICTIONS
The Department reserves the right to restrict construction operations when, in the opinion
of the Engineer, the continuance of the Work would seriously hinder traffic flow, be
needlessly disruptive or unnecessarily inconvenience the traveling public. The Contractor
shall suspend and /or reschedule any work when the Engineer deems that conditions are
unfavorable for continuing the Work.
4
Advanced notification requirements to the Contractor to suspend work will be according to
the events and the time restrictions outlined below:
Incident management No advanced notice required
Threatening /Inclement weather 24 hours
Holidays. sporting events, Three (3) calendar days
unfavorable conditions
If the work is suspended, the Contractor may submit a request for additional contract time
as allowed under Section 108. The Department will review the request and may grant
additional contract time as justified by the impact to the Contractor's schedule.
Compensation for loss of productivity, rescheduling of crews, rental of equipment or delays
to the Contractor's schedule will not be considered for payment. Additional contract time
will be the only consideration granted to the Contractor.
H. SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS
Any Sequence of Operations provided in this Contract in conjunction with any staging
details which may be shown in the plans, is a suggested sequence for performing the
Work. It is intended as a general staging plan for the orderly execution of the work while
minimizing the impact on pedestrian facilities, mainline, cross - streets and side streets. The
Contractor shall develop detailed staging and temporary traffic control plans for performing
specific areas of the Work including but not limited to all traffic shifts, detours, bridge
widenings, paces, or other activities that disrupt traffic or pedestrian flow. The Engineer
may require detailed staging and TTC plans for lane closures or disruption to pedestrian
facilities. These plans shall be submitted for approval at least two weeks prior to the
scheduled date of the activity. Activities that have not been approved at least seven (7)
days prior to the scheduled date shall be rescheduled.
Where traffic is permitted through the work area under stage construction, the Contractor
may choose to construct, at no additional expense to the Department, temporary on -site
bypasses or detours in order to expedite the work. Plans for such temporary bypasses or
detours shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and approval 30 calendar days prior
to the proposed construction. Such bypasses or detours shall be removed promptly when
in the opinion of the Engineer; they are not longer necessary for the satisfactory progress
of the Work. Bypasses and detours shall meet the minimum requirements of Subsection
150.02. B.4.
As an option to the Sequence of Operations in the Contract, the Contractor may submit an
alternative Sequence of Operations for review and approval. Alternate Sequence of
Operations for pedestrian facilities shall be in compliance with the MUTCD and ADA.
Pedestrian needs identified in the preconstruction phase shall be included in the proposed
alternate plan. The Department may consider the Contractor's alternate Sequence of
Operations as a Value Engineering Proposal as defined by Subsection 104.08. A twenty
calendar days lead time for the Department's review shall be given to this submission so
that a decision on its acceptability can be made and presented at the Preconstruction
Conference. Insufficient lead time or no submission by the Contractor shall be construed
as acceptance of the Sequence of Operations outlined in the Contract and the willingness
of the Contractor to execute this as -bid plan.
The Department will not pay, or in any way reimburse the Contractor for claims arising
from the Contractor's inability to perform the Work in accordance with the Sequence of
Operations provided in the Contract or from an approved Contractor alternate.
The Contractor shall secure the Engineer's approval of the Contractor's proposed plan of
operation, sequence of work and methods of providing for the safe passage of vehicular
and pedestrian traffic before it is placed in operation. The proposed plan of operation shall
supplement the approved traffic control plan. Any major changes to the approved TTC
plan, proposed by the Contractor, shall be submitted to the Department for approval.
Some additional traffic control details will be required prior to any major shifts or changes
in traffic. The traffic control details shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
1. A detailed drawing showing traffic locations and laneage for each step of the change.
2. The location, size, and message of all signs required by the MUTCD, Plan, Special
Provisions, and other signs as required to fit conditions. Any portable changeable
message signs used shall be included in the details.
3. The method to be used in, and the limits of, the obliteration of conflicting lines and
markings.
4. Type, location, and extent of new lines and markings.
5. Horizontal and vertical alignment and superelevation rates for detours, including cross -
section and profile grades along each edge of existing pavement.
6. Drainage details for temporary and permanent alignments.
7. Location, length, and /or spacing of channelization and protective devices (temporary
barrier, guardrail, barricades, etc.)
8. Starting time, duration and date of planned change.
9. For each traffic shift, a paving plan, erection plan, or work site plan, as appropriate,
detailing workforce, materials, and equipment necessary to accomplish the proposed
work. This will be the minimum resource allocation required in order to start the work.
A minimum of three copies of the above details shall be submitted to the Engineer for
approval at least 14 days prior to the anticipated traffic shift. The Contractor shall
have traffic control details for a traffic shift which has been approved by the Engineer
prior to commencement of the physical shift. All preparatory work relative to the traffic
shift, which does not interfere with traffic, shall be accomplished prior to the
designated starting time. The Engineer and the Contractor's representative will verify
that all conditions have been met prior to the Contractor obtaining materials for the
actual traffic shift.
150.02 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL (TTC) ZONES:
A. DEVICES AND MATERIALS:
In addition to the other provisions contained herein, work zone traffic control shall be
accomplished using the following means and materials:
1. Portable Advance Warning Signs
Portable advance warning signs shall be utilized as per the requirements of the
temporary traffic control plans. All signs shall meet the requirements of the MUTCD and
shall be NCHRP 350 crashworthy compliant.
2. Arrow Panels
Portable sequential or flashing arrow panels as shown in the Plans or Specifications for
use on Interstate or multi -lane highway lane closure only, shall be a minimum size of
48" high by 96" wide with not less than 15 lamps used for the arrow. The arrow shall
occupy virtually the entire size of the arrow panel and shall have a minimum legibility
distance of one mile. The minimum legibility distance is that distance at which the
arrow panel can be comprehended by an observer on a sunny day, or clear night.
Arrow panels shall be equipped with automatic dimming features for use during hours
of darkness. The arrow panels shall also meet the requirements for a Type C panel as
shown in the MUTCD. The sequential or flashing arrow panels shall not be used for
lane closure on two -lane, two -way highways when traffic is restricted to one -lane
operations in which case, appropriate signing, flaggers and when required, pilot
vehicles will be deemed sufficient.
The sequential or flashing arrow panels shall be placed on the shoulder at or near the
point where the lane closing transition begins. The panels shall be mounted on a
vehicle, trailer, or other suitable support. Vehicle mounted panels shall be provided
with remote controls. Minimum mounting height shall be seven feet above the
roadway to the bottom of the panel, except on vehicle mounted panels which should
be as high as practical.
For emergency situations, arrow display panels that meet the MUTCD requirements for
Type A or Type B panels may be used until Type C panels can be located and placed at
the site. The use of Type A and Type B panels shall be held to the minimum length of
time possible before having the Type C panel(s) in operation. The Engineer shall
determine when conditions and circumstances are considered to be emergencies. The
Contractor shall notify the Engineer, in writing, when any non - specification arrow
display panel(s) is being used in the work.
3. Portable Changeable Message Signs
Portable changeable message signs meeting the requirements of Section 632 and the
MUTCD. Any PCMS in use that is not protected by positive barrier protection shall be
delineated by a minimum of three drums that meet the requirement of Subsection
150.05.A.1. The drum spacing shall not exceed a maximum of ten (10') feet as shown
in Detail 150 -PCMS. When the PCMS is within twenty (20') feet of the opposing traffic
flow, the trailing end of the PCMS shall be delineated with a minimum of three drums
spaced in the same manner as the approach side of the PCMS.
7
When not in use the PCMS shall be removed from the roadway unless protected by
positive barrier protection. If the PCMS is protected by positive barrier protection the
sign panel shall be turned away from traffic when not in use.
4. Channelization Devices
Channelization devices shall meet the standards of the MUTCD and Subsection 150.05.
5. Temporary Barrier
Temporary barrier shall meet the requirements of Section 622.
6. Temporary Traffic Signals
Temporary traffic signals shall meet the requirements of Section 647 and the MUTCD.
7. Pavement Marking
Pavement marking incorporated into the work shall comply with Subsections 150.04.A
and 150.04.B.
8. Portable Temporary Traffic Control Signals
The use of Portable Temporary Traffic Control Signals shall meet the following
minimum requirements:
Only two -lane two -way roadways will be allowed to utilize Portable Temporary Traffic
Control Signals.
All portable traffic control signals shall meet the physical display and operational
requirements of conventional traffic signals described in the MUTCD.
Each signal face shall have at least three lenses. The lenses shall be red, yellow, or
green in color and shall give a circular type of indication. All lenses shall be twelve
(12 ") inches nominal in diameter.
A minimum of two signal faces shall face each direction of traffic. A minimum of one
signal head shall be suspended over the roadway travel lane in a manner that will allow
the bottom of the signal head housing to be not less than seventeen (17') feet above
and not more than nineteen (19') feet above the pavement grade at the center of the
travel lane. The second signal head may be located over the travel lane with the same
height requirements or the second signal head may be located on the shoulder. When
the signal head is located on the shoulder the bottom of the signal head housing shall
be at least eight (8') feet but not more than (15') feet above the pavement grade at
the center of highway.
Advance warning signage and appropriate pavement markings shall be installed as part
of the temporary signal operation.
The signals shall be operated in a manner consistent with traffic requirements. The
signals may be operated in timed -mode or in a vehicle- actuated mode. The signals
shall be interconnected in a manner to ensure that conflicting movements cannot
occur. To assure that the appropriate operating pattern including timing is displayed to
the traveling public, regular inspections including the use of accurate timing devices
shall be made by the Worksite Traffic Control Supervisor. If at any time any part of the
system fails to operate within these requirements then the use of the signal shall be
suspended and the appropriate flagging operation shall begin immediately.
The Worksite Traffic Control Supervisor (WTCS) shall continuously monitor the portable
traffic control signal to insure compliance with the requirements for maintenance under
the MUTCD. The signal shall be maintained in a manner consistent with the intention
of the MUTCD, with emphasis on cleaning of the optical system. Timing changes shall
be made only by the WTCS. The WTCS shall keep a written record of all timing
changes.
The portable temporary signal shall have two power sources and shall be capable of
running for seven calendar days continuously.
The Contractor shall have an alternate temporary traffic control plan in the event of
failure of the signal.
9. RUMBLE STRIPS
Rumble strips incorporated into the work shall meet the requirements of Section 429
and the MUTCD. Existing rumble strips that are positioned in the traveled way to warn
traffic of a stop condition shall be reinstalled based on the following requirements:
INTERMEDIATE SURFACES: Intermediate surfaces that will be in use for more than
forty-five (45) calendar days shall have rumble strips reinstalled on the traveled way in
the area of a stop condition. Non - refundable deductions in accordance with
Subsection 150.08 will be assessed for any intermediate surface in place for greater
than 45 days without rumble strips.
FINAL SURFACES: Rumble strips shall be installed on the final surface within fourteen
(14) calendar days of the placement of the final surface in the area of the stop
condition. Failure to install within fourteen (14) calendar days will result in assessment
of non - refundable deductions in accordance with Subsection 150.08.
Prior to the removal of any rumble strips located in the travelway, stop ahead (W3 -1a)
warning signs shall be double indicated ahead of the stop condition. These warning
signs shall be a minimum of 48 inches by 48 inches. The reflectorization of the
warning signs shall be as required by Subsection 150.01.D. These warning signs shall
remain in place until the rumble strips have been reinstalled on the traveled way. Any
existing warning signs for the stop ahead condition shall be removed or covered while
the 48" X 48" (W3 -1a) signs are in place. When the rumble strips have been
reinstalled these warning signs should be promptly removed and any existing signage
placed back in service.
10. GUARDRAIL: When the removal and installation of guardrail is required as a part of
the work the following time restrictions shall apply unless modified by the special
conditions:
MULTI -LANE HIGHWAYS: From the time that the existing guardrail or temporary
positive barrier protection is removed the Contractor has fourteen (14) calendar days to
install the new guardrail and anchors. During the interim, the location without guardrail
shall be protected with drums spaced at a maximum spacing of twenty (20') feet. The
maximum length of rail that can be removed at any time without being replaced with
positive barrier protection is a total of 2000 linear feet of existing rail or the total length
of one run of existing rail, whichever is less.
ALL OTHER HIGHWAYS: From the time that the existing guardrail is removed or from
the time that temporary positive barrier protection is removed the Contractor has thirty
(30) calendar days to install the new guardrail and anchors. During the interim, the
location without guardrail shall be protected with drums spaced at a maximum spacing
of twenty (20') feet. The maximum length of rail that can be removed at any time
without being replaced with positive barrier protection is a total of 1000 linear feet of
existing rail or the total length of one run of existing rail, whichever is Tess.
Based on existing field conditions, the Engineer may review the work and require that
the guardrail be installed earlier than the maximum time allowed above by giving
written notification to the Contractor via the TC -1 traffic control report.
ALL HIGHWAYS: The contractor shall install new guardrail such that traffic exposure to
fixed objects is minimized. Within the same work day, temporary attenuators, as defined
in Subsection 150.05.B, should be installed on the approach to fixed objects that can't
be protected with guardrail. Truck mounted attenuators may be used to shield exposed
fixed objects for periods not to exceed forty-eight (48) hours. No separate payment will
be made for truck mounted attenuators.
When the roadway is open to traff=ic, guardrail panels shall be lapped to comply with the
directional flow of traffic. Should the staging of the work require that the lap of the
guardrail be changed, this work shall be completed before the roadway is opened to
traffic. The work to change the lap of any guardrail shall be included in Traffic Control -
Lump Sum.
10
Failure to comply with the above time and quantity restrictions shall be considered as
non - compliance under Subsection 150.08.
11. STOP SIGN REGULATED INTERSECTIONS: For intersections that utilize stop
sign(s) to control the flow of traffic and to restrict the movement of vehicles, the stop
sign(s) shall be maintained for the duration of the work or until such time that the stop
condition is eliminated or until an interim or permanent traffic signal can be installed to
provide proper traffic control. The traffic signal shall be installed and properly
functioning before the removal of the existing stop sign(s) is permitted. If the existing
intersection is enhanced traffic control features such as stop bars, double indicated stop
signs, oversized signs, advanced warning stop ahead signs, rumble strips on the
approaches or flashing beacons located overhead or on the shoulders then these
features shall be maintained for the duration of the project or until the permanent traffic
control plan has been implemented.
Whenever the staging of the work requires that the traveled -way be relocated or
realigned the Contractor shall reinstall all enhanced traffic control features noted above
on the newly constructed sections of the work. The cost of relocating the stop bars,
stop signs, advanced warning signs, the rumble strips and the flashing beacons shall be
included in the price bid for Lump- Sum - Traffic Control unless individual pay items are
included in the contract for rumble strips and /or flashing beacons. When pay items are
included in the contract for rumble strips or flashing beacons then these items will be
paid per each.
When staging requires the relocation or realignment of an existing stop condition it may
be necessary to consider the addition of enhanced traffic control features even though
none existed at the original location. Horizontal and vertical alignment changes at a new
location may have decreased or restricted sight distance or the stop condition may occur
sooner than in the previous alignment. If these conditions occur then the Engineer
and /or the WTCS should consider additional measures to enhance the motorist's
awareness of the changes even though the staging plans may not address enhanced
features. Stop signs should be a minimum of 36 inches for interim situations. The use
of 48 inch stop signs may be warranted under project specific conditions. Flags may be
used on interim /permanent stop signs that are mounted at seven (7') feet in height for
a short duration in order to direct additional attention to a new or relocated stop sign(s).
Flags should not be used for durations exceeding two weeks unless unusual or site
specify conditions warrant a longer period of time. The use of Type "A" flashing red
light(s) attached to the stop sign(s) may be appropriate during the same period that the
flags are in use to increase attention.
The use of rumble strips and /or portable changeable message signs may be considered.
The use of new rumble strips, where none previously existed, shall have the prior
approval of District Traffic Operations before being included as part of the temporary
traffic control plan. The message(s) displayed on any PCMS shall have the prior
approval of the Engineer and the message(s) shall be included as part of the TTC plan
for the interim staging.
The placement of any additional interim ground- mounted signs and posts or stop bars
shall be considered as incidental to the price bid for Lump Sum - Traffic Control. The
installation of rumble strips, flashing beacons or the use of Portable Changeable
11
Message Signs (PCMS) shall be considered as Extra Work unless pay items are included
in the contract.
B. WORK ZONE RESTRICTIONS:
1. Interstate
The Contractor shall not simultaneously perform work on both the inside shoulder and
outside shoulder on either direction of traffic flow when the Work is within 12 feet of
the travel -way, unless such areas are separated by at least one -half mile of distance.
2. Non - Interstate Divided Highways
The Contractor shall not simultaneously perform work on both the inside shoulder and
outside shoulder on either direction of traffic flow when the Work is within 12 feet of
the travel -way, unless such areas are separated by at least one -half mile distance in
rural areas or at least 500 feet of distance in urban areas.
3. Non - Divided Highways
a. The Contractor shall not simultaneously perform work on opposite sides of the
roadway when the work is within 12 feet of the travel -way, unless such areas are
separated by at least one -half mile of distance in rural areas or at least 500 feet of
distance in urban areas.
b. On two -lane projects where full width sections of the existing subgrade, base or
surfacing are to be removed, and new base, subgrade, or surfacing are to be
constructed, the Contractor shall maintain one -lane traffic through the construction
area by removing and replacing the undesirable material for half the width of the
existing roadway at a time. Replacement shall be made such that paving is
completed to the level of the existing pavement in the adjacent lane by the end of
the workday or before opening all the roadway to traffic.
4. All Highways:
a. There shall be no reduction in the total number of available traffic lanes that
existed prior to construction except as specifically allowed by the Contract and as
approved by the Engineer.
b. Travelway Clearances: All portions of the work shall maintain the following
minimum requirements:
Horizontal: The combined dimensions of the paved shoulder and the roadway
surface remaining outside the Work Zone shall be no Tess than sixteen (16) feet in
width at any location.
Vertical: The overhead clearance shall not be reduced to less than fifteen (15) feet
at any location.
12
The restrictions above apply to all shifts, lane closures, on -site detours and off site
detours whether shown in the contract or proposed by the Contractor. It shall be
the responsibility of the Contractor to verify that these minimum requirements have
been met before proceeding with any phase of the Work.
Two -lane two -way roadways may have temporary horizontal restrictions of Tess
than sixteen (16) feet provided a flagger operation for one -way traffic is utilized to
restrict access to the work area by over -width loads. The minimum horizontal
clearance shall be restored before the flagging operation is removed.
c. Highway Work Zone: All sections or segments of the roadway under construction or
reconstruction shall be signed as a Highway Work Zone except non -state highway
two -lane two -way resurfacing projects. Two conditions can be applied to a Highway
Work Zone. Condition 1 is when no reduction in the existing speed limit is
required. Condition 2 is when worksite conditions require a reduction of the speed
limit through the designated Work Zone. Properly marking a Highway Work Zone
shall include the following minimum requirements:
1. NO REDUCTION IN THE EXISTING POSTED SPEED LIMIT IN HIGHWAY WORK
ZONE:
a) Signage (Detail 150 - HWZ -1) shall be posted at the beginning point of the
Highway Work Zone warning the traveling public that increased penalties
for speeding violations are in effect. The HWZ -2 sign shall be placed a
minimum of six hundred (600') feet in advance of the Highway Work Zone
and shall not be placed more than one thousand (1000') feet in advance of
the Work Zone. If no speed reduction is required it is recommended that
the HWZ -2 be placed at 750 feet from the work area between the ROAD
WORK 500 FT. and the ROAD WORK 1000 FT. signs.
HWZ -2 signs shall be placed at intervals not to exceed one mile for the
length of the project. HWZ -2 signs should be placed on the mainline after
all major intersections except State Routes. State Routes shall be signed as
per the requirements for intersecting roadways below.
b) The existing speed limit shall be posted at the beginning of the Work Zone.
Existing Speed Limit signs (R2 -1) shall be maintained.
c) INTERSECTING ROADWAYS: Intersecting state routes shall be signed in
advance of each intersection with the Work Zone with a HWZ -2 sign to
warn motorists that increased fines are in effect. All other intersecting
roadways that enter into a designated Highway Work Zone maybe signed
in advance of each intersection with the Work Zone. When construction
equipment and personnel are present in the intersection on the mainline of
a multi -lane roadway, the intersecting side roads shall be signed in advance
with HWZ -2 signs. As soon as the work operation clears the intersection
the signage may be removed.
d) Sign HWZ -3 shall be posted at the end of the Highway Work Zone
indicating the end of the zone and indicating that increased penalties for
speeding violations are no longer in effect.
13
e) When a designated Highway Work Zone is no longer necessary all signs
shall be removed immediately.
2. REDUCING THE SPEED LIMIT IN A HIGHWAY WORK ZONE:
Highway Work Zone signs shall be posted as required in Condition 1 above.
For limited access (interstate) highways and controlled access multi -lane
divided highways the posted speed limit shall be reduced as required below.
Speed Limit signage (R2 -1) for the reduced speed limit shall be erected at the
beginning of the work zone. Additional signs shall be placed to ensure that the
maximum spacing of the reduced speed limit signs shall be no greater than one
(1) mile apart. Existing speed limit signs shall be covered or removed. On
multi -lane divided highways the speed limit signs shall be double indicated
when the reduced speed is in use.
When any one or more of the following conditions exist and the existing speed
limit is 65 mph or 70 mph, the speed limit shall be reduced by 10 mph. If the
existing speed limit is 60 mph, the speed limit should be reduced by 5 mph. If
the existing speed limit is 55 mph or less, the Contractor can only reduce the
speed limit with the prior approval of the Engineer. The reduction in the speed
limit shall be no greater than 10 mph:
a) Lane closure(s) of any type and any duration.
b) The difference in elevation exceeds two inches adjacent to a travel lane as
shown in Subsection 150.06, Detail 150 -B, Detail 150 -C.
c) Any areas where equipment or workers are within ten feet of a travel lane.
d) Temporary portable concrete barriers located Tess than two (2') feet from
the traveled way.
e) As directed by the Engineer for conditions distinctive to this project.
When the above conditions are not present the speed limit shall be immediately
returned to the existing posted speed limit. A speed reduction shall not be put
in place for the entire length of the project unless conditions warranting the
speed reduction are present for the entire project length. All existing speed
limit signs within the temporary speed reduction zone shall be covered or
removed while the temporary reduction in the speed limit is in effect. All signs
shall be erected to comply with the minimum requirements of the MUTCD.
As a minimum the following records shall be kept by the WTCS:
a) Identify the need for the reduction.
b) Record the time of the installation and removal of the temporary reduction.
c) Fully describe the location and limits of the reduced speed zone.
d) Document any accident that occurs during the time of the reduction.
A copy of the weekly records for reduced speed zones shall be submitted to the
Engineer.
14
Reduced speed zones shall, as a minimum, be signed as per Detail 150- HWZ -1.
Interim signs shall meet the requirements of Subsection 150.03 D. Additional
signs may be necessary to adjust for actual field conditions.
When a pilot vehicle is used on a two -lane two -way roadway the speed limit
should not be reduced. For special conditions specific to the work, on two -lane
two -way roadways or multi -lane highways, the contractor may reduce the
posted speed limit with the prior approval of the Engineer.
5. MILLED SURFACE RESTRICTIONS:
Unless modified by the special conditions, a milled surface on any asphaltic concrete
surface shall not be allowed to remain open to traffic for a period of time that exceeds
thirty (30) calendar days.
6. INSTALLATION /REMOVAL OF WORK AREA SIGNAGE:
No payment will be made for Traffic Control -Lump Sum until the Work has actually
started on the project. The installation of traffic control signage does not qualify as
the start of work. Advanced warning signs shall not be installed until the actual
beginning of work activities. Any permanent mount height signs installed as the work
is preparing to start shall be covered until all signs are installed unless all signs are
installed within seven (7) calendar days after beginning installation.
All temporary traffic control devices shall be removed as soon as practical when these
devices are no longer needed. When work is suspended for short periods of time,
temporary traffic control devices that are no longer appropriate shall be removed or
covered.
All construction warning signs shall be removed within seven (7) calendar days after
time charges are stopped or pay items are complete. If traffic control devices are left
in place for more than ten (10) calendar days after completion of the Work, the
Department shall have the right to remove such devices, claim possession thereof,
and deduct the cost of such removal from any monies due, or which may become
due, the Contractor.
PUNCHLIST WORK: Portable signs shall be utilized to accomplish the completion of all
punchlist items. The portable signs shall be removed daily. All permanent mount
height signs shall be removed prior to the beginning of the punchlist work except
"Low /Soft Shoulder" signs and any signs that have the prior written approval of the
Engineer to remain in place while the punchlist work is in progress.
Failure to promptly remove the construction warning signs within the seven (7)
calendar days after the completion of the Work or failure to remove or cover signs
when work is suspended for short periods of time shall be considered as non-
performance under Subsection 150.08.
•SIND.11 -ZeOt c.INV
I1'11'N 3H 1111 SV ST.1!IS
J7 11v]1_ JS S..VMWTH dJLI.C) 11
11 !I1 0I11A10 :3141
(NV 00J '2Nv Nm0FS S:1211 , NIAS
!11:Way .71 7,111) JOI
Nfli V 030vdS 11 1 H1 11N111
m3ncnfl
SIN1
o]ifinr?1,
DA
1.:13dS
• I..ZMHL.O I - 11V
C33,1
• V110.1*0(
V
0 9
11iNn
Cr.3 3 cr,,
4 d131I0N:I1 JIL !JO
11A08,-..W 1J11i 1111
,----------
OZ3JS
'1 1ilii11F PEN ()NV 1,1,K1 1 111. V AOKI
7- 15 • 9:•! t 1.vP1 J11 11 VWi (lJ
'AdOM !1 1.1 Ot 11;11,..0101
NOIS N.3.1m 010;S• i1 UN 1 11
?AC
.1 1111 1
,111 Dr.1
6 1
= L
(aJ CH NvITLIA ckv TJalneHs iHotd) 0ThLVI3NI Ald
71VHS ONINCIS .0./MHOTI- R 1 11 1H 1 NV alV1 Sd7PAT
•NOZ 'ADM, HLJ NutiDno]m limr] GJAJS
60"
4
1 MARGIN
1 1 I /4" BORDER
1 / " / 13 RADIUS
5
6"
6"
Vh
8PE
- N
18"
0 ql
F NES
1E SE
13
MMN
FEE 10E)
17
•it
11" 26 11
48"
HWZ -2
3
4"
6 "
3"
6 "
6" SER. "C"
1 I /4" BAR
6" SER. "C"
6" SER."C"
6" SER. "C"
3 "
217a 1 BAR
4" 4" SER. "D"
4" 4" SER.
3"
COLORS
TOP PANEL
LEGEND & BORDER - BLACK (NON-REFL)
BACKGROUND - FLUORESENT ORANGE
(ASTM TYPE VII, VIII, IX or X)
MIDDLE & BOTTOM PANELS
LEGEND & BORDER - BLACK (NON-REFL)
BACKGROUND - WHITE (ASTM TYPE III OR IV REFL SHEETING)
NOTES:
1. ALL HWZ-2 SIGN PANELS SHALL BE RIGID.
2. THE SIZE OF THE HWZ-2 SIGN SHALL NOT BE REDUCED FOR USE
ON TWO-LANE ROADWAYS.
60"
4
18" 12" w.f.. 18"
ENO
16"k 36"
KRUSE [1
8' h. 32" 8"
MED NO
NES
,
------------ 15 " 18 "
40"
48"
HWZ-3
18
I 3 /4 1 ' MARGIN
1 BORDER
/13" RADIUS
u
P- /
5 "
6"
3 "
5 "
6 "
4"
5"
6" SER."C"
1 BAR
6" SER."C"
6" 6 SER."C"
4"
6" 6" SER."C"
4 II
6" 6" SER."C"
COLORS
TOP PANEL
LEGEND & BORDER - BLACK (NON-REFL)
BACKGROUND - FLUORESENT ORANGE
(ASTM TYPE VII, VIII IX or X)
BOTTOM PANEL
LEGEND & BORDER - BLACK (NON-REFL)
BACKGROUND - WHITE (ASTM TYPE III OR IV REFL SHEETING)
NOTES:
1. ALL HWZ-3 SIGN PANELS SHALL BE RIGID.
2. THE SIZE OF THE HWZ-3 SIGN SHALL NOT BE REDUCED FOR USE
ON TWO-LANE ROADWAYS.
C. LANE CLOSURES:
1. Approval /Restrictions
All lane closures of any type or duration shall have the prior approval of the Engineer.
a. The length of a lane closure shall not exceed two (2) miles in length excluding the
length of the tapers unless the prior approval of the Engineer has been obtained.
The Engineer may extend the length of a lane closure based upon field conditions
however the length of a workzone should be held to the minimum length required
to accomplish the Work. Lane closures shall not be spaced closer than one mile.
The advanced warning signs for the project should not overlap with the advanced
warning signs for lane shifts, lane closures, etc.
b. Lane closures that require same direction traffic to be split around the Work Area
will not be approved for roadways with posted speeds of 35 mph or greater,
excluding turn lanes.
c. For Interstate, Limited Access and Multi -lane Divided Highways, a Portable
Changeable Message Sign (PCMS) shall be placed one (1) mile in advance of a lane
closure with a message denoting the appropriate lane closure one mile ahead. The
Portable Changeable Message Sign (PCMS) shall be placed on the outside shoulder
in accordance with Detail 150 -PCMS. This is in addition to the other traffic control
devices required by Standard 9106.
2. Removal Of Lane Closures
To provide the greatest possible convenience to the public in accordance with
Subsection 107.07, the Contractor shall remove all signs, lane closure markings, and
devices immediately when lane closure work is completed or temporarily suspended for
any length of time or as directed by the Engineer. All portable signs and portable sign
mounting devices shall be removed from the roadway to an area which will not allow
the sign to be visible and will not allow the sign or sign mounting device to be
impacted by traffic.
3. Exit And Entrance Ramps
On multilane highways where traffic has been shifted to the inside lanes, the exit and
entrance ramps shall have channelization devices placed on both sides of the ramp.
This requirement will apply to any situation where traffic is shifted to contra flows or
inside staging lanes to facilitate reconstruction work in the vicinity of exit and entrance
ramps. The temporary ramp taper length shall be greater than, or equal to, the existing
taper length. Interim EXIT gore signs shall be placed at the ramp divergence. The
"EXIT OPEN" sign shown in Figure TA -42 of the MUTCD shall be utilized. For exit
ramps, channelization device spacing shall be decreased to 10 feet for 200 feet in
advance of the temporary gore, and be decreased to 10 feet for the first 100 feet of
the temporary gore.
4. Lane Drop /Lane Closure
The first seven (7) calendar days of any lane closure shall be signed and marked as per
Standard 9106 or 9107. However, lane closures that exist for a duration longer than
seven (7) calendar days may be signed and marked as per the details in Standard
9121, provided the prior approval of the Engineer is obtained. The approved lane drop
19
shall utilize only the signs and markings shown for the termination end of the lane drop
in Standard 9121. All warning signs in the lane drop sequence shall be used. Drums
may be substituted for the Type I Crystal Delineators at the same spacing.
5. Termination Area
The transition to normal or full width highway at the end of a lane closure shall be a
maximum of 150 feet.
D. TRAFFIC PACING METHOD:
1. Pacing Of Traffic
With prior approval from the Engineer, traffic may be paced allowing the Contractor up
to ten (10) minutes maximum to work in or above all lanes of traffic for the following
purposes:
a. Placing bridge members or other bridge work.
b. Placing overhead sign structures.
c. Other work items requiring interruption of traffic.
The Contractor shall provide a uniformed police officer with patrol vehicle and blue
flashing light for each direction of pacing. The police officer, Engineer, and flaggers at
ramps shall be provided with a radio which will provide continuous contact with the
Contractor.
When ready to start the work activity, the police vehicle will act as a pilot vehicle
slowing the traffic thereby providing a gap in traffic allowing the Contractor to perform
the Work. Any on -ramps between the pace and the work area shall be blocked during
pacing of traffic, with a flagger properly dressed and equipped with a Stop /Slow
paddle. Each ramp should be opened after the police vehicle has passed.
Pilot vehicles shall travel at a safe pace speed, desirably not less than 20 mph
interstate and 10 mph non - interstate. The Contractor shall provide a vehicle to
proceed in front of the police vehicle and behind the other traffic in order to inform the
Contractor's work force when all vehicles have cleared the area.
Traffic will not be permitted to stop during pacing except in extreme cases as approved
by the Engineer.
2. Methods Of Signing For Traffic Pacing
At a point not Tess than 1,000 feet in advance of the beginning point of the pace, the
Contractor shall erect and cover a W- special sign (72 inch x 72 inch) with a Type "B"
flashing light, with the legend 'TRAFFIC SLOWED AHEAD SHORT DELAY" (See Detail
150 -A). A portable changeable message sign may be used in lieu of the W- special
sign. On divided highways this sign shall be double indicated. A worker with a two -
way radio shall be posted at the sign, and upon notice that the traffic is to be paced
shall turn on the flashing light and reveal the sign. When traffic is not being paced, the
flashing light shall be turned off and the sign covered or removed. W- special signs are
reflectorized black on orange, Series "C" letter and border of the size specified.
20
ECIORI
DETAIL 5 1 A
21
E. CONSTRUCTION VEHICLE TRAFFIC
The Contractor's vehicles shall travel in the direction of normal roadway traffic and
shall not reverse direction except at intersections, interchanges, or approved
temporary crossings. The Contractor may submit a plan requesting that construction
traffic be allowed to travel in the opposite direction of normal traffic when it would
be desirable to modify traffic patterns to accommodate specific construction
activities.
Prior approval of the Engineer shall be obtained before any construction traffic is
allowed to travel in a reverse direction. If the Contractor's submittal is approved the
construction traffic shall be separated from normal traffic by appropriate traffic
control devices.
F. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS TO THE TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL (TTC)
PLAN
The Contractor shall ensure that dust, mud, and other debris from construction
activities do not interfere with normal traffic operations or adjacent properties. All
outfall ditches, special ditches, critical storm drain structures, erosion control
structures, retention basins, etc. shall be constructed, where possible, prior to the
beginning of grading operations so that the best possible drainage and erosion
control will be in effect during the grading operations, thereby keeping the roadway
areas as dry as possible.
Areas within the limits of the project which are determined by the Engineer to be
disturbed or damaged due either directly or indirectly from the progress or the lack
of progress of the work shall be cleaned up, redressed, and regrassed. All surplus
materials shall be removed and disposed of as required. Surplus materials shall be
disposed of in accordance with Section 201 of the Specifications.
G. EXISTING STREET LIGHTS
Existing street lighting shall remain lighted as long as practical and until removal is
approved by the Engineer.
H. NIGHTWORK
Adequate temporary lighting shall be provided at all nighttime work sites where
workers will be immediately adjacent to traffic.
I. CONSTRUCTION VEHICLES IN THE WORKZONE
The parking of Contractor's and /or workers personal vehicles within the work area or
adjacent to traffic is prohibited. It shall be the responsibility of the Worksite Traffic
Control Supervisor to ensure that any vehicle present at the worksite is necessary for
the completion of the work.
22
1 ENCROACHMENTS ON THE TRAVELED -WAY
The Worksite Traffic Control Supervisor (WTCS) shall monitor the work to ensure
that all the rocks, boulders, construction debris, stockpiled materials, equipment,
tools and other potential hazards are kept clear of the travelway. These items shall
be stored in a location, in so far as practical, where they will not be subject to a
vehicle running off the road and striking them.
K. PEDESTRIAN CONSIDERATIONS
All existing pedestrian facilities, including access to transit stops, shall be maintained.
Where pedestrian routes are closed, alternate routes shall be provided. Closures of
existing, interim and final pedestrian facilities shall have the prior written approval of
the Engineer. When existing pedestrian facilities are disrupted, closed or relocated in
a TTC zone, the temporary facilities shall be detectable and shall include accessibility
features consistent with the features present in the existing pedestrian facility.
Pedestrian facilities are considered improvements and provisions made to
accommodate or encourage walking. Whenever a sidewalk is to be closed, the
Engineer shall notify the maintaining agency two (2) weeks prior to the closure. Prior
to closure, detectable barriers (that are detectable by a person with a visual disability
traveling with the aid of a long cane), as described by the MUTCD, shall be placed
across the full width of the closed sidewalk. Barriers and channelizing devices used
along a temporary pedestrian route shall be in compliance with the MUTCD.
Temporary Traffic Control devices used to delineate a Temporary Traffic Control
zone pedestrian walkway shall be in compliance with Subsection 150.01.E.
Temporary Traffic Control devices and construction material shall not intrude into the
usable width of the pedestrian walkway. Signs and other devices shall be placed
such that they do not narrow or restrict any pedestrian passage to Tess than 48
inches.
A pedestrian walkway shall not be severed or relocated for non - construction
activities such as parking for construction vehicles and equipment. Movement by
construction vehicles and equipment across designated pedestrian walkways should
be minimized. When necessary, construction activities shall be controlled by flaggers.
Pedestrian walkways shall be kept free of mud, loose gravel or other debris.
When temporary covered walkways are used, they shall be lighted during nighttime
hours. When temporary traffic barrier is used to separate pedestrian and vehicular
traffic, the temporary barrier shall meet NCHRP -350 Test Level Three. The barrier
ends shall be protected in accordance with Georgia Standard 4960. Curbing shall not
be used as a substitute for temporary traffic barriers when temporary traffic barriers
are required. Tape, rope or plastic chain strung between temporary traffic control
devices are not considered as detectable and shall not be used as a control for
pedestrian movements.
The WTCS shall inspect the activity area daily to ensure that effective pedestrian TTC
is being maintained. The inspection of TTC for pedestrian traffic shall be included as
part of the TC -1 report.
23
1. Temporary Pedestrian Facilities
Temporary pedestrian facilities shall be detectable and include accessibility
features consistent with the features present in the existing pedestrian facility.
The geometry, alignment and construction of the facility should meet the
applicable requirements of the "Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility
Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG) ".
a. Temporary Walkways with Detectable Edging
A smooth, continuous hard surface (firm, stable and slip resistant) shall be
provided throughout the entire length of the temporary pedestrian facility.
Compacted soils, sand, crushed stone or asphaltic pavement millings shall
not be used as a surface course for walkways.
Temporary walkways shall include detectable edging as defined in the
MUTCD. When temporary traffic barrier is included as a pay item in the
contract and where locations identified on the plans for positive protection
will also allow them to serve as pedestrian detectable edging, payment will
be made for the temporary traffic barrier in accordance with Section 622. No
payment will be made for temporary walkways with Detectable Edging
where existing pavements or existing edging (that meets the requirements
of MUTCD) are utilized as temporary walkways. Payment for temporary
detectable edging, including approved barriers and channelizing devices,
installed on existing pavements shall be included in Traffic Control -Lump
Sum.
Regardless of the materials used, temporary walkways shall be constructed
of sufficient thickness and durability to withstand the intended use for the
duration of the construction project. If concrete or asphalt is used as the
surface course for the walkway, it shall be a minimum of one and one -half
inches (1 -1/2 ") thick. Temporary walkways constructed across unimproved
streets and drives shall be a minimum thickness of four inches (4 ") for
concrete and three inches (3 ") for asphalt. Joints formed in concrete
sidewalks shall be in accordance with Section 441. Concrete surfaces shall
have a broom finish.
If plywood is used as a walkway, it must be a minimum of three quarters of
an inch (3/4 ") thick pressure treated and supported with pressure treated
longitudinal joists spaced a maximum of sixteen inches (16 ") on center. The
plywood shall be secured to the joist with galvanized nails or galvanized
deck screws. Nails and screws shall be countersunk to prevent snagging or
tripping the pedestrians. A slip resistant friction course shall be applied to
any plywood surface that is used as a walkway. Any slip resistant material
used shall have the prior written approval of the engineer.
The contractor may propose alternate types of Temporary Walkways
provided the contractor can document that the proposed walkway meets the
requirements of the "Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines
for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG) ". Alternate types of Temporary
Walkways shall have the prior written approval of the engineer.
24
Temporary walkways shall be constructed and maintained so there are no
abrupt changes in grade or terrain that could cause a tripping hazard or
could be a barrier to wheelchair use. The contractor shall construct and
maintain the walkway to ensure that joints in the walkway have a vertical
difference in elevation of no more than one quarter (1/4 ") of an inch and
that the horizontal joints have gaps no greater than one half (1/2 ") of an
inch. The grade of the temporary walkway should parallel the grade of the
existing walkway or roadway and the cross slope should be no greater than
2 %.
A width of sixty (60 ") inches, if practical, should be provided throughout the
entire length of any temporary walkway. The temporary walkway shall be a
minimum width of forty eight inches (48 "). When it is not possible to
maintain a minimum width of sixty inches (60 ") throughout the entire length
of temporary walkway, a sixty inch (60 ") by sixty inch (60 ") passing space
should be provided at least every two hundred feet (200 Ft.), to allow
individuals in wheelchairs to pass.
Temporary walkways shall be constructed on firm subgrade. Compact the
subgrade according to Section 209. Furnish and install any needed
temporary pipes prior to constructing any walkway to ensure positive
drainage away from or beneath the temporary walkway. Once the walkway
is no longer required, remove any temporary materials and restore the area
to the original conditions or as shown in the plans.
b. Temporary Curb Cut Wheelchair Ramps
Temporary curb cut wheelchair ramps shall be constructed in accordance
with Section 441 and Detail A -3. Ramps shall also include a detectable
warning surface in accordance with Detail A -4. Other types of material for
the construction of the temporary curb cut wheelchair ramps, including the
detectable warning surface, may be used provided the contractor can provide
documentation that the material to be used meets the requirements of the
"Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and
Facilities (ADAAG) ". When a wheelchair ramp is no longer required, remove
the temporary materials and restore the area to existing conditions or as
shown in the plans. For the items required to restore the area to original
conditions or as shown in the plans, measures for payment shall be covered
by contract pay items. If pay items are not included in the contract, then
payment for these items shall be included in Traffic Control -Lump Sum.
c. Temporary Audible Information Device
Temporary audible information devices, when shown in the plans, shall be
installed in compliance with the "Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility
Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG) ". The devices shall be
installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Prior to
installation, the contractor shall provide the engineer with a set of
manufacturer's drawings detailing the proper installation procedures for each
device. When no longer required, the devices shall remain the property of
the contractor.
25
150.03 SIGNS:
L. TRAFFIC SIGNALS
If the sequence of operations, staging, or the temporary traffic control plan requires
the relocation or shifting of any components of an existing traffic signal system then
any work on these traffic signals will be considered as part of Lump Sum- Traffic
Control. The contractor becomes responsible for the maintenance of these traffic
signals from the time that the system is modified until final acceptance. The
maintenance of traffic signals that are not a part of the work and are not in conflict
with any portion of the work shall not be the responsibility of the contractor.
When construction operations necessitate an existing traffic signal to be out of
service, the Contractor shall furnish off -duty police officers to regulate and maintain
traffic control at the site. Off -duty police officers should be used to regulate and
maintain traffic control at signal sites when lane closures or traffic shifts block or
restrict movements causing interference with normal road user flows and will not
allow the activated traffic signal to guide the traffic through the signal site.
M. REMOVAL /REINSTALLATION OF MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS
In the prosecution of the Work, if it becomes necessary to remove any existing
signs, markers, guardrail, etc. not covered by specific pay item, they shall be
removed, stored and reinstalled, when directed by the Engineer, to line and grade,
and in the same condition as when removed.
N. Signalized Intersections
Off duty police officers shall be used to regulate and maintain traffic control at
functioning signalized intersections when lane closures or traffic shifts block or
restrict movements causing interference with road user flows and will not allow
the activated traffic signal to guide the traffic through the signal site. This work
is considered incidental and shall be included in the overall price bid for traffic
control.
A. SIGNING REQUIREMENTS OF THE TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL (TTC)
PLAN
When existing regulatory, warning or guide signs are required for proper traffic and
pedestrian control the Contractor shall maintain these signs in accordance with the
temporary traffic control (TTC) plan. The Contractor shall review the status of all
existing signs, interim signs added to the work, and permanent sign installations that
are part of the work to eliminate any conflicting or non - applicable signage in the TTC
Plan. The Contractor's review of all signs in the TTC Plan shall establish compliance
with the requirements of the MUTCD and Section 150. Any conflicts shall be
reported to the Engineer immediately and the WTCS shall take the necessary
measures to eliminate the conflict.
26
The Contractor shall make every effort to eliminate the use of interim signs as soon
as the Work allows for the installation of permanent signs.
All existing illuminated signs shall remain lighted and be maintained by the
Contractor.
Existing street name signs shall be maintained at street intersections.
B. CONFLICTING OR NON - APPLICABLE SIGNS
Any sign(s) or portions of a sign(s) that are not applicable to the TTC plan shall be
covered so as not to be visible to traffic or shall be removed from the roadway when
not in use. The WTCS shall review all traffic shifts and changes in the traffic
patterns to ensure that all conflicting signs have been removed. The review shall
confirm that the highest priority signs have been installed and that signs of lesser
significance are not interfering with the visibility of the high priority signs. High
priority signs include signs for road closures, shifts, detours, lane closures and
curves. Any signs, such as speed zones and speed limits, passing zones, littering
fines and litter pick up, that reference activities that are not applicable due to the
presence of the Work shall be removed, stored and reinstalled when the Work is
completed.
Failure to promptly eliminate conflicting or non - applicable signs shall be considered
as non - performance under Subsection 150.08.
C. REMOVAL OF EXISTING SIGNS AND SUPPORTS
The Contractor shall not remove any existing signs and supports without prior
approval from the Engineer. All existing signs and supports which are to be removed
shall be stored and protected if this material will be required later in the work as part
of the TTC plan. If the signs are not to be utilized in the work then the signs will
become the property of the Contractor unless otherwise specified in the contract
documents.
D. INTERIM GUIDE, WARNING AND REGULATORY SIGNS
Interim guide, warning, or regulatory signs required to direct traffic and pedestrians
shall be furnished, installed, reused, and maintained by the Contractor in accordance
with the MUTCD, the Plans, Special Provisions, Special Conditions, or as directed by
the Engineer. These signs shall remain the property of the Contractor. The bottom
of all interim signs shall be mounted at least seven (7') feet above the level of the
pavement edge when the signs are used for long -term stationary operations as
defined by Section 6G.02 of the MUTCD. Special Conditions under Subsection
150.11 may modify this requirement.
Portable signs may be used when the duration of the work is Tess than three (3) days
or as allowed by the special conditions in Subsection 150.11. Portable signs shall be
27
used for all punchlist work. All portable signs and sign mounting devices utilized in
work shall be NCHRP 350 compliant. Portable interim signs shall be mounted a
minimum of one (1') foot above the level of the pavement edge for directional traffic
of two (2) lanes or Tess and a minimum of seven (7') feet for directional traffic of
three (3) or more lanes. Signs shall be mounted at the height recommended by the
manufacturer's crashworthy testing requirements. Portable interim signs which are
mounted at less than seven (7') feet in height may have two 18 inch x 18 inch
fluorescent red - orange or orange -red warning flags mounted on each sign.
All regulatory sign blanks shall be rigid whether the sign is mounted as a portable
sign, on a Type III barricade or as a permanent mount height sign.
Any permanent mount height interim sign that is designed to fold in half to cover a
non - applicable message on the sign shall have reflectorized material on the folded
over portion of the sign. The reflectorized material shall be orange in color with a
minimum of ASTM Type I engineering grade sheeting with a minimum area of six
inches by six inches (6" x 6 ") facing the direction of traffic at all times when the sign
is folded.
Interim signs may be either English or metric dimensions.
E. EXISTING SPECIAL GUIDE SIGNS
Existing special guide signs on the Project shall be maintained until conditions
require a change in location or legend content. When change is required, existing
signs shall be modified and continued in use if the required modification can be
made within existing sign borders using design requirements (legend, letter size,
spacing, border, etc.) equal to that of the existing signs, or of Subsection 150.03.E.2.
Differing legend designs shall not be mixed in the same sign.
1. Special Guide Signs
Special guide signs are those expressway or freeway guide signs that are
designed with a message content (legend) that applies to a particular roadway
location. When an existing special guide sign is in conflict with work to be
performed, the Contractor shall remove the conflicting sign and reset it in a new,
non - conflicting location which has been approved by the Engineer.
2. Interim Special Guide Signs
When it is not possible to utilize existing signs, either in place or relocated, the
Contractor shall furnish, erect, maintain, modify, relocate, and remove new
interim special guide signs in accordance with the Plans or as directed by the
Engineer. Interim special guide signs that may be required in addition to, or a
replacement for, existing expressway and freeway (interstate) signs shall be
designed and fabricated in compliance with the minimum requirements for guide
signing contained in Part 2E "Guide Signs Expressway" and Part 2F "Guide Signs
Freeways" of the MUTCD, except that the minimum size of all letters and
numerals in the names and places, streets and highways on all signs shall be 16
inches Series "E" initial upper -case and 12 inches lower -case. All interstate
shields on these signs shall be 48 inches and 60 inches for two- numeral and
three - numeral routes, respectively.
28
The road name of the exit or route shield shall be placed on the exit gore sign.
3. Interim Overhead Guide Sign Structures
Interim overhead special guide sign structures are not required to be lighted
unless specifically required by the Plans. If lighting is required the sign shall be
lighted as soon as erected and shall remain lighted, during the hours of
darkness, until the interim sign is no longer required. The Contractor shall notify
the Power Company at least thirty (30) days prior to desired connection to the
power source.
4. Permanent Special Guide Signs
The installation of new permanent special guide signs and the permanent
modification or resetting of existing special guide signs, when included in the
contract, shall be accomplished as soon as practical to minimize the use of
interim special guide signs. If lighting is required by the Plans, all new
permanent overhead special guide signs shall be lighted as soon as erected.
F. MATERIALS- INTERIM SIGNS:
1. Posts
Permanent mounting height of seven (7') feet- Posts for all interim signs shall
meet the requirements of Section 911 except that green or silver paint may be
used in lieu of galvanization for steel posts or structural shape posts. Within the
limits of a single project, all metal posts shall be the same color. Wood posts are
not required to be pressure treated. Ground mounted sign(s) greater than nine
(9) square feet shall be mounted on two posts.
Interim posts may be either metric or English in dimensions.
Posts for all interim signs shall be constructed to yield upon impact unless the
posts are protected by guardrail, portable barrier, impact attenuator or other
type of positive barrier protection. Unprotected posts shall meet the breakaway
requirements of the "1994 AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural
Support for Highway Signs, Luminaries and Traffic Signals ". Unprotected interim
posts shall be spliced as shown in Detail 150 -F unless full length unspliced posts
are used.
Unprotected post splices will not be permitted any higher than four inches above
the ground line to lessen the possibility of affecting the undercarriage of a
vehicle. Installation of posts may require establishment of openings in existing
pavements, islands, shoulders etc.
29
5 /6" STEEL
LOCK WASHER
SPACER (THICKNESS VARIES)
(OPTIONAL)
POST SHALL EXTEND
6" MINIMUM BELOW
GROUND LEVEL
2 BOLTS
PER SPLICE
4" OVERLAP
U- CHANNEL
SIGN POST
STUB POST
5/6" WASHER
2 EA. 5 /6" DIA. BOLTS
PER CONNECTION
U- CHANNEL SIGN
POST
fr/. MAXIMUM
STUB HEIGHT
!CORNER BOLT
PER SPLICE
10" OVERLAP
SQUARE SIGN TUBE
STUB POST
U- CHANNEL SIGN
POST STUB POST
` TRAFFIC FLOW
DETAIL 150 -F
SQUARE SIGN TUBE POST
SERRATED FLANGE NUT
5 /6 "IB
MEDIUM CORNER BOLT
5 /6 " -18
-`�� SQUARE SIGN TUBE POST
i
` TRAFFIC FLOW
GROUND LINE
POST EMBEDMENT DEPTH
3' -0" MIN.
'1' -0" IN COASTAL
PLAIN REGIONS
2. Sign Blanks And Panels- Permanent mounting height of seven (7') feet-
All sign blanks and panels shall conform to Section 912 of the Specifications
except that blanks and panels may be ferrous based or other metal alloys. Type
1 and Type 2 sign blanks shall have a minimum thickness of 0.08 inches
regardless of the sign type used. Alternative sign blank materials (composites,
poly carbonates, fiberglass reinforced plastics, recycled plastics, etc.) shall have a
letter of approval from the Office of Materials and Research for use as interim
construction signs before these materials are allowed to be incorporated into the
work unless these rigid sign blanks are currently approved as a crashworthy sign
blank material under QPL 34. The back side of sign panels shall be painted
orange to prevent rust if other metals are used in lieu of aluminum. Plywood
blanks or panels will not be permitted. The use of flexible signs will not be
permitted for permanent mount height signs.
Interim blanks and panels may be either metric or English in dimensions.
3. Portable Sign Mounting Devices, Portable Sign Blanks-
All portable sign mounting devices and sign blanks utilized in the work shall be
NCHRP 350 Test Level III compliant. All portable sign mounting devices and sign
blanks shall be from the Qualified Products List. Any sign or sign mounting
device shall have an identifying decal, logo, or manufacturer's stamping that
clearly identifies the device as NCHRP 350 compliant. The required decal, logo or
manufacturer's stamping shall not be displayed on the message face of the sign.
The Contractor may be required to provide certification from the Manufacturer as
proof of NCHRP 350 compliance. All portable signs shall be mounted according
to height requirements of Subsection 150.03.D.
G. SIGN VISIBILITY AND OFFSETS
All existing, interim and new permanent signs shall be installed so as to be
completely visible for an advance distance in compliance with the MUTCD. Any
clearing required for maintaining the line of sight to existing, interim or permanent
signs shall be done as part of the requirements of the TTC plan. The clearing shall
include any advance warning signs, both interim and permanent, that are installed as
a part of the work including advance warning signs that are installed outside the
limits of the project. Any sign installed behind W -beam or T -beam guardrail with
non - breakaway posts shall be installed with the leading edge of the sign a minimum
of four feet and three inches (4'3 ") behind the face of the guardrail with five feet (5')
of clearance being desirable. Limbs, brush, construction equipment and materials
shall be kept clear of the driver's line of sight to all signs that are part of the TTC
plan.
H. ADVANCE WARNING SIGNS:
1. All Type Of Highways
Advance warning signs shall be placed ahead of the work area in accordance
with Part VI of the MUTCD and shall include a series of at least three advance
road work (W20 -1) signs placed at the termini of the project. The series shall
have the legend ROAD WORK (1500 FEET, 1000 FEET, AND 500 FEET).
31
At grade intersecting roadways and on -ramps shall be signed with a minimum of
one ROAD WORK AHEAD sign.
When work terminates at a "T" intersection, a minimum of one "ROAD WORK
AHEAD" sign shall be placed in advance of the intersection and one "END ROAD
WORK" sign shall be placed at the termination end of the intersection. Field
conditions may require the use of additional warning signage.
Advanced Warning Signs on State Routes shall be a minimum dimension of 48
inches x 48 inches. When a State Route intersects a project which consists of
adding travel lanes, reconstructing an existing roadway or new location work, the
State Route approaches shall have a minimum of three (W20 -1) advanced
warning signs (1500 ft., 1000 ft., 500 ft.). The termination end of an
intersecting State Route shall have END ROAD WORK signage.
The W20 -1 signs shall be placed at the termini of the project or sufficiently in
advance of the termini to allow for lane shifts, lane closures and other activities
which may also require advanced warning signs. The advanced warning signs
for the project should not overlap with the advanced warning signs for lane
shifts, lane closures, etc.
The length of a workzone should be held to the minimum length required to
accomplish the work. If a project has multiple individual worksites within the
overall limits of the project, each site should be signed individually if the advance
warning signs for each site can be installed without overlapping an adjacent
worksite. As soon as the work is completed at any individual site the warning
signs shall be removed from that site. Clean -up work and punchlist work shall be
performed with portable signage.
Project mileage indicated on the G20 -1 sign shall be the actual project mileage
rounded up to the nearest whole mile. Projects less than two (2) miles in length
or individual worksites that are part of a multiple worksite project may delete this
sign. The G20 -1 sign shall be 60" X 36" and the G20 -2 sign shall be 48" X 24 ".
2. Interstate, Limited Access And Multilane Divided Highways
In addition to the W20 -1 signs required at 500 ft., 1000 ft. and 1500 ft., multi-
lane divided highways shall also have additional advanced warning signs installed
with the legend "ROAD WORK (2 MILES, 1 MILE and 1/2 MILE). All construction
warning signs on divided highways shall be double indicated (i.e., on the left and
right sides of the roadway.) If the use of the 1 /2 mile, 1 mile and 2 mile
advanced warning signs cause an overlap with other work or do not benefit field
conditions then the Engineer may review the use of these signs and eliminate
their installation. When the posted speed limit is 50 MPH or less, the 1 /2 mile, 1
mile and 2 mile signs should be eliminated especially in urban areas.
The W20 -1 advance warning signs for ROAD WORK 500 FEET; 1000 FEET; and
1500 FEET shall be temporarily covered when work involving the advanced
warning signs for lane shifts and lane closures overlap these signs. The ROAD
WORK 1 /2 MILE, ROAD WORK 1 MILE, and ROAD WORK 2 MILES shall be in place
when the 500, 1000 and 1500 feet signs are temporarily covered.
32
When the temporary traffic control zone already has advanced warning (W20 -1)
signs installed the W20 -1 signs required for lane closures under Standard 9106
should be eliminated.
RAMP WORK ON LIMITED ACCESS HIGHWAYS: The workzone shall not be
signed for the entire length of the mainline of a limited access highway when
only short individual worksites, interchange or ramp work is being performed.
When work is restricted to ramp reconstruction or widening activities, the
advance warning signs on the mainline section of the limited access highway
shall be limited to the use of portable advance warning signs. These portable
advance warning signs shall only be utilized when work activity is within the gore
point of the ramp and the mainline traveled way or work is active in the
accel /decel lane adjacent to the mainline traveled way. Portable advance
warning signs (W20 -1; 1500ft. /1000 ft. /500ft.) shall be installed on the traveled
way of the limited access highway when the above conditions are present. The
advance warning signs shall be installed only in one direction where work is
active. All portable signs shall be double indicated. When work is not active, the
ramp work shall be advanced warned by the use of a single 48 inch X 48 inch
"RAMP WORK AHEAD" sign along the right shoulder of the mainline traveled way
prior to the beginning of the taper for the decel lane. The "RAMP WORK AHEAD"
sign shall be mounted at seven (7') feet in height. Differences in elevation shall
be in compliance with the requirements of Subsection 150.06 prior to the
removal of the portable (W20 -1) advanced warning signs from the mainline.
The G20 -1 sign shall be eliminated on limited access highways when the work
involves only ramp work, bridge reconstruction, bridge painting, bridge joint
repairs, guardrail and anchor replacement or other site specific work which is
confined to a short section of limited access highway.
I. PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN
Unless specified as a paid item in the contract the use of a portable changeable
message sign will not be required. When specified, a portable changeable message
sign (PCMS) shall meet the minimum requirements of Section 632 and the MUTCD.
The maximum amount of messages allowed to be flashed on one PCMS is two
phases (flashes). The language and the timing of the messages shall comply with
the MUTCD and Section 632.
When used as an advanced device the PCMS should typically be placed ahead of the
construction activities. If the PCMS is used as a substitute for another device then
the requirements for the other device apply.
3. FLASHING BEACON
The flashing beacon assembly, when specified, shall be used in conjunction with
construction warning signs, regulatory, or guide signs to inform traffic of special road
conditions which require additional driver attention. The flashing beacon assembly
shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of Section 647.
33
K. RUMBLE STRIP SIGNAGE
Signage for rumble strips located in the travelway shall be as required in Subsection
150.01.0 and Subsection 150.02.A.9.
L. LOW /SOFT SHOULDER SIGNAGE
Low or soft shoulder signs shall be utilized in accordance with the following
conditions:
CONSTRUCTION /RECONSTRUCTION PROJECTS:
"LOW /SOFT SHOULDER" signs shall be erected when a difference in elevation
exceeds one (1 ") inch but does not exceed three (3 ") inches between the travelway
and any type of shoulder unless the difference in elevation is four (4') feet or greater
from the edge of the traveled way.
The spacing of the signs shall not exceed one (1) mile and the signs shall be placed
immediately past each crossroad intersection. The "Low /Soft" signs shall remain in
place until the difference in elevation is eliminated and the shoulder has been
dressed and permanently grassed for a minimum of thirty (30) calendar days. These
signs shall be furnished, installed, maintained and removed by the Contractor as part
of Traffic Control -Lump Sum. These signs shall be orange with black borders and
meet the reflectorization requirements of Subsection 150.01.D.
"SHOULDER DROP -OFF" (W8 -9a) signs shall be used when a difference in elevation,
Tess than four (4') feet from the traveled way, exceeds three (3 ") inches and is not
protected by positive barrier protection. These warning signs shall be placed in
advance of the drop -off.
For a continuous drop -off condition, the W8 -9a) signs shall, as a minimum, be
spaced in accordance with the above requirements for "Low /soft shoulder" signs.
PROJECTS CONSISTING PRIMARILY OF ASPHALTIC CONCRETE
RESURFACING ITEMS:
"LOW /SOFT SHOULDER" signs shall be erected when a difference in elevation
exceeds one (1 ") inch but does not exceed three (3 ") inches between the travelway
and any type of shoulder unless the difference in elevation is four (4') feet or greater
from the edge of the traveled way.
SHOULDER BUILDING INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT: "Low /Soft Shoulder" signs
shall be erected as per the requirement of Standards 9102, 9106, and 9107.
"Shoulder Drop -off" signs (W8 -9a) shall be erected as per the requirements of the
MUTCD. These signs shall be maintained until the conditions requiring their
installation have been eliminated. The Contractor shall remove all interim warning
signs before final acceptance.
SHOULDER BUILDING NOT INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT: The Department will
furnish the "Low /Soft Shoulder" signs, "Shoulder Drop -off" signs and the posts. The
signs shall be erected to meet the minimum requirements of Subsection 150.03. The
Contractor shall include the cost of furnishing installation hardware (bolts, nuts, and
34
washers), erection and maintenance of the signs in the bid price for Traffic Control -
Lump Sum. The Contractor shall maintain the signs until final acceptance. The
Department will remove the signs.
LAU /LAR PROJECTS SHOULDER BUILDING NOT INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT: The
Contractor will furnish, install and maintain LOW /SOFT SHOULDER signs (yellow with
black borders, ASTM Type III or IV) at the appropriate spacing, until Final
Acceptance of the project by the Department. After Final Acceptance by the
Department the signs will become the property and responsibility of the local
government.
M. BUMP SIGNAGE:
MULTI -LANE DIVIDED HIGHWAYS: A bump sign (W8 -1) shall be utilized when a
transverse joint in the pavement structure has a vertical difference in elevation of
three quarters (3/4 ") of an inch or greater in depth with no horizontal taper to ramp
the traffic from one elevation to the other. This condition typically occurs at
approach slabs during pavement milling operations and at transverse joints in
asphaltic pavement lifts.
TWO -LANE TWO -WAY HIGHWAYS: A bump sign (W8 -1) shall be utilized when a
transverse joint in the pavement structure has a vertical difference in elevation that
exceeds one and three quarters (1 -3/4 ") inches in depth with no horizontal taper to
ramp the traffic from one elevation to the other. This includes utility and storm
drainage repairs that require concrete placement for patching and /or steel plating.
The (W8 -1) sign shall be placed sufficiently in advance to warn the motorist of the
condition.
N. PEDESTRIAN SIGNAGE:
Appropriate signs as described in the MUTCD shall be maintained to allow safe
passage of pedestrian traffic or to advise pedestrians of walkway closures (Refer to
MUTCD Figures TA -28 and TA -29 for guidance). Advance closure signing should be
placed at intersections rather than midblock locations so that pedestrians are not
confronted with midblock work sites that will induce them to attempt skirting the
work site or making a midblock crossing. Signs and other devices mounted lower
than seven (7) feet above the temporary pedestrian walkway shall not project more
than four (4) inches into the accessible pedestrian facilities. Signs and other devices
shall be placed such that they do not narrow any pedestrian passage to less than 48
inches.
35
150.04 PAVEMENT MARKINGS
A. GENERAL
Full pattern pavement markings in accordance with Section 652 and in conformance
with Section 3A and 3B, except 3B.02, of the MUTCD are required on all courses
before the roadway is opened to traffic. No passing zones shall be marked to
conform to Subsection 150.04.E. During construction and maintenance activities on
all highways open to traffic, both existing markings and markings applied under this
Section shall be fully maintained until Final Acceptance. If the pavement markings
are, or become, unsatisfactory in the judgement of the Engineer due to wear,
weathering, or construction activities, they shall be restored immediately.
1. Resurfacing Projects
Pavement markings shall be provided on all surfaces that are placed over
existing markings. Interim and final markings shall conform in type and location
to the markings that existed prior to resurfacing unless changes or additions are
noted in the Contract. The replacement of parking spaces will not be required
unless a specific item or note has been included in the Contract. Any work to
make additions to the markings that existed prior to resurfacing is to be
considered as extra work.
2. Widening And Reconstruction Projects
If the lane configuration is altered from the preconstruction layout then
pavement markings will be as required by the plans or the Engineer.
3. New Location Construction Projects
Pavement marking plans will be provided.
B. MATERIALS
All traffic striping applied under this Section shall be a minimum four inches in width
or as shown in plans and shall conform to the requirements of Section 652, except
as modified herein. Raised pavement markers (RPMs) shall meet the requirements
of Section 654. Markings on the final surface course, which must be removed, shall
be a removable type. The Contractor will be permitted to use paint, thermoplastic,
or tape on pavement which is to be overlaid as part of the project, unless otherwise
directed by the Engineer. Partial (skip) reflectorization (i.e. reflectorizing only a
portion of a stripe) will not be allowed.
C. INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL OF PAVEMENT MARKINGS:
INSTALLATION: All pavement markings, both interim and permanent, shall be
applied to a clean surface. The Contractor shall furnish the layout and preline the
roadway surface for the placement of pavement markings applied as part of the
temporary traffic control plan. All interim marking tape and RPM's on the final
surface shall be removed prior to the placement of the final markings.
The Contractor shall sequence the work in such a manner as to allow the installation
of markings in the final lane configuration at the earliest possible stage of the work.
36
REMOVAL: Markings no longer applicable shall be removed
Subsection 656.3.05.
THE ELIMINATION OF CONFLICTING PAVEMENT MARKINGS
WITH UNAPPROVED PAINT OR ANY TYPE OF LIOUID
ACCEPTABLE.
in accordance with
BY OVERPAINTING
ASPHALT IS NOT
INTERMEDIATE SURFACE: Interim markings shall be removed by methods that will
cause minimal damage to the pavement surface while also ensuring that traveling
public will not be confused or misdirected by any residual markings remaining on the
intermediate surface. The use of approved black -out tape and black -out paint
(manufactured for the sole purpose of covering existing pavement markings) may be
permitted on some interim surfaces, provided the results are satisfactory to the
Engineer.
FINAL SURFACE: No interim paint or thermoplastic markings will be permitted on any
final surface unless the interim markings are in alignment with the location of the
permanent markings and the interim marking will not interfere or adversely affect
placement of the permanent markings. The proposed method of removal for layout
errors that require markings to be removed from the final surface shall have the
prior approval of the Engineer. Any damage to the final pavement surface caused by
the pavement marking removal process shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense
by methods acceptable and approved by the Engineer. Subsection 400.3.06.0 shall
apply when corrective measures are required. The use of black -out tape or black-
out paint will not be permitted under any circumstance to correct layout errors on
any final surface.
Traffic shifts that are done on the final surface shall be accomplished using interim
traffic marking tape that can be removed without any blemishing of the final surface.
Interim traffic marking tape shall be used on any of the following final surfaces;
asphaltic concrete, Portland cement concrete, and bridge deck surfaces. The
contractor may propose alternate traffic markings and removal methods on the final
surface. Submitted proposals shall include the type of material, method of removal
and a cost comparison to the traffic marking tape method. Prior to any approval, the
contractor shall field demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the
proposed traffic markings can be removed without any blemishing of the final
surface. If the proposal is determined to be acceptable, a supplemental agreement
will be executed prior to the installation of the proposed alternate traffic markings.
The supplemental agreement shall denote the type of traffic marking materials,
method of removal and any cost and /or time savings to the Department. The
Department will not consider or participate in any cost increase that may result from
implementing the proposed alternate method.
PAY FACTOR REDUCTION FOR ASPHALTIC CONCRETE FINAL SURFACES: When the
correction of an error in the layout of the final pavement markings requires the final
surface to be grounded, blemished, scarred, or polished the pay factor shall be
reduced to 0.95 for the entire surface area of the final topping that has a blemish,
polished or a scarred surface. The reduced pay factor shall not be confined to only
the width and length of the stripe or the dimensions of the blemished areas, the
whole roadway surface shall have the reduced pay factor applied. The area of the
37
reduced pay factor shall be determined by the total length and the total width of the
roadway affected. If the affected area is not corrected, the reduction in pay shall be
deducted from the final payment for the topping layer of asphaltic concrete. The
Engineer shall make the final determination whether correction or a reduced pay
factor is acceptable.
The eradication of pavement markings on intermediate and final concrete surfaces
shall be accomplished by a method that does not grind, polish, or blemish the
surface of the concrete. The method used for the removal of the interim markings
shall not spall chip the joints in the concrete and shall not damage the sealant in the
joints. Any joint or sealant repairs shall be included in the bid price for Traffic
Control -Lump Sum. The proposed method of removal shall have the prior approval
of the Engineer.
Failure to promptly remove conflicting or non - applicable pavement markings shall be
considered as non - performance under Subsection 150.08.
PREPARATION AND PLANNING FOR TRAFFIC SHIFTS: When shifting of traffic
necessitates removal of centerline, lane lines, or edge lines, all such lines shall be
removed prior to, during, or immediately after any change so as to present the least
interference with traffic. Interim traffic marking tape shall be used as a temporary
substitute for the traffic markings being removed.
Before any change in traffic lane(s) alignment, marking removal equipment shall be
present on the project for immediate use. If marking removal equipment failures
occur, the equipment shall be repaired or replaced (including leasing equipment if
necessary), so that the removal can be accomplished without delay.
Except for the final surface, markings on asphaltic concrete may be obliterated by an
overlay course, when approved by the Engineer. When an asphaltic concrete overlay
is placed for the sole purpose of eliminating conflicting markings and the in place
asphaltic concrete section will allow, said overlay will be eligible for payment only if
designated in the Plans. Overlays to obliterate lines will be paid for only once and
further traffic shifts in the same area shall be accomplished with removable
markings. Only the minimum asphaltic concrete thickness required to cover lines will
be allowed. Excessive build -up will not be permitted. When an overlay for the sole
purpose of eliminating conflicting markings is not allowed, the markings no longer
applicable shall be removed in accordance with Subsection 656.3.05.
D. RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS
Raised pavement markers (RPMs) are required as listed below for all asphaltic
concrete pavements before the roadway is open to traffic. On the final surface,
RPM's shall be placed according to the timeframes specified in 150.04 E. for full
pattern pavement markings except Interstate Highways where RPM's shall be placed
and /or maintained when the roadway is open to traffic. When Portland Cement
Concrete is an intermediate or final surface and is open to traffic, one calendar day is
allowed for cleaning and drying before the installation of RPMs is required.
Raised pavement markers are not allowed on the right edge lines under any
situation.
38
1. Interstate Highways
Retro - reflective raised pavement markers (RPM'S) shall be placed and /or
maintained on intermediate pavements surfaces on all interstate highways that
are open to traffic. This includes all resurfacing projects along with widening and
reconstruction projects. The spacing and placement shall be as required for
MULTI -LANE DIVIDED HIGHWAYS.
2. Multi -Lane Divided Highways
Retro - reflective raised pavement markers (RPMs) shall be placed and /or
maintained on intermediate pavement surfaces on all multi -lane divided
highways that are opened to traffic when these roadways are being widened or
reconstructed. Two lane -two way roadways that are being widened to a multi-
lane facility, whether divided or undivided, are included in this provision.
Projects consisting primarily of asphalt resurfacing items or shoulder widening
items are excluded from this requirement. The RPMs shall be placed as follows:
a. SUPPLEMENTING LANE LINES
80 foot center on skip lines with curvature less than three degrees. (Includes
tangents)
40 foot centers on solid lines and all lines with curvature between three
degrees and six degrees.
20 foot centers on curves over six degrees.
20 foot centers on lane transitions or shifts.
b. SUPPLEMENTING RAMP GORE LINES
20 foot centers, two each, placed side by side.
c. OTHER LINES
As shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer.
3. Other Highways
On other highways under construction RPMs shall be used and /or maintained on
intermediate pavement surfaces as follows:
a. SUPPLEMENTING LANE LINES AND SOLID LINES
40 foot centers except on lane shifts. (When required in the Plans or
Contract.)
20 foot centers on lane shifts. (Required in all cases.)
39
b. SUPPLEMENTING DOUBLE SOLID LINES
40 foot centers (one each beside each line) except on lane shifts. (When
required in the Plans or Contract.)
20 foot centers on lane shifts. (Required in all cases.)
E. EXCEPTIONS FOR INTERIM MARKINGS
Some exceptions to the time of placement and pattern of markings are permitted as
noted below; however, full pattern pavement markings are required for the
completed project.
1. Two -Lane, Two -Way Roadways
a. SKIP LINES
All interim skip (broken) stripe shall conform to Section 652 except that
stripes shall be at least two feet long with a maximum gap of 38 feet. On
curves greater than six degrees, a one -foot stripe with a maximum gap of 19
feet shall be used. In lane shift areas solid lines will be required. Interim
skip lines shall be replaced with markings in full compliance with Section 652
prior to expiration of the 14 calendar day period.
Interim raised pavement markers may be substituted for the interim skip
(broken) stripes. If raised pavement markers are substituted for the two foot
interim skip stripe, three markers spaced at equal intervals over a two feet
distance will be required. No separate payment will be made if the interim
raised pavement markers are substituted for interim skip lines.
Interim raised pavement markers shall be retro- reflective, shall be the same
color as the pavement markers for which they are substituted, and shall be
visible during daytime.
The type of interim marker and method of attachment to the pavement shall
be approved by the Office of Materials and Research but in no case will the
markers be attached by the use of nails. Flexible reflective markers, Type 14
or Type 15, may be used for a maximum of fourteen (14) calendar days as
an interim marker. Any flexible reflective markers in use shall be from the
qualified products list (QPL).
The interim raised pavement markers shall be maintained until the full
pattern pavement markings are applied. At the time full pattern markings
are applied the interim raised markers shall be removed in a manner that will
not interfere with application of the full pattern pavement markings.
b. NO PASSING ZONES - TWO -LANE, TWO -WAY ROADWAYS
Passing zones shall be re- established in the locations existing prior to
resurfacing. No changes to the location of passing zones shall be done
without the written approval of the Engineer. For periods not to exceed
three calendar days where interim skip centerlines are in place, no- passing
40
zones shall be identified by using post or portable mounted DO NOT PASS
regulatory signs (R4 -1 24" x 30 ") at the beginning and at intervals not to
exceed 1 /2 mile within each no- passing zone. A post or portable mounted
PASS WITH CARE regulatory sign (R4 -1 24" x 30 ") shall be placed at the end
of each no- passing zone. Post mounted signs shall be placed in accordance
with the MUTCD. Portable signs shall conform to the requirements of the
MUTCD and shall be NCHRP 350 compliant. Portable signs shall be secured
in such a manner to prevent misalignment and minimize the possibility of
being blown over by weather conditions or traffic.
On new location projects and on projects where either horizontal or vertical
alignments has been modified, the location of No- Passing Zones will be
identified by the Engineer.
c. EDGELINES
1) Bituminous Surface Treatment Paving
Edgelines will not be required on intermediate surfaces (including
asphaltic concrete leveling for bituminous surface treatment paving) that
are in use for a period of less than 60 calendar days except at bridge
approaches, on lane transitions, lane shifts, and in such other areas as
determined by the Engineer. On the final surface, edgelines shall be
placed within 30 calendar days of the time that the final surface was
placed.
2) All Other Types of Pavement
Edgelines will not be required on intermediate surfaces that are in use for
a period of less than 30 calendar days except at bridge approaches, on
lane transitions, lane shifts, and in such other areas as determined by the
Engineer. On the final surface, edgelines shall be placed within 14
calendar days of the time that the surface was placed.
2. Multi -Lane Highways — With No Paved Shoulder(S) Or Paved
Shoulder(S) Four Feet Or Less
a. UNDIVIDED HIGHWAYS (INCLUDES PAVED CENTER TURN LANE)
1) Centerlines and No- Passing Barrier -Full Pattern centerlines and no-
passing barriers shall be restored before opening to traffic.
2) Lanelines- Interim skip (broken) stripe as described in Subsection
150.04E.1.a. may be used for periods not to exceed three calendar days.
Skiplines are not permitted in lane shift areas. Solid lines shall be used.
3) Edgelines- Edgelines shall be placed on intermediate and final surfaces
within three calendar days of obliteration.
b. DIVIDED HIGHWAYS (GRASS OR RAISED MEDIAN)
1) Lanelines- Full pattern skip stripe shall be restored before opening to
traffic. Skip lines are not permitted in lane shift areas. Solid lines shall
be required.
2) Centerline /Edgeline- Solid lines shall be placed on intermediate and final
surfaces within three calendar days of obliteration.
3. Limited Access Roadways And Roadways With Paved Shoulders Greater
Than Four Feet
a. Same as Subsection 150.04.E.2 except as noted in (b) below.
b. EDGELINES-
1) Asphaltic Concrete Pavement- Edgelines shall be placed on intermediate
and final surfaces prior to opening to traffic.
2) Portland Cement Concrete Pavement- Edgelines shall be placed on any
surface open to traffic no later than one calendar day after work is
completed on a section of roadway. All water and residue shall be
removed prior to daily striping.
4. Ramps For Multi -Lane Divided Highways
A minimum of one solid line edge stripe shall be placed on any intermediate
surface of a ramp prior to opening the ramp to traffic. The other edge stripe
may be omitted for a maximum period of three (3) calendar days on an
intermediate surface. Appropriate channelization devices shall be spaced at a
maximum of twenty -five (25') feet intervals until the other stripe has been
installed.
The final surface shall have both stripes placed prior to opening the ramp to
traffic.
5. MISCELLANEOUS PAVEMENT MARKINGS:
FINAL SURFACE: School zones, railroads, stop bars, symbols, words and other
similar markings shall be placed on final surfaces conforming to Section 652
within fourteen (14) calendar days of completion of the final surface. Final
markings shall conform to the type of pay item in the plans. When no pay item
exists in the plans the final markings shall conform to Section 652 for painted
markings.
INTERMEDIATE SURFACE: Intermediate surfaces that will be in use for more
than forty-five (45) calendar days shall have the miscellaneous pavement
markings installed to conform to the requirement of Section 652. Under
Subsection 150.11, Special Conditions, or as directed by the Engineer these
markings may be eliminated.
42
F. MOBILE OPERATIONS
When pavement markings (centerlines; lane lines, and edgelines) are applied in a
continuous operation by moving vehicles and equipment, the following minimum
equipment and warning devices shall be required. These devices and equipment are
in addition to the minimum requirements of the MUTCD.
1. All Roadways
All vehicles shall be equipped with the official slow moving vehicle symbol sign.
All vehicles shall have a minimum of two flashing or rotating beacons visible in all
directions. All protection vehicles shall have an arrow panel mounted on the
rear. All vehicles requiring an arrow panel shall have, as a minimum, a Type B
panel. All vehicle mounted signs shall be mounted with the bottom of the sign a
minimum height of forty-eight inches (48 ") above the pavement. All sign legends
shall be covered or removed from view when work is not in progress.
2. Two -Lane Two -Way Roadways
a. Lead Vehicles
The lead vehicle may be a separate vehicle or the work vehicle applying the
pavement markings may be used as the lead vehicle. The lead vehicle shall
have an arrow panel mounted so that the panel is easily visible to oncoming
(approaching) traffic. The arrow panel should typically operate in the caution
mode.
b. Work Vehicles
The work vehicle(s) applying markings shall have an arrow panel mounted
on the rear. The arrow panel should typically operate in the caution mode.
The work vehicle placing cones shall follow directly behind the work vehicle
applying the markings.
c. Protection Vehicles
A protection vehicle may follow the cone work vehicle when the cones are
being placed and may follow when the cones are being removed.
3. MULTI -LANE ROADWAYS
A lead vehicle may be used but is not required. The work vehicle placing cones
shall follow directly behind the work vehicle applying the markings. A protection
vehicle that does not function as a work vehicle should follow the cone work
vehicle when traffic cones are being placed. A protection vehicle should follow
the cone work vehicle when the cones are being removed from the roadway.
Protection vehicles shall display a sign on the rear of the vehicle with the legend
PASS ON LEFT (RIGHT).
INTERSTATES AND LIMITED ACCESS ROADWAYS: A protection vehicle shall
follow the last work vehicle at all times and shall be equipped with a truck
mounted attenuator that is certified for impacts not less than 62 mph in
accordance with NCHRP350 Test Level Three (3).
43
150.05 CHANNELIZATION
A. GENERAL
Channelization shall clearly delineate the travelway through the work zone and alert
drivers and pedestrians to conditions created by work activities in or near the
travelway. Channelization shall be done in accordance with the plans and
specifications, the MUTCD, and the following requirements.
All Channelization Devices utilized on any project shall be NCHRP 350 compliant.
Any device used on the Work shall be from the Qualified Products List. All devices
utilized on the work shall have a decal, logo, or manufacturer's stamping that clearly
identifies the device as NCHRP 350 compliant. The Contractor may be required to
furnish certification from the Manufacturer for any device to prove NCHRP 350
compliance.
1. Types of Devices Permitted for Channelization in Construction Work
Zones:
a. DRUMS:
1) DESIGN: Drums shall meet the minimum requirement of the MUTCD and
shall be reflectorized as required in Subsection 150.01.D. The upper
edge of the top reflectorized stripe on the drum shall be located a
minimum of 33 inches above the surface of the roadway. A minimum
drum diameter of 18 inches shall be maintained for a minimum of 34 .
inches above the roadway.
2) APPLICATION: Drums shall be used as the required channelizing device
to delineate the full length of a lane closure, shift, or encroachment,
except as modified by this Subsection.
3) TRANSITION TAPERS FOR LANE CLOSURES: Drums shall be used on all
transition tapers. The minimum length for a merging taper for a lane closure
on the travelway shall be as shown in Table 150 -1:
44
Posted
Speed
Limit, MPH
Lane
Width
9 Feet
Lane
Width
10 Feet
Lane
Width
11 Feet
Lane
Width
12 Feet
Maximum Drum
Spacing in Tapers,
(Feet)
Minimum Taper Length (L) in Feet
20
60
70
75
80
20
25
95
105
115
125
25
30
135
150
165
180
30
35
185
205
225
245
35
40
240
270
295
320
40
45
405
450
495
540
45
50
450
500
550
600
50
55
495
550
605
660
55
60
540
600
660
720
60
65
585
650
715
780
65
70
630
700
770
840
70
75
675
750
825
900
75
TABLE 150 -1
If site conditions require a longer taper then the taper shall be
lengthened to fit particular individual situations.
The length of shifting tapers should be at least 1 /2 L.
The length of a closed lane or lanes, excluding the transition taper(s),
shall be limited to a total of two (2) miles. Prior approval must be
obtained from the Engineer before this length can be increased.
Night time conditions: When a merge taper exists into the night all drums
located in the taper shall have, for the length of the taper only, a six (6 ")
inch fluorescent orange (ASTM Type VI, VII, VIII, IX or X) reflectorized
top stripe on each drum. The top six -inch stripe may be temporarily
attached to the drum while in use in a taper. The Engineer may allow the
fluorescent orange reflectorized six (6 ") inch top stripe on each drum in a
merging taper to remain in place during daylight hours provided there is
a lane closure(s) with a continuous operation that begins during one
nighttime period and ends during another nighttime period. All drums
that have the six -inch top stripe permanently attached shall not be used
for any other conditions.
Multiple Lane Closures:
(a) A maximum of one lane at a time shall be closed with each merge
taper.
(b) A minimum tangent length of 2 L shall be installed between each
individual lane closure taper.
4) LONGITUDINAL CHANNELIZATION: Drums shall be spaced as listed
below for various roadside work conditions except as modified by
45
Subsection 150.06. Spacing shall be used for situations meeting any of
the conditions listed as follows:
(a) 40 FOOT SPACING MAXIMUM
(b) 80 FOOT SPACING MAXIMUM
(1) For difference in elevation of two inches or less.
(2) Flush areas where equipment or workers are within ten feet of
the travel lane.
(c) 200 FOOT SPACING MAXIMUM: Where equipment or workers are
more than ten feet from travel lane. Lateral offset clearance to be
four feet from the travel lane.
(1) For paved areas eight feet or greater in width that are paved
flush with a standard width travel lane.
REMOVAL OF DRUMS: Drums may be removed after shoulders are completed
to typical section and grassed. Guardrail and other safety devices shall be
installed and appropriate signs advising of conditions such as soft or low
shoulder shall be posted before the drums are removed.
b. VERTICAL PANELS
1) DESGN: All vertical panels shall meet the minimum requirements of the
MUTCD. All vertical panels shall have a minimum of 270 square inches of
retro - reflective area facing the traffic and shall be mounted with the top
of the reflective panel a minimum of 36" above the roadway.
2) APPLICATION: Lane encroachment by the drum on the travelway should
permit a remaining lane width of ten feet. When encroachment reduces
the travelway to less than ten feet, vertical panels shall be used to
restore the travelway to ten feet or greater. No other application of
vertical panels will be permitted.
c. CONES
(1) For difference in elevation exceeding two inches.
(2) For healed sections no steeper than 4:1 as shown in Subsection
150.06, Detail 150 -E.
(2) For disturbed shoulder areas not completed to typical section that
are flush to the travel lane and considered a usable shoulder.
1) DESIGN: All cones shall be a minimum of 28 inches in height regardless
of application and shall meet the requirement of the MUTCD.
Reflectorization may be deleted from all cones.
46
2) APPLICATION: For longitudinal channelizing only, cones will be permitted
for daylight closures or minor shifts. (Drums are required for all tapers.)
The use of cones for nighttime work will not be permitted. Cones shall
not be stored or allowed to be visible on the worksite during nighttime
hours.
d. BARRICADES
DESIGN: Type III barricades shall meet the minimum requirements of
the MUTCD and shall be reflectorized as required in Subsection
150.01.D. The Contractor has the option of choosing Type III barricades
from the Qualified Products List or the Contractor may utilize generic
barricades that are approved by the Federal Highway Administration
(FHWA). When barricades have been specifically crash tested with signs
attached, the contractor has the responsibility to attach the signs as per
the manufacturer's recommendations to ensure crashworthiness. If
signs are attached to generic barricades or to barricades from the
Qualified Products List (QPL) that have not been crash tested with signs
attached then the responsibility for crashworthiness and the liability for
mounting these signs to the barricades are assumed by the Contractor
and the Contractor shall certify that the barricades are crashworthy
under FHWA workzone guidelines for NCHRP 350 crashworthy
compliance. Any generic barricades used in the work shall be stamped
or stenciled to show compliance with NCHRP 350. The use of Type I
and Type II barricades will not be permitted.
1) APPLICATION: Type III barricades shall be placed as required by the
plans, the Standards, and as directed by the Engineer. All signs mounted
on barricades shall be mounted to comply with the requirements of the
MUTCD and NCHRP 350 Test Level III. NCHRP 350 crashworthy
compliance may require that rigid signs be mounted separate from the
Type III barricade.
When a barricade is placed so that it is subject to side impact from a
vehicle, a drum shall be placed at the side of the barricade to add target
value to the barricade.
e. WARNING LIGHTS:
1) DESIGN: All warning lights shall meet the requirements of the MUTCD.
2) APPLICATION
(a) Type A low- intensity flashing lights shall be used as shown in the
Plans, the Standards, and as directed by the Engineer. Flashing
lights are not required for advance warning signs in Subsection
150.03.H.
(b) Type C Steady -Burn lights shall be used as shown in the Plans, the
Standards, and as directed by the Engineer. Steady -burn lights are
not required on drums for merging tapers that exist into the night.
47
f. TEMPORARY BARRIERS
1) DESIGN: Temporary barriers shall meet the requirements of Section 620.
2) APPLICATION: Temporary barriers shall be placed as required by the
plans, standards, and as directed by the Engineer. When Temporary
barrier is located 20 feet or less from a travel lane, yellow reflectors shall
be fixed to the top of the barrier at intervals not greater than 40 feet in
the longitudinal section and 20 feet in the taper section and shall be
mounted approximately two inches above the barrier. If both lanes of a
two -lane two -way roadway are within 20 feet or Tess of the barrier then
the reflectors shall be installed for both directions of traffic.
The reflectors shall be 100 square inches (ASTM Type VII or VIII)
reflective sheeting mounted on flat -sheet blanks. The reflectors shall be
mounted approximately two inches above the top of the barrier. The
reflectors shall be attached to the barrier with adhesive or by a drilled -in
anchor type device. The reflectors shall not be attached to a post or
board that is placed between the gap in the barrier sections.
Approach end of Temporary barrier shall be flared or protected by an
impact attenuator (crash cushion) or other approved treatment in
accordance with Construction Details /Standards and Standard
Specifications.
On interstate or other controlled access highways where lane shifts or
crossovers cause opposing traffic to be separated by Tess than 40 ft.,
portable barrier shall be used as a separator.
B. PORTABLE IMPACT ATTENUATORS:
1. DESCRIPTION
This work consists of the furnishing (including spare parts), installation,
maintenance, relocation, reuse as required, and removal of Portable Impact
Attenuator Units /Arrays.
2. MATERIALS
Materials used in the Attenuator shall meet the requirements of Section 648 for
Portable Impact Attenuators.
3. CONSTRUCTION
Portable Impact Attenuator Unit/Arrays installation shall conform to the
requirements of Section 648, Manufacturer's recommendations and Georgia
Standard 4960 and shall be installed at locations designated by the Engineer,
and /or as shown on the plans.
C. TEMPORARY GUARDRAIL ANCHORAGE- Type 12:
48
1. DESCRIPTION
This work consists of the furnishing, installation, maintenance and removal or
Temporary Guardrail Anchorage- Type 12 used for Portable Barrier or temporary
guardrail end treatment.
2. MATERIALS
Materials used in the Temporary Guardrail Anchorage- Type 12 shall meet the
requirements of Subsection 641.2 of the Specifications and current Georgia
Standards and may be new or used. Materials salvaged from the Project which
meet the requirements of Standards may be utilized if available. The use of any
salvaged materials will require prior approval of the Engineer.
3. CONSTRUCTION
Installation of the Temporary Guardrail Anchorage- Type 12 shall conform to the
requirements of the Plans, current Georgia Standards and Subsection 641.3 of
the Specifications. Installation shall also include sufficient additional guardrail
and appurtenances to effect the transition and connection to Temporary
Concrete Barrier as required by the details in Georgia Standard 4960.
150.06 DIFFERENCES IN ELEVATION BETWEEN TRAVEL LANES AND SHOULDERS (SEE
SUBSECTION 150.06.G FOR PROJECTS CONSISTING PRIMARILY OF
ASPHALTIC CONCRETE RESURFACING ITEMS)
Any type of work such as paving, grinding, trenching, or excavation that creates a
difference in elevation between travel lanes or between the travelway and the shoulder
shall not begin until the Contractor is prepared and able to continuously place the
required typical section to within two inches (2 ") of the existing pavement elevation. For
any areas that the two inches minimum difference in elevation cannot be accomplished
the section shall be healed as shown in Detail 150 -E. If crushed stone materials are
used to provide a healed section no separate payment will be made for the material used
to heal any section. The Contractor may submit a plan to utilize existing pay items for
crushed stone provided the plan clearly demonstrates that the materials used to heal an
area will be incorporated into the work with minimal waste. Handling and hauling of any
crushed stone used to heal shall be kept to a minimum. The Engineer shall determine if
the crushed stone used to heal meets the specifications for gradation and quality when
the material is placed in the final location.
A maximum of sixty (60) calendar days shall be allowed for conditions to exist that
require any section or segment of the roadway or ramp to continue to require a healed
section as described by Detail 150 -E. Failure to meet this requirement shall be
considered as non - performance of Work under Subsection 150.08.
When trenching or excavation for minor roadway or shoulder widening is required, all
operations at one site shall be completed to the level of the existing pavement in the
same work day.
49
Any channelization devices utilized in the work shall conform to the requirements of
Subsection 150.05 and to the placement and spacing requirements in Details 150 -B,
150 -C, 150 -D, and 150 -E shown in this section.
Any construction activity that reduces the width of a travel lane shall require the use of a
W -20 sign with the legend "LEFT /RIGHT LANE NARROWS ". Two 24" x 24" red or
red /orange flags may be mounted above the W -20 sign. The W -20 sign shall be located
on the side of the travelway that has been reduced in width just off the travelway edge
of pavement. The W -20 sign shall be a minimum of 500 feet in advance of any
channelization devices that encroach on the surface of travelway. A portable changeable
message sign may be used in lieu of the W -20 sign.
GENERAL /TIME RESTRICTIONS:
A. STONE BASES, SOIL AGGREGATE BASE AND SOIL BASES
1. All Highways
Differences in elevation of more than two inches between surfaces carrying or
adjacent to traffic will not be allowed for more than a 24 -hour period. A single
length of excavated area that does not exceed 1000 feet in total length may be
left open as a start up area for periods not to exceed 48 hours provided the
Contractor can demonstrate the ability to continuously excavate and backfill in a
proficient manner. Prior approval of the Engineer shall be obtained before any
startup area may be allowed.
2. LIMITED ACCESS HIGHWAY RAMPS (INTERSTATES):
On projects that include ramp rehabilitation work, one ramp at a time may be
excavated for the entire length of the ramp from the gore point of the ramp with
the interstate mainline to the intersection with the crossing highway. This single
ramp may remain excavated with a vertical difference in elevation greater than
two (2 ") inches for a maximum of fourteen (14) calendar days with drums spaced
at twenty (20') feet intervals as shown in Detail 150 -B and a buffer space
accepted under Subsection 150.06.F. After fourteen (14) calendar days the
section shall be healed as required for all other highways. This area will be
allowed in addition to the 1000 feet allowed for all other highways.
B. ASPHALT BASES, BINDERS AND TOPPINGS
1. DIFFERENCES IN ELEVATION BETWEEN THE SURFACES OF ADJACENT
TRAVELWAYS
Travel lanes shall be paved with a plan that minimizes any difference in elevation
between adjacent travel lanes. The following limitations will be required on all
work:
a. Differences of two inches (2 ") or less may remain for a maximum period of
fourteen (14) calendar days.
b. Differences of greater than two inches (2 ") shall be permitted for continuous
operations only.
EMERGENCY SITUATIONS: Inclement weather, traffic accidents, and other
events beyond the control of the Contractor may prevent the work from
being completed as required above. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer
50
in writing stating the conditions and reasons that have prevented the
Contractor from complying with the time limitations. The Contractor shall
also outline a plan detailing immediate steps to complete the work. Failure
to correct these conditions on the first calendar day that conditions will allow
corrective work shall be considered as non - performance of Work under
Subsection 150.08.
2. Differences in Elevation Between Asphalt Travelway and Paved
Shoulders
Differences in elevation between the asphalt travelway and asphalt paved
shoulders shall not be allowed to exist beyond the maximum durations outlined
below for the conditions shown in Details 150 -B, 150 -C, 150 -D, and 150 -E:
Detail 150 -B conditions shall not be allowed for more than 24 hours. A single
length that does not exceed 1000 feet in total length may be left open for
periods not to exceed 48 hours provided the Contractor can demonstrate the
ability to continuously pave in a proficient manner. Prior approval of the Engineer
shall be obtained before any section is allowed to exceed 24 hours. Any other
disturbed shoulder areas shall be healed as in Detail 150 -E.
Detail 150 -C conditions will not be allowed for more than 48 hours.
Detail 150 -D conditions will not be allowed for more than 30 calendar days.
Detail 150 -E conditions will not be allowed for more than 60 calendar days.
Failure to meet these requirements shall be considered as non - performance of
Work under Subsection 150.08.
C. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE
Work adjacent to a Portland Cement Concrete traveled way which involves the
following types of base and shoulders shall be accomplished according to the time
restrictions outlined for each type of base or shoulder. Traffic control devices shall
be in accordance with Subsection 150.05.
1. Cement Stabilized Base
Work adjacent to the traveled way shall be healed as per Detail 150 -E within
forty -eight (48) hours after the seven (7) calendar day curing period is complete
for each section placed. During the placement and curing period, traffic control
shall be in accordance Detail 150 -B.
2. Asphaltic Concrete Base
When an asphaltic concrete base is utilized in lieu of a cement stabilized base the
asphaltic concrete base shall be healed as per Detail 150 -E within forty-eight
(48) hours after the placement of each section of asphaltic concrete base. For
the first forty eight hours traffic control shall be in compliance with Detail 150 -B.
3. Concrete Paved Shoulders
Concrete paved shoulders shall be placed within sixty (60) calendar days after the
removal of each section of existing shoulder regardless of the type of base
51
materials being placed on the shoulders. During the placement period, traffic
control devices shall be in accordance with the appropriate detail based on the
depth of the change in elevation. Differences in elevation of more than two inches
between the travel way and the shoulder will not be allowed for more than a 24-
hour period. A single length of excavated area that does not exceed 1000 feet in
total length may be left open as a start up area for periods not to exceed 48
hours provided the Contractor can demonstrate the ability to continuously
excavate and backfill in a proficient manner. Prior approval of the Engineer shall
be obtained before any startup area may be allowed. Any other disturbed
shoulder areas shall be healed as in Detail 150 -E.
4. Asphaltic Concrete Shoulders
A difference in elevation that meets the requirements of Detail 150 -B shall not be
allowed to exist for a period greater than forty-eight (48) hours. After the
removal of the existing shoulder the section or segment of travelway may be
healed with stone as per Detail 150 -E for a maximum of fourteen (14) calendar
days. Asphaltic concrete shoulders shall be placed within two (2 ") inches or less
of the traveled way surface within fourteen (14) calendar days after the removal
of the stone healed section or the removal of each section of the existing
shoulder. The two (2 ") inches or less difference in elevation shall not remain in
existence for a period that exceeds thirty (30) calendar days unless the paved
shoulder is utilized as a detour for the traveled way. During the placement
period, traffic control shall be in accordance with the appropriate detail based on
the depth of the change in elevation.
The Contractor may propose an alternate plan based on Subsection 150.06.F.
Failure to meet the above requirements and time restrictions shall be considered
as non - performance of Work under Subsection 150.08.
D. MISCELLANEOUS ELEVATION DIFFERENTIALS FOR EXCAVATIONS
ADJACENT TO THE TRAVELWAY
Drainage structures, utility facilities, or any other work which results in a
difference in elevation adjacent to the travelway shall be planned and
coordinated to be performed in such a manner to minimize the time traffic is
exposed to this condition. The excavation should be back filled to the minimum
requirements of Detail 150 -E as soon as practical. Stage construction such as
plating or backfilling the incomplete work may be required. The difference in
elevation shall not be allowed to exist for more than five (5) calendar days under
any circumstances. Failure to correct this condition shall be considered as non-
performance of Work under Subsection 150.08.
E. CONDUIT INSTALLATION IN PAVED AND DIRT SHOULDERS
The installation of conduit and conduit systems along the shoulders of a traveled
way shall be planned and installed in a manner to minimize the length of time
52
that traffic is exposed to a difference in elevation condition. The following
restrictions and limitations shall apply:
1. Differences in Elevation of Two (2 ") Inches or Less
The shoulder may remain open when workers are not present. When workers
are present the shoulder shall be closed and the channelization devices shall
meet the requirements of Subsection 150.05. The difference in elevation on the
shoulder shall remain for a maximum period of fourteen (14) calendar days.
2. Differences in Elevation Greater Than Two (2 ") Inches
The shoulder shall be closed. The shoulder closure shall not exceed twenty -four
(24) hours in duration unless the Special Conditions in Subsection 150.11
modifies this restriction or the Engineer allows the work to be considered as a
continuous operation.
Failure to meet these requirements shall be considered as non - performance of
Work under Subsection 150.08.
F. MODIFICATIONS TO TIME RESTRICTIONS
The Contractor may propose any alternate temporary traffic control plan that utilizes
a portion of the travel lane as a "buffer space ". This buffer space may allow for an
enhanced work area that will allow for the placement of materials to proceed at a
pace that could not be achieved with the time restriction requirements outlined in
Subsections 150.06.A, 150.06.B, and 150.06.C. The Contractor may propose
modified time restrictions based on the use of the buffer space. Any proposed
modifications in the time duration allowed for the differences in elevations to exist
shall be reviewed by the Engineer as a component of the overall TTC plan. No
modifications shall be made until the proposed plan is accepted by the Engineer.
The Engineer shall have no obligation to consider any proposal which results in an
increase in cost to the Department.
For the travel lane described in each of the Details 150 -B, 150 -C, 150 -D and 150 -E it
is presumed that the pavement marking edgeline (yellow or white solid stripe) is
located at the very edge of the travel lane surface. A buffer space (temporary paved
shoulder) that utilizes a portion of the travel lane should be six (6') feet in width
desirable but shall not be Tess than four (4') feet in width. Any remaining travel
lane(s) shall not be less than ten (10') feet in width. Modifications to drum spacing
shown in the details above will not be allowed.
If the proposed shifting of the traffic to obtain a buffer space and maintain a
minimum travel lane(s) of ten (10') feet requires the use of any existing paved
shoulders then the cost of maintenance and repair of the existing paved shoulder(s)
shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor is responsible for the
costs of maintenance and repairs even if the existing paved shoulder(s) is to be
removed in a later stage of the work. Existing shoulders that have rumble strips
shall have the rumble strips removed before the shoulder can be utilized as part of
the travel lane. The cost of the removal of the rumble strips shall be done at no cost
to the Department even if the shoulder is to be removed in a later stage of the work.
53
Any modifications to the staging and time restrictions that are approved as part of
the TTC plan shall be agreed to in writing. Failure to meet these modifications shall
be considered as non - performance of the Work under Subsection 150.08.
G. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE RESURFACING PROJECTS
SHOULDER CONSTRUCTION INCLUDED AS A PART OF THE CONTRACT: When the
placement of asphaltic concrete materials creates a difference in elevation greater
than two (2 ") inches between the earth shoulder (grassed or un- grassed) and the
edge of travelway or between the earth shoulder and a paved shoulder that is less
than four (4') feet in width, the Contractor shall place and maintain drums in
accordance with the requirements of Subsection 150.05A.1.a.4. When the edge of
the paved surface is tapered with a 30 -45 degree wedge, drums may be spaced at
2.0 times the speed limit in MPH. Drums shall remain in place and be maintained
until the difference in elevation has been eliminated by the placement of the
appropriate shoulder materials.
SHOULDER CONSTRUCTION NOT INCLUDED AS A PART OF THE CONTRACT: When
the placement of asphaltic concrete materials creates a difference in elevation
greater than two (2 ") inches between the earth shoulder (grassed or un- grassed)
and the edge of travelway or between the earth shoulder and a paved shoulder that
is less than four (4') feet in width, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer, in writing,
when the resurfacing work including all punchlist items has been completed.
See Subsection 150.03.L for the requirements for "LOW /SOFT SHOULDERS" and
"SHOULDER DROP -OFF" signage.
54
Location of drums when Elevation Difference exceeds 4 inches. Drums spaced at 20 foot intervals.
Note: If the travel way width is reduced to less than 10 feet by the use of drums, vertical panels shall be
used in lieu of drums.
4
DETAIL 150 -B
4
New Construction
New Construction
DETAIL 150 -C
55
Travel Lane
ELEVATION DIFFERENCE GREATER THAN 4 INCHES
Drums spaced at 40 foot intervals.
Location of drums when Elevation
Difference is 2+ inches to 4 inches.
6 inches ±
Travel Lane
ELEVATION DIFFERENCE 2+ to 4 inches
•
•
1
Drums spaced at 80 foot intervals.
Location of drums when Elevation
Difference is 2 inches or less.
NO STEEPER THAN 4:1
•
Compacted graded aggregate,
subbase material or dirt.
•
New Construction
ELEVATION DIFFERENCE OF 2 INCHES OR LESS
Location of drums immediately after
completion of healed sections spaced at
40 foot intervals.
New Construction
DETAIL 150 -D
HEALED SECTION
DETAIL 150 -E
56
4 feet ±
Travel Lane
• •
TOP OF DRUM TO BE LEVEL
2 feet ±
Travel Lane
•
150.07 FLAGGING AND PILOT CARS:
A. FLAGGERS
Flaggers shall be provided as required to handle traffic, as specified in the Plans or
Special Provisions, and as required by the Engineer.
B. FLAGGER CERTIFICATION
All flaggers shall meet the requirements of the MUTCD and shall have received
training and a certificate upon completion of the training from one of the following
organizations:
National Safety Council
Southern Safety Services
Construction Safety Consultants
Ivey Consultants
American Traffic Safety Services Association (ATSSA)
Certifications from other agencies will be accepted only if their training program has
been approved by any one of the organizations listed above.
Failure to provide certified flaggers as required above shall be reason for the
Engineer suspending work involving the flagger(s) until the Contractor provides the
certified flagger(s). Flaggers shall have proof of certification and valid identification
(photo I.D.) available any time they are performing flagger duties.
C. FLAGGER APPEARANCE AND EQUIPMENT
Flaggers shall wear high - visibility clothing in compliance with Subsection 150.01.A.
The apparel background (outer) material color shall be fluorescent orange -red,
fluorescent yellow - green, or a combination of the two as defined in the ANSI
standard. The retroreflective material shall be orange, yellow, white, silver, yellow -
green, or a fluorescent version of these colors, and shall be visible at a minimum
distance of one thousand (1000) feet. The retroreflective safety apparel shall be
designed to clearly identify the wearer as a person. They shall use a Stop /Slow
paddle meeting the requirements of the MUTCD for controlling traffic. The
Stop /Slow paddles shall have a shaft length of seven (7) feet minimum. The
Stop /Slow paddle shall be retro - reflectorized for both day and night usage. In
addition to the Stop /Slow paddle, a flagger may use a flag as an additional device to
attract attention. This flag shall meet the minimum requirements of the MUTCD.
The flag shall, as a minimum, be 24" inches square and red or red /orange in color.
For night work, the vest shall have reflectorized stripes which meet the requirements
of the MUTCD.
D. FLAGGER WARNING SIGNS
Signs for flagger traffic control shall be placed in advance of the flagging operation in
accordance with the MUTCD. In addition to the signs required by the MUTCD, signs
at regular intervals, warning of the presence of the flagger shall be placed beyond
57
SCHEDULE OF DEDUCTIONS FOR EACH CALENDAR DAY OF DEFICIENCIES OF TRAFFIC
CONTROL INSTALLATION AND /OR MAINTENANCE
ORIGINAL TOTAL CONTRACT AMOUNT
From More Than
To and Including
Daily Charge
$0
$100,000
$200
$100,000
$1,000,000
$500
$1,000,000
$5,000,000
$1,000
$5,000,000
$20,000,000
$1,500
$20,000,000
$40,000,000
$2,000
the point where traffic can reasonably be expected to stop under the most severe
conditions for that day's work.
E. PILOT VEHICLE REQUIREMENTS
Pilot vehicles will be required during placement of bituminous surface treatment or
asphaltic concrete on two -lane roadways unless otherwise specified. Pilot vehicles
shall meet the requirements of the MUTCD.
F. PORTABLE TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL SIGNALS
The Contractor may request, in writing, the substitution of portable temporary traffic
control signals for flaggers on two -lane two -way roadways provided the temporary
signals meets the requirements of the MUTCD, Section 647, and Subsection
150.02.A.8. As a part of this request, the Contractor shall also submit an alternate
temporary traffic control plan in the event of a failure of the signals. Any alternate
plan that requires the use of flaggers shall include the use of certified flaggers. The
Contractor shall obtain the approval of the Engineer before the use of any portable
temporary traffic control signals will be permitted.
150.08 ENFORCEMENT
The safe passage of pedestrians and traffic through and around the temporary traffic
control zone, while minimizing confusion and disruption to traffic flow, shall have priority
over all other Contractor activities. Continued failure of the Contractor to comply with
the requirements of Section 150 (TRAFFIC CONTROL) will result in non - refundable
deductions of monies from the Contract as shown in this Subsection for non-
performance of Work.
Failure of the Contractor to comply with this Specification shall be reason for the
Engineer suspending all other work on the Project, except erosion control and traffic
control, taking corrective action as specified in Subsection 105.15, and /or withholding
payment of monies due to the Contractor for any work on the Project until traffic control
deficiencies are corrected. These other actions shall be in addition to the deductions for
non - performance of traffic control.
58
$40,000,000
$3,000
150.09 MEASUREMENT
A. TRAFFIC CONTROL
When listed as a pay item in the Proposal, payment will be made at the Lump Sum
price bid, which will include all traffic control not paid for separately, and will be paid
as follows:
When the first Construction Report is submitted, a payment of 25 (twenty -five)
percent of the Lump Sum price will be made. For each progress payment thereafter,
the total of the Project percent complete shown on the last pay statement plus 25
(twenty-five) percent will be paid (less previous payments), not to exceed one
hundred (100) percent.
When no payment item for Traffic Control Sum is shown in the Proposal, all of
the requirements of Section 150 and the Temporary Traffic Control Plan shall be in
full force and effect. The cost of complying with these requirements will not be paid
for separately, but shall be included in the overall bid submittal.
B. SIGNS
When shown as a pay item in the contract, interim special guide signs will be paid for
as listed below. All other regulatory, warning, and guide signs, as required by the
Contract, will be paid for under Traffic Control Lump Sum or included in the overall
bid submitted.
1. Interim ground mounted or interim overhead special guide signs will be
measured for payment by the square foot. This payment shall be full
compensation for furnishing the signs, including supports as required, erecting,
illuminating overhead signs, maintaining, removing, re- erecting, and final
removal from the Project. Payment will be made only one time regardless of the
number of moves required.
2. Remove and reset existing special guide signs, ground mount or overhead,
complete, in place, will be measured for payment per each. Payment will be
made only one time regardless of the number of moves required.
3. Modify special guide signs, ground mount or overhead, will be measured for
payment by the square foot. The area measured shall include only that portion
of the sign modified. Payment shall include materials, removal from posts or
supports when necessary, and remounting as required.
C. TEMPORARY BARRIER
59
Temporary Barrier shall be measured as specified in Section 622.
D. CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN, PORTABLE
Changeable Message Sign, Portable will be measured as specified in Section 632.
E. TEMPORARY GUARDRAIL ANCHORAGE, Type 12
Temporary Guardrail Anchorage- Type 12 will be measured by each assembly,
complete in place and accepted according to the details shown in the plans, which
shall also include the additional guardrail and appurtenances necessary for transition
and connection to Temporary Concrete Barrier. Payment shall include all necessary
materials, equipment, labor, site preparation, maintenance and removal.
F. TRAFFIC SIGNAL INSTALLATION TEMPORARY
Traffic Signal Installation Temporary will be measured as specified in Section 647.
G. FLASHING BEACON ASSEMBLY
Flashing Beacon Assemblies will be measured as specified in Section 647.
H. PORTABLE IMPACT ATTENUATORS
Each Portable Impact Attenuator will be measured by the unit /array which shall
include all material components, hardware, incidentals, labor, site preparation, and
maintenance, including spare parts recommended by the manufacturer for repairing
accident damage. Each unit will be measured only once regardless of the number of
locations installed, moves required, or number of repairs necessary because of traffic
damage. Upon completion of the project, the units shall be removed and retained
by the Contractor.
I. PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Pavement markings will be measured as specified in Section 150.
1 TEMPORARY WALKWAYS WITH DETECTABLE EDGING
Temporary walkways with detectable edging will be measured in linear feet (meters),
complete in place and accepted, which shall include all necessary materials,
equipment, labor, site preparation, temporary pipes, passing spaces, maintenance
and removal. Excavation and backfill are not measured separately for payment. No
payment will be made for temporary walkways where existing pavements or existing
edging (that meets the requirements of MUTCD) are utilized for the temporary
walkway. Payment for temporary detectable edging, including approved barriers and
channelizing devices, installed on existing pavement shall be included in Traffic
Control -Lump Sum.
K. TEMPORARY CURB CUT WHEELCHAIR RAMPS
60
Temporary curb cut wheelchair ramps are measured as the actual number formed
and poured, complete and accepted, which shall include all necessary materials,
equipment, labor, site preparation, maintenance and removal. No additional payment
will be made for sawing existing sidewalk and removal and disposal of removed
material for temporary wheelchair ramp construction. No additional payment will be
made for constructing the detectable warning surface.
L. TEMPORARY AUDIBLE INFORMATION DEVICE
Temporary audible information devices are measured as the actual number furnished
and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, which shall
include all necessary materials, equipment, labor, site preparation, maintenance and
removal. Each temporary audible information device will be paid for only one time
regardless of the number of times it's reused during the duration of The Work. These
devices shall remain the property of the Contractor.
150.10 PAYMENT:
When shown in the Schedule of Items in the Proposal, the following items will be paid
for separately.
Item No. 150. Traffic Control Lump Sum
Item No. 150. Traffic Control, Solid Traffic Stripe _ Inch, (Color) per Linear Mile
Item No. 150. Traffic Control, Skip Traffic Stripe _ Inch, (Color) per Linear mile
Item No. 150. Traffic Control, Solid Traffic Stripe,
Thermoplastic Inch, (Color) per Linear Mile
Item No. 150. Traffic Control, Skip Traffic Stripe,
Thermoplastic Inch, (Color) per Linear Mile
Item No. 150. Traffic Control, Pavement Arrow with
Raised Reflectors per Each
Item No. 150. Traffic Control, Raised Pavement Markers -All Types. per Each
Item No. 150. Interim Ground Mounted Special Guide Signs per Square
Foot
Item No. 150. Interim Overhead Special Guide Signs per Square
Foot
Item No. 150. Remove & Reset Existing Special Guide Signs,
Ground Mount, Complete in Place per Each
Item No. 150. Remove & Reset, Existing Special Guide Signs,
Overhead, Complete in Place per Each
Item No. 150. Traffic Control, Portable Impact Attenuator per Each
Item No. 150. Traffic Control, Pavement Markers, Words
and Symbols per Square
Foot
Item N o. 150. Traffic Control, Pavement Arrow (Painted) with
Raised Reflectors per Each
Item No. 150. Traffic Control, Workzone Law Enforcement per Hour
61
Item No. 150. Modify Special Guide Sign, Ground Mount per Square
Foot
Item No. 150. Modify Special Guide Sign, Overhead per Square
Foot
Item No. 150. Temporary Walkways With Detectable Edging per Linear foot
Item No. 150. Temporary Curb Cut Wheelchair Ramps per Each
Item No. 150. Temporary Audible Information Device per Each
Item No. 620. Temporary Barrier per Linear Foot
Item No. 632. Changeable Message Sign, Portable per Each
Item No. 641. Temporary Guardrail Anchorage, Type 12 per Each
Item No. 647. Traffic Signal Installation, Temp Lump Sum
Item No. 647. Flashing Beacon Assembly, Structure Mounted per Each
Item No. 647. Flashing Beacon Assembly, Cable Supported per Each
62
AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT
WATER SYSTEM PROJECT - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
REVISED MARCH 19, 2004
WATER MAIN
ITEMS W 1A through W-31 - All piping line items shall be measured in linear feet and shall
include costs for piping and installation, trench excavation, trench box, dewatering, asphalt
cutting, normal joints and gaskets, normal backfill, pressure and leakage testing, pipe
sterilization, bacteriological testing, and flushing. No additional payment shall be made for
these items.
ITEM W-4 - Jack and bore line items shall be measured in linear feet and shall include costs
for casing piping, carrier piping, and installation, blasting, asphalt cutting, restrained joints
and gaskets, end seals, and normal backfill. No additional payment shall be made for these
items.
ITEM W-5 - Select backfill shall be measured in cubic yards and shall include costs for the
backfill and installation as well as all transportation and stockpiling charges. The volume of
material included shall be the actual measured "in- place" volume. The maximum trench
width used to calculate the volume will be 7 feet. No additional payment shall be made for
these items.
ITEM W-6 - Miscellaneous pipe fittings and connections shall be measured in pounds and
include costs for all fittings and installation including normal joints and gaskets, mechanical
joint restraint, etc., regardless of material. No additional payment shall be made for these
items.
ITEM W -7 - Transition couplings shall be measured individually (each) and shall include
costs for couplings, soil surface preparation, connection to water main, excavation,
asphalt /concrete cutting, installation, normal backfill, and testing. No additional payment
shall be made for these items.
ITEM W-8 - Fire hydrants shall be measured individually (each) and shall include costs for
hydrants, soil surface preparation, connection to water main, all associated valves and
fittings, concrete pad (if required), excavation, asphalt /concrete cutting, installation, normal
backfill, and testing. No additional payment shall be made for these items.
ITEMS W - 9A through W - All valve line items shall be measured individually (each) and
shall include costs for valves, valve boxes /vaults, manholes, valve extensions, excavation,
dewatering, asphalt /concrete cutting, all associated fittings, installation, normal backfill,
and testing. No additional payment shall be made for these items.
WATER MEASURE PMT 04 0319 (2) 1 OF 4
REVISED MARCH 19, 2004
ITEM W-13 - Tapping sleeve and valves shall be measured individually (each) and shall
include costs for sleeve, valve, associated hardware, valve boxes, temporary
plugging /draining of pipeline, excavation, dewatering, asphalt /concrete cutting,
installation, normal backfill, and testing. No additional payment shall be made for these
items.
ITEM W-14 - Check valves and vaults shall be measured individually (each) and shall
include costs for valves, valve boxes /vaults, manholes, valve extensions, excavation,
dewatering, asphalt /concrete cutting, all associated pipe and fittings, installation, normal
backfill, and testing. No additional payment shall be made for these items.
ITEM W -15 through W -16 - Long and short side water service connections shall be
measured individually (each) and shall include costs for piping, water meter connection,
dewatering, asphalt /concrete cutting (including service markings), installation, normal
backfill, and property restoration. This line item shall include the cost of reconnection of any
existing services, if required. No additional payment shall be made for these items.
ITEM W -17 - Polyethylene pipe wrap shall be measured in linear feet and shall include
costs for pipe wrap materials and installation. No additional payment shall be made for
these items.
ITEM W-18 - Tie -ins to existing lines shall be measured individually (each) and shall
include costs for piping, dewatering, asphalt/ concrete cutting, installation, normal backfill,
and property restoration. No additional payment shall be made for these items.
ITEM W -19 - All cut -in gate valves shall be measured individually (each) and shall include
costs for valves, valve boxes /vaults, manholes, valve extensions, excavation, dewatering,
asphalt /concrete cutting, all associated fittings, installation, normal backfill, and testing. No
additional payment shall be made for this item.
ITEM W -20 - Cut and plug existing water line shall be measured individually and shall
include all costs associated with cutting into an existing line and plugging it as detailed in
the plans and specifications. No additional payment shall be made for this item.
ITEM W-21 - Miscellaneous concrete shall be measured in cubic yards and shall include
costs for concrete, installation, excavation, dewatering, soil stabilization, pipe stabilization,
asphalt cutting, and normal backfill. No additional payment shall be made for these items
PAVEMENT STRUCTURES
ITEM P-1 - Asphalt overlay shall be measured in square yards and shall include costs for
asphalt materials and installation, temporary striping and permanent striping (replaced in
kind), and markers (both temporary and permanent). No additional payment shall be made
for these items.
ITEM P -2 - Aggregate base (10 /2" thick) and asphalt patch (2 thick) shall be measured in
square yards and shall include costs for all aggregates (regardless of type), 2 " graded
aggregate base removal and disposal, bituminous tack coat, asphalt, installation, excavation,
striping (both temporary and permanent), and markers (both temporary and permanent).
The square yardage calculation shall be based upon a standard width of seven (7) feet for
payment purposes. No additional payment shall be made for these items.
WATER MEASURE PMT 04 03 19 (2) 2 OF 4
REVISED MARCH 19, 2004
ITEM P -3 - Asphalt pavement leveling shall be measured in tons and shall include costs for
all asphalt (regardless of type) used to create a level road surface prior to asphalt overlay as
authorized by the project representative. The payment shall be based upon confirmed
delivery tickets. No additional payment shall be made for these items.
ITEM P4 - Milling shall be measured in square yards and shall include all materials, labor,
equipment, and material removal and disposal costs. No additional payment shall be made
for these items.
ITEMS P -5 through P-6 - Concrete sidewalk and driveways shall be measured in square
yards and shall include costs for existing sidewalk removal and disposal, 3000 psi concrete,
installation, site preparation, formwork, and finishing. Existing concrete shall be removed to
the nearest joint as directed by the project representative. No additional payment shall be
made for these items.
ITEM P -7 - Asphalt driveway replacement shall be measured in square yards and shall
include costs for existing asphalt removal and disposal, asphalt, installation, site
preparation. Existing asphalt shall be removed to the nearest joint as directed by the project
representative. No additional payment shall be made for these items.
ITEM P-8 - Curb and /or gutter placement shall be measured in linear feet and shall include
costs for existing curb and /or gutter removal and disposal, concrete, installation, site
preparation, formwork, and finishing. No additional payment shall be made for these items.
ITEM P -9 - Curb and gutter removal and replacement shall be measured in linear feet and
shall include costs for removal and disposal of existing concrete curb and gutter, concrete,
installation, site preparation, formwork, and finishing. No additional payment shall be
made for these items.
MISCELLANEOUS
ITEM M-1 - Flowable fill shall be measured in cubic yards and shall include costs for all
materials, labor, equipment, and excess materials. No additional payment shall be made for
these items.
ITEM M -2 - Rock excavation shall be measured in cubic yards and shall include costs for
blasting, Iabor, equipment, and material removal and disposal. No additional payment shall
be made for these items.
ITEM M -3 - Foundation backfill shall be measured in cubic yards and shall include costs for
the backfill and installation as well as all transportation and stockpiling charges. Quantities
shall be verified by trench volume calculation. No additional payment shall be made for
these items.
ITEM M-4 - Clearing and grubbing shall be measured in acres and shall include costs for
vegetation removal, stockpiling, disposal and any required permitting. No additional
payment shall be made for these items.
ITEM M -5 - Fence removal and replacement shall be measured in linear feet and shall
include all costs associated with removal and replacement of the existing fence with new
WATER MEASURE PMT 04 03 19 (2) 3 OF 4
REVISED MARCH 19, 2004
materials of like quality as necessary for water line installation. No additional payment
shall be made for these items.
LUMP SUM CONSTRUCTION
ITEM LS-1 - Lump sum construction includes, but is not limited to, the items described in
the bid schedule. No separate or additional payment shall be made for these items.
WATER MEASURE PMT 04 0319 (2) 4 OF 4
BASIS FOR DESIGN:
SECTION 14A
WATER DISTRIBUJTION SYSTEMS
Design shall conform to the requirements as set forth in "Minimum Standards for Public
Water" (latest version) as published by the Georgia Environmental Protection Division
(www.dnr.state.ga.us /dnr). A Professional Engineer registered in the State of Georgia
must prepare the plans and specifications.
There shall be no physical connection between a potable water supply and a questionable
water supply which would allow unsafe (contaminated) water to enter the potable water
system by direct pressure, vacuum, gravity or any other means.
Hydraulic designs shall be based upon pressure data applicable to the portion of the
service area, which will serve the proposed facility. Air release valves in vaults shall be
provided at all high points in the water main as required by the Utilities Director.
All water distribution systems shall be looped to the greatest extent ,possible. Water
mains shall have a minimum nominal inside diameter of 8 inches. 6 -inch mains will be
allowed in single- family residential subdivisions where the system is looped. Water
mains having an inside diameter of less than 6 inches will not normally be considered.
During construction when deviations from approved plans are desired, the Augusta
Utilities Department's Inspector shall be notified. Revised plans shall be submitted as
soon as possible to the Augusta Utilities Department for approval. Minor changes not
affecting capacities, flows or operation may be allowed in the field during construction
by the Utilities Department's Inspector. The Inspector shall have final authority as to
what constitutes a minor or major change. An approved set of Record Drawings clearly
showing any changes shall be submitted to the Augusta Utilities Department Inspector at
the completion of the work and prior to sign -off of the final plat.
The Contractor/Developer is responsible for verifying the exact location, size and
material of any existing water facility proposed for connection or use by the project.
All phases of construction must be completed in accordance with the Erosion and
Sedimentation Act 12 -7 -1 et seq., and no water main must be installed on or in close
proximity of an abandoned landfill site or any site used for waste disposal.
All work that occurs in the public right -of -way shall comply with the Augusta - Richmond
County Planning Commission "Development Documents" (latest version) and Public
Works Department's Right -of -Way Encroachment Guidelines (latest version), Any field
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
14 =1
changes that occur in the public right - of-way and are not specifically related to water or
sewer items shall be coordinated with the Public Works Department.
DESIGN STANDARDS FOR WATER MAINS:
14.1 COVER
14.1.1 Standard depth of cover is 4 feet below existing and proposed road surface (and
areas designed for normal traffic loading) unless otherwise approved by the
Augusta Utilities Department.
14.1.2 Minimum cover to finished grade over water mains shall be 36 inches. Minimum
cover under ditch bottoms shall be 24 inches. These must be approved by the
Augusta Utilities Department on a case -by -case basis.
14.2HORIZONTAL SEPARATION
14.2.1 Ten (10) feet to any existing or proposed sanitary sewer /force main, storm sewer
or sewer manhole (less than 10 feet requires pipe material to be Ductile Iron Pipe
(DIP) for both Water Main and Sewer/Force Main).
14,2.2 Fifteen (15) feet to buildings, top of bank of lakes /streams /creeks, other structures
(10 feet absolute minimum — only when unavoidable, and pipe material is
required to be DIP).
14.2.3 Ten (10) feet minimum separation to gas mains.
14.2.4 Ten (10) feet minimum to underground electric cable.
14,2.5 Current Georgia EPD separation requirements.
14.2.6 All separation distances above are edge to edge.
14,3 VERTICAL SEPARATION
14.3.1 Water main shall cross over other pipes,
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
14.3.2 Eighteen (18) inch minimum separation (edge to edge) between all pipes and
cables shall be maintained (6 inch absolute minimum separation with DIP) when
conforming to Georgia EPD separation requirements.
14.3.3 When water mains cross under sewers, additional measures shall be taken. At
least 18 inches of separation between the bottom of the sewer and the top of the
14 -2
water main shall be provided. Adequate structural support for the sewer to
prevent deflection or settling on the water main. The joint of water pipe shall be
centered at the crossing. Encasement of the water pipe in concrete shall also be
considered.
14.4 LAYOUT
14.4.1 Normal location of proposed water lines is on the north side of east -west streets,
and the east side of north -south streets.
14.4.2 For existing County roads, the proposed water line will generally be located five
(5) feet inside the right -of -way. For existing State roads, the proposed water line
must be located five (5) feet inside the right -of -way. Unusual circumstances may
warrant deviation. The location of the water line will be determined, also, by the
location of the existing lines to be tied into at the beginning and end of the
project.
14.4.3 For subdivisions, the proposed water line shall be located four' (4) feet from the
back of the curb. Where ditches are present beside the curb, refer to the Right -of-
Way Encroachment Guidelines (latest version) published by the Public Works
Department.
14.4.4 Wherever possible, avoid laying water line on the same side of the road as the gas
lines.
14.4.5 Water service lines for residential development shall be located at the center of
lot.
14.4.6 Dead ends shall be minimized by making appropriate tie -ins whenever practical.
Permanent dead ends will not be accepted unless unavoidable. Dead ends shall be
equipped with a fire hydrant. If, under special circumstances, where water lines
smaller than six (6) inches in diameter are accepted, an approved blowoff shall be
required for flushing purposes. A minimum of two 22-1/2-degree bends shall be
required on 6" and larger water lines in cul -de -sacs and shall be shown as such on
plans.
14.4.7 All water mains shall be placed in right -of -way areas or dedicated easements. All
easements shall allow adequate area to construct and maintain the water line and
appurtenances involved. Permanent easements shall be a minimum of 15 feet
wide with line installed in center of easement. Permanent easements shall be
provided as needed to serve adjacent property, even if the water line is not
installed at that time. If the line has not been installed to future serve adjacent
property, a larger easement than the minimum may be required to construct future
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
14 -3
14.5 WATER MAIN MATERIAL
line. Easement agreements shall be specific to state that no permanent structures
may be constructed within the limits of permanent easements.
Water mains shall be either ductile iron pipe (DIP), polyvinyl chloride (PVC), or
galvanized pipe as outlined below. Any pipe, solder and flux used during installation of
the water lines and services must be "lead- free" with not more than 8% lead in pipe and
fittings, and not more than 0.2% lead in solders and flux.
DTP shall be centrifugally cast and shall conform to AWWA C150 /ANSI A21.50 (latest
version) for design and AWWA C151 /ANSI A21.51 (latest version) for manufacture.
PVC pipe 6 inch to 12 inch diameter shall conform to AWWA C900 (latest version).
PVC pipe 14 inch to 36 inch diameter shall conform to AWWA C905 (latest version),
For water mains 6" through 16 ", DIP Pressure Class 350 shall be allowed. For water
mains 18" through 24 ", DIP Pressure Class 300 shall be allowed. PVC C900 (most
current date), Class 200, SDR -14 with cast iron equivalent O.D.s, gasket bell end with
elastomeric gaskets shall be allowed for water mains 6" through 10" (solvent weld joints
are not permitted). Galvanized pipe shall be seamless, American made, Schedule 80 and
shall conform with the ASTM Specifications. Flanged DIP shall have threaded ductile
iron flanges and shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C115 (latest version). All
flanges shall be Ductile Iron Class 150, ANSI B16.5 (latest version). Flanges shall be flat
faced and all joints shall use 1/8 inch black neoprene full -faced gaskets.
Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall have bituminous coating outside and shall be cement
lined in accordance with AWWA C104 /ANSI A21.4 (latest version). DIP shall have
1/16" cement mortar lining with rubber gasket push -on joints or mechanical joints.
Mechanical joint glands shall be ductile iron. Tee bolts and nuts shall be Cor -Ten steel.
Rubber gasket joints shall conform to AWWA C111/ANSI A21.11 (latest version), and
shall be furnished by the pipe manufacturer with the pipe. A non -toxic vegetable soap
Lubricant shall be supplied with the pipe in sufficient quantities for installing the pipe.
The lubricant shall be approved by NSF for use with potable water mains.
Pipe classes designated previously in this standard are minimum allowed. Actual pipe
class shall be determined based upon the installation and the use intended. Pipe shall be
appropriately labeled on the drawings. All PVC pipe for potable water service shall bear
the approved stamp of the National Sanitation Foundation. Copper wire (12 gauge, bare
single strand) shall be attached along the top of all buried PVC water lines, wrapped
around service corporations and stubbed up into all valves boxes for locating purposes.
14.5.1 DIP shall be required in the following circumstances:
14.5.1.1 Within 10 feet of sanitary and storm pipes.
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
14 -4
14.5.1.2 Within 15 feet of structures (near side of concrete footing), or top of bank
of lakes /strearns /creeks.
14.5.1.3 Crossings over or under sewers, gas and storm pipes with less than 18
inches separation, with no joint allowed within 10 feet of crossing.
14.5.1.4 Beneath all paved areas, excluding driveways or sidewalks.
14.5.1.5 Within project boundaries of subdivisions with private roads where the
Utilities Department will take over the line for operations and
maintenance.
14.5.1.6 Along all state right -of -ways.
14.5.2 The Utilities Director may mandate DIP in any instances of off -site or on -site
construction where future abuse to the line is possible due to location or
circumstances.
14.5.3 Restrained Joints shall be DIP as follows:
For 12 -inch and Smaller — Restrained joint shall be U.S. Pipe Field Lok, American
Ductile Iron Pipe Lok -Fast, EBAA Iron Mega -Lug, or an equivalent product.
For 14 -inch Diameter and Larger — Restrained joint shall be U.S. Pipe TR Flex,
American Ductile Iron Pipe Lok -Ring, or equivalent product.
If inserting in older cast iron pipe, the restrained joint shall be as approved by the
Augusta Utilities Department.
Retainer Glands/Mega -Lug shall not be considered a fitting.
The restraint method shall be suitable for the pipe size thickness and test pressure as
required for the specified design case, The plans shall indicate the restrained length of
pipe each side of the fittings.
14.5.4 Jack and Bore Installations:
Casing pipe used with jack and bore shall be in accordance with requirements of
the Georgia Department of Transportation (GDOT) or railway specifications and
Section 14C Excavation & Backfilling of these specifications. Carrier pipe shall
be restrained joint DIP as outlined in paragraph 14.5.3.
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
14 -5
Directional Bore Installations: Directional bores will be considered as a viable
alternative to jack and bore installation under Augusta- Richmond County
roadways. The Utilities Director will review each case for materials and
construction methods.
14.5.5 Mains may be tapped as long as the tapping line is smaller than the tapped line
unless otherwise approved by the Augusta Utilities Department. See Section 14.9
for service tap requirements. Equal size line connections approved by the
Augusta Utilities Department shall require that a tee be cut into the main where
possible. Tees are also required at locations dictated by the Utilities Director.
Tapped connections in pipe and fittings shall be rnade in such a manner as to
provide a watertight joint and adequate strength against pull -out.
Tapping Sleeves and Valve shall be ductile iron, mechanical joint. Tapping
sleeves and valves are required for all taps 4 inches and greater. Taps less than 4
inches shall be provided with a .service saddle meeting the requirements of
Section 14.9. Valves shall be provided on all taps. Tapping sleeves shall be a
minimum of 6 feet from pipe joints.
14.5.6 Schedule 40 PVC shall only be used as sleeves for the installation of service line
tubing under all pavement areas. Use in the water distribution system or other
areas are not acceptable.
14.5.7 Unspecified transitions from DIP to PVC are not allowed. Material for transition
shall be indicated and specified and must be approved by the Augusta Utilities
Department.
14.5,8 All construction material shall be first quality, not previously used. Repair
clamps are not acceptable. Damaged or faulty pipe and materials i'nust be
properly replaced. All gaskets shall be new. When connecting to existing valves
or fittings, gaskets shall be replaced, not reused.
14.5.9 The Engineer shall provide a complete set of shop drawings, which shall indicate
the Augusta Utilities Department's specific material requirements. In general,
material requirements will be guided by the latest versions of the specifications of
AWWA, ANSI, ASTM, and NSF.
14.6 WATER MAIN SIZE
The minimum size of water main shall be 6 inches unless otherwise approved by the
Utilities Director. However, a professional engineer shall justify the size of the pipes
with a hydraulic network analysis.
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
14 -6
The Utilities Director shall determine which mains are distribution or transmission.
The new water main shall have the ability to meet maximum daily demands plus fire flow
requirements as mandated by Georgia EPD "Minimum Standards for Public Water
Systems" (latest version) and the Augusta Fire Marshal. The residual design pressure
under all conditions shall not be less than 20 psi.
14,7 VALVES, FITTINGS AND APPURTENANCES
Valving of all water distribution systems shall be designed to facilitate the isolation of
each section of pipeline between intersections of the network. Generally, the number of
valves at an intersection shall be one less than the number of pipes forming the
intersection. Gate valves, 4 inches to 12 inches, shall be the resilient seat type
conforming to AWWA C509 (latest version). Valves larger than 12 inches shall be gear
operated butterfly valves, conforming to AWWA C504 (latest version). Wafer valves
shall not be accepted. Valves shall generally be installed at intervals of not more than
2,000 LF on transmission mains and on all primary branches connected to these mains.
Where possible, a valve shall be installed next to a fire hydrant for locating purposes. In
high density areas (25 dwelling units), valves shall be installed as necessary to minimize
the number of persons affected by a water main break.
Valves shall OPEN LEFT if installed south of Gordon Highway (SR 10), or OPEN
RIGHT if installed north of Gordon Highway. Valves shall be provided with valve stem
extensions to within 6 inches of ground surface, where centerline of pipe to grade is
greater than 4 feet.
Valve boxes shall be M &H E -2702, Mueller H10364 or approved equal. Each valve box
shall be slip -type to adjust for a minimum cover of 36" bury. The flanged base of the
valve box shall be at least six (6) inches above the pipe so not to stress water lines 4" and
smaller. Extension pieces will be required for additional depth over valves. Extensions
shall be M &H E -3120 or Mueller H- 10375. Covers shall have "WA I ER" cast on top.
All valves, bends, tees, crosses and dead ends shall be restrained by a mechanical
restraint systems as outlined in Paragraph 14.5.3., or by use of a concrete thrust block in
those instances that warrant such an installation. Thrust blocks shall be poured -in -place
concrete having a minimum compressive strength of 3,000 psi after 28 days of cure time.
Calculations for restrained joints shall be provided by the design engineer. Soil bearing
value shall be 2,000 psf maximum. Lower values shall be used when soil is poor quality.
All materials, fittings and appurtenances intended for use in pressure pipe systems shall
be designed and constructed for a minimum working pressure of 150 psi unless the
specific application dictates a higher working pressure requirement.
Standard pressure pipe fittings of size four (4) inch ID and larger shall be ductile iron
conforming to AWWA C153 (latest version), with mechanical joints unless flanged or
Augusta Utilities Department
September 2000
14 -7
Design Standards & Construction Specifications
restrained joints are required. Gray cast -iron fittings are not allowed. Ductile iron
fittings shall be cement lined in accordance with AWWA C104 (latest version).
Mechanical joint fittings, 24 inches and smaller shall be rated for 350 psi working
pressure. Flanged joint fittings 24 inches and smaller shall be rated for 250 psi working
pressure. All fittings 30 inches and larger shall be rated for 250 psi working pressure. For
sizes less than four (4) inch ID, fittings shall be suitable to the pipe material and
application. Glands for mechanical joint fittings shall be ductile iron, and tee bolts and
nuts shall be Cor -Ten steel. Only bolt systems furnished by the manufacturer for
mechanical joints are acceptable; nuts and bolts shall be new, not reused. Pipe gaskets
shall be new as supplied by the pipe manufacturer. All flanges shall be ductile iron Class
150, ANSI B1.6.5. All flanges shall be flat faced. Full face, 1/8 inch black neoprene
gaskets shall be used on all flanged joints. All joints shall conform to AWWA C111
( Iatest version), Bolts, nuts and washers for flanges shall be hot dip galvanized, except T-
bolts shall be Cor -Ten steel.
List of Specifications:
ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 -96 4 -1.03 -1996 or latest version
American National Standard for Ductile -Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water
ANSI/AWWA C150/A21.50 -96 1996 or latest version
American National Standard for Thickness Design of Ductile -Iron Pipe
ANSI/AWWA C115/A21.15 -94 1994 or latest version
American National Standard for Flanged Ductile -Iron Pipe With Threaded Flanges
ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11 -95 1995 or latest version
American National Standard for Rubber - Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and
Fittings
ANSI/AWWA C153-98 1998 or latest version
American National Standard for Ductile -Iron and Gray -Iron Fittings, 3 in. through 48 in.
(75 nun through 1200 mm), for Water and Other Liquids
ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4 -95 1995 or latest version
American National Standard for'Cement -Mortar Lining for Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings
for Water
14.8 FIRE HYDRANTS
Fire hydrants shall be provided in all water mains, transmission and distribution systems.
Accepted models are Mueller #A-24018, M &H Figure 29T AWWA Compression Type-
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
14 -8
Dry Top- Traffic Model 150 psi working pressure, 300 psi testing pressure. Kennedy K-
81 D will also be accepted. All fire hydrants shall be ordered safety yellow body with
white bonnet and caps. Fire hydrants shall be spaced such that the radius of protection
will not be more than 500 feet. In certain areas, closer spacing may be required by the
Fire Marshal.
Each hydrant shall be left turn opening and capable of delivering a flow of at least 500
gallons per minute with a residual design pressure of not less than 20 psi, or a higher flow
as required by the Fire Marshal. Multiple fire hydrants with looped mains and/or larger
main sizes may be required to provide water for higher flow demand. Flow tests shall be
performed to verify the specified fire flow demand.
Fire hydrants shall be of the dry barrel break -away type conforming to AWWA C502
(latest version), with two 2 V2 inches threaded hose nozzles and one 4 '/s inch threaded
pumper nozzle. Hose and pumper nozzle threading shall be national standard. Show
connection shall be 6 -inch mechanical joint. The center line of the nozzles shall be 18
inches above the finish grade. Hydrants shall have a 5 1 /a inch interior valve opening and
be restrained from hydrant to tee at the main. At the discretion of the Utilities Director,
additional protection for fire hydrants shall be provided including but not limited to
concrete filled ductile iron traffic posts.
Fire hydrant branches (from main to hydrant) shall be a minimum of 6 inches ID. Each
branch shall be provided with a resilient seat gate valve located as close as possible to the
r
main. Hydrants shall be located at or nea road right -of -way lines with pumper nozzle
pointing toward the road. A clear zone around all fire hydrants shall be adhered to,
consisting of a 5 foot radius around the hydrant and 7 feet above the top of the hydrant.
Maintain 15 feet minimum from hydrant to all structures. Placement of landscaping,
fencing, etc. shall be considered in order to meet this clear zone requirement.
List of Specifications:
ANSI/AWWA C500 -93 1993 or latest version
Metal- Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service (includes addendum C500a -95
ANSIJAWWA C502 -94 1994 or latest version
Dry - Barrel Fire Hydrants (includes addendum C502a -95)
ANSI/AWWA C503 -97 1997 or latest version
Wet - Barrel Fire Hydrants
ANSI/AWWA C504 -94 1994 or latest version
Rubber - Sealed Butterfly Valves
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
14 -9
ANSI/AWWA C507 -99 1- DEC -1999 or latest version
Ball Valves 6 in. through 48 in. (150 mm through 1200 mm)
ANSIIAWWA C508 -93 1993 or latest version
Swing -Check Valves for Waterworks Service, 2 in. (50mm) Through 24 in. (600rnm)
NPS (includes addendum C508a -93
ANSIIAWWA C509 -94 1994 or latest version
Resilient- Seated Gate Valves for Water- Supply Service (includes addendum C509a -95)
ANSVAWWA C550 -90 1990 or latest version
Protective Epoxy Interior Coating for Valves and Hydrants
14,9 WATER SERVICE LINES AND TAPS
Tapping sleeves and tapping crosses shall be of a heavy body ductile iron, mechanical
joint suitable for a working pressure of 150 psi for sleeves and crosses larger than 14 -inch
(200 psi for sleeves and crosses equal to or less than 14- inch), as approved by the
Augusta Utilities Department.
No direct service taps shall be allowed. All service line taps shall be supplied with
cciporation stops. Service line tubing shall be rolled of soft continuous and seamless
copper Type K conforming to AWWA C800 and ASTM B -88 (latest version).
Corporation Stops and Main Connectors:
3/4" FB600 — 3 Ford or Equal
1" FB600 — 4 Ford or Equal
Taper Thread Inlet by Flare Copper Outlet
Eighth Bends:
3 /" LA02 — 33 Flare 1/8 Bend
3 /4" LA04 -- 33 Compression 1/8 Bend
1" LA02 — 44 Flare 1/8 Bend
1" LA04 — 44 Compression 1/8 Bend
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
Minimum size for residential use shall be one (1) inch. The service line shall be laid in a
straight line and be of a continuous piece of pipe from corporation to curb cock. The
curb cock shall be located 6 inches behind and 8 inches below the top of new curb or
edge of asphalt. Where service connects to DIP or any pressure -rated pipe, service
saddles must be used. Brass double strap tapping saddles shall be used. U -bolt type
straps are not acceptable. All water service taps on the main shall be spaced at a
14-10
minimum distance of 18 inches apart and a minimum of 18 inches from a bell or fitting.
If two or more taps are required at a minimum spacing, they shall be offset 45
alternatively. Services greater than one (1) inch shall be seamless galvanized. 2"
services shall have two 2" 90- degree galvanized elbows per Augusta Utilities' 2 Inch
Water Service detail.
Services shall not exceed over 100 feet from the main to the meter. Where possible,
meter shall be placed in unpaved area as close to the water main as possible.
14.10 METER INSTALLATION
The Contractor/Developer shall furnish and install an approved meter box at the
termination point of all water services, and maintain until such time as a meter is
installed. Meters will be installed by Augusta Utilities Department at the time services is
required at the stub -out. Each unit within a residential building (i.e., duplex, triplex, etc.)
shall have a separate meter, unless prior approval is received by the Utilities Director.
The proper sizing of service lines is the responsibility of the design engineer. Meters will
be available in the following sizes only: 5/8 x 3/4, 1, 1'/2, 2, 3, 4 -inch, and larger standard
sizes as necessary. Meter boxes for 1 lh inch and smaller meters are standard. 2 -inch and
larger shall be installed in a meter vault. The Augusta Utilities Department reserves the
right to request historical data for meter sizing.
Meter boxes shall be Rome type, 10" x 19" x 10" cast iron box and lid. The top shall
have cast ribs on the bottom side with four (4) legs to prevent sliding movement. The
box shall have a minimum weight of 37 lbs., for meters 1 '/z inch or smaller. Meter and
curb stop shall be fully encased by the meter box. Meter vaults (for meters 2 inch and
larger) shall be fabricated of masonry block or pre -cast reinforced concrete using 3,000
psi concrete and #4 rebar. The access hatch shall be made of heavy duty aluminum, and
shall be hinged and Iockable. The hatch shall be large enough for removal of the meter
but no smaller than 48" x 36 ". Wall dimensions shall allow 2 feet of working clearance.
Vault floors shall be no less than 4 inches thick with 3,000 psi concrete and #4 rebar,
with the meter located no less than 18 inches off the floor.
The Augusta Utilities Department assumes no responsibility for undersized meters and
problems associated with it. All meters will be provided and installed by the Augusta
Utilities Department. The meters remain the property of the Augusta Utilities
Department.
Meters should generally be placed 18 inches inside the adjacent utility easement that
parallels the right -of -way. Where sidewalk, two feet of clearance is required between the
customer's side of the sidewalk edge and the meter box. In developments where the
property line is not clearly defined (e.g., condominiums) the meter should be placed for
ready access as approved by the Augusta Utilities Department. Meter and control valves
shall be accessible and unobstructed for 4 feet in all directions. This shall include but not
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
14 -11
14,11 BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICES
Type and size of assemblies shall be indicated on the drawings.
14 -12
be limited to transformers, telephone junction boxes, walls, trees, etc. Meters shall not be
placed in areas that can be fenced, such as backyard. Meter boxes shall not be placed in
any asphalt or concrete surfaced areas (sidewalks, driveways, curbs, etc.) unless approved
in writing by Augusta Utilities. For shopping centers, the developer's engineer should
give special consideration to meter layout so as to satisfy these requirements. When no
alternative is available but to locate in asphalt, the top of box shall be flush with the
asphalt surface. Meters shall not be located in low areas that normally receive storm
water. The box shall also be located outside of parking stalls. The box and lid should be
traffic bearing, but located outside of a commonly trafficked area.
Backflow prevention devices shall be provided, as required by the Utilities Director and
as set forth in these Standards. All irrigation systems, water services and fire lines for
industrial/office /commercial, schools, mobile home parks, multi - family residences and
any other locations as determined by the Utilities Director shall require suitable backflow
prevention assemblies on the customer side of service lines (domestic, irrigation, and
fire). Backflow devices shall be tested by a certified person and the results furnished to
the Augusta Utilities Department prior to any water use. Residential development shall
install a "Dual Check" Backflow Device on the customer's side of service line at the
point of tie -in to the water meter. The plumber or builder tying service into the set teeter
will submit the test results for the backflow prevention device to the Augusta Utilities
Department's Inspector prior to acceptance and any water use.
Backflow prevention device assemblies shall be the latest approved product of a
manufacturer regularly engaged in the production of this type equipment. All assemblies
shall be as approved by the America Society of Sanitary Engineering (ASSE), The
American National Standards Institute (ANSI), The American Water Works Association
(AWWA), Foundation for Cross Connection Control and Hydraulic Research of the
University of Southern California, and the Georgia State Plumbing Code.
Backflow prevention device ownership and maintenance responsibilities shall be as set
forth in the appropriate ordinances. The Owner shall document yearly that the backflow
prevention device has been tested annually by a qualified technician. A copy of the
technician's certification must be attached to the test results and submitted to the Augusta
Utilities Director. Engineer must comply with the Augusta Utilities Department Policies
and Procedures for Backflow Prevention by Containment ( Iatest version). A copy of this
manual is available upon request.
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
List of Specifications:
ANSI/AWWA C510 -97 1997 or latest version
Double Check Valve Backflow - Prevention Assembly
ANSI/AWWA C511 -97 1997 or latest version
Reduced - Pressure Principle Backflow- Prevention Assembly
14.12 SYSTEM PRESSURES
The design engineer shall not assume a pressure greater than 35 psi at the meter of
detector check valve without confirmation from the Augusta Utilities Department. The
design engineer, if possible, should field verify the available pressures prior to finalizing
their design. The Augusta Utilities Department does not guarantee or warrant any
pressure or flow above what the system can furnish. Augusta Utilities reserves the right
to limit water usage for irrigation in the event of drought, or requirement by the Georgia
EPD.
14.13 FIRE LINES
All fire lines shall have a detector check valve with a 5/8 inch by -pass meter (to detect
low flows) within the right -of -way or dedicated easement. No exceptions to the by -pass
meter requirement shall be made regardless of sprinkler system type, configuration, etc.
CONSTRUCTION:
14.14 WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM INSTALLATION
Authorization must be obtained from the Augusta Utilities Department to construct, alter
or modify a water line. Construction of water infrastructure will be authorized by the
Utilities Department upon approval of submitted plans and notification of the Augusta
Utilities Department at least 24 hours prior to starting construction (706- 772 - 5503).
Where water Iines will encroach public right -of -way, a Right -of -Way Encroachment
Permit approved by the Public Works Department is required prior to construction. A
Right -of -Way Encroachment Permit application is available through the Public Works
Department (706 - 821 - 1706).
Installation of water mains and associated appurtenances shall be in accordance with
current AWWA specifications and manufacturer's requirements for the specific product.
Loading or unloading and storage of pipe, fittings, valves, etc. shall be done such that to
avoid damage. The interior of all pipe, fittings, valves, etc. shall be kept free of dirt and
foreign matter at all times. All piping shall be placed in a dry, trench with a stable
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
14 -13
bottom. Wet trench, installation shall be allowed only upon written approval of the
Utilities Director.
Mechanical restraint systems shall be required at each fitting involving a change of
direction and as specified in the approved plans. Concrete thrust blocks will be allowed
in lieu of mechanical restraint systems.
BackfiIl shall be free of boulders and debris, and shall comform to Georgia Department
of Transportation Specifications, Sharp or rocky material encountered in the base shall
be replaced with proper bedding. Pipe shall be laid on line and grade as designed. Pipe
joints, gravity blocks, service connections, and conflicts shall be left exposed until
visually inspected and approved by the Augusta Utilities Department's Inspector.
Fire hydrants shall be installed true and plumb with the center of the pumper nozzle
facing toward the road. Hydrants shall not be placed in the sidewalk. The engineer will
be responsible for moving hydrants placed in sidewalks.
All valves shall be placed according to plans. Valve stems shall be installed plumb.
Valve stem extensions are required as described in Section 14.7. Air relief valves shall
be installed at all high points in the water main where air can collect, as shown on the
plans or as directed by Augusta Utilities.
List of Specifications:
ANSI/AWWA C600 -93 1993 or latest version
Installation of Ductile -Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances
ANSI/AWWA C605 -94 30 -JAN -1994 or latest version
Underground Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fittings for
Water
ANSI/AWWA C512 -92 1992 or latest version
Air Release, Air/Vacuum and Combination Air Valves for Water Works Service
14.14.2 Pipe Laying (General): The interior of the pipe shall be clean and joint
surfaces wiped clean and dry when the pipe is lowered into trench. Lower each
pipe, fitting and valve into the trench carefully and lay true to line and without
objectionable breaks in grade. The depth of cover below finished grade shall be
14.14.1 Handling and Storing of Materials: Unload pipe so as to avoid
deformation or other injury thereto. Place no pipe within pipe of a larger size.
Store pipe and fittings on sills above storm drainage level and deliver for laying
after the trench is excavated. Valves shall be drained and so stored as to protect
them from freezing,
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
14 -14
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
not less than 3 feet, or as shown on the drawings. Give all pipes a uniform
bearing on the trench bottom. Allow no trench water or dirt to enter the pipe after
laying. Insert a watertight plug in the open end of the piping when pipe laying is
not in progress.
14.14.3 Boring and Jacking: Where required by the drawings, the water line will
be installed in a steel casing, placed by boring and jacking. Where boring is
required under highways or city /county roads, the materials and workmanship
will be in accordance with the standards of the Georgia Department of
Transportation or local authority. Boring and jacking under railroads will be
governed by the latest A.R.E.A. Standards, Part 5, "Pipelines" and those of the
railroad involved.
14.14.3.1 Casing Pipe: The casing pipe shall conform to the materials standard of
ASTM Designation A252, with minimum wall thickness of 0.219 inch. Steel pipe
will have a minimum yield strength of 35,000 psi. Casing pipe shall be joined
together with welded joints.
14.14.3.2 Carrier Pipe: The carrier pipe shall be ductile iron as specified herein,
14.14.3.3 Installation: The steel casing shall be installed by the "Dry Bore and Jack"
method. If voids develop or if the bored hole diameter is greater than the outside
diameter of the pipe by more than approximately 1 inch, remedial measures will
be taken as approved by the Engineer.
When installing water line through casing, Contractor shall use mechanical joint
pipe with retained glands through length of casing. The water main shall be
strapped to 8 foot long treated wooden skids with metal straps throughout length
of casing. The ends of the casing shall be sealed with brick and mortar.
14.14.4 Reaction Blocking: All plugs, caps, tees, bends and other fittings shall be
provided with adequate reaction blocking as shown on the drawings. Reaction
blocking shall be made to bear directly against the undisturbed trench wall.
Where trench conditions are, in the opinion of the Engineer, unsuitable for
reaction blocking, the Contractor shall provide tied joints to adequately anchor the
piping as shown on the drawings. All the rods and clamps shall be given a
bituminous protective coating.
14A4.5 Pressure and Leakage Testing: Before any work will be accepted for
payment, the Contractor will fill the piping with water, open outlet as necessary
for expelling the entrapped air. No fire hydrant shall be opened full force during
charging operations. Thereafter, furnish the necessary equipment and test the
piping under the supervision of the Engineer for a period of at least 2 hours at not
less than 1.25 times the design pressure in pounds per square inch, based upon the
highest elevation of the section under test. Pressure testing shall be in accordance
with the latest AWWA Standard C600, Section 4.1. at 1.5 times the working
pressure at the point of testing. Inspect all joints, and remedy to the satisfaction
of the Engineer any defects discovered. Continue the test until all visible leaks
have been eliminated from the part of the system under test, and the pressure
14-15
remains constant with a maximum pressure drop of 5 psi for the duration of the
test.
Immediately following the pressure test, and before any work will be accepted for
payment, the Contractor shall perform a leakage test. Leakage is defined as the
quantity of water to be supplied into the newly laid pipe, or any valved section
thereof necessary to maintain the specified leakage test filled with water to within
5 psi of the test pressure. No pipe installation will be accepted until the leakage is
less than the number of gallons per hour as determined by the formula:
L = Allowable L - 3 leakage in gallons per hour.
S = The length of pipe in the section tested.
D = The nominal diameter of the pipe in inches.
P = The average test pressure during the leakage test in pounds per
square inch gauge.
The leakage test shall be conducted in accordance with AWWA Standard C-600,
Section 4.1 (latest version).
14.14.6 Connection to Existing System: All connections to existing mains shall be
made under the direct supervision of the Augusta Utilities Department's
Inspector. Valves on existing mains shall be operated by or under direct
supervision of Augusta Utilities Department personnel. Tapping sleeves and
valves shall be pressure tested prior to tapping. If service to existing customers
must be cut off, the Augusta Utilities Department shall be notified at least three
(3) days in advance to make necessary notifications. The Contractor shall
disinfect and secure appropriate Utilities Department clearances and samples for
any service interruptions which occur as a result of a Contract request for shut
down or error. The clearances shall be obtained within 72 hours of reactivation.
If cut -off of service is required, the Contractor shall be ready to proceed with as
much material pre - assembled as possible at the site to minimize the length of
service interruption. Augusta Utilities reserves the right to postpone service cut-
off if, in the opinion of the Utilities Director, the Contractor is not ready to
proceed on schedule. No customer should be without water for more than four (4)
hours. The Owner/Developer shall arrange for temporary services to Customer if
water will be shut off for more than four hours.
Local chlorination will be required for all pipe and fittings used to complete
connections with the potable water system. Tapping sleeves and valves shall be
chlorinated in accordance with AWWA requirements. All wet taps shall be
witnessed by the Augusta Utilities Department's Inspector.
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
14 -16
14.15 CLEANING AND FLUSHING
Upon completion of installation, the mains shall be flushed and the water disposed of
without creating a nuisance. Flushing must achieve a minimum water velocity of 2.5 fps
in all portions of the pipe. The duration of the flushing will be determined by the
Augusta Utilities Department's Inspector. If, in the opinion of the Augusta Utilities
Department's Inspector, there is insufficient water available for proper flushing, .the
Contractor shall clean the lines by pigging. No flushing or cleaning shall take place
without an Augusta Utilities representative present. The existing mains that the new
mains are connected to may be required to be flushed under the direction of the Augusta
Utilities Department when service is restored.
19.16 TESTING AND DISINFECTION
All water mains shall be leak tested. The Contractor/Developer shall provide all
equipment, materials and labor necessary for pressure and leak testing. This test must be
observed by an Augusta Utilities Department representative and the design engineer. A
pumping pressure of 200 psi must be supplied at the expense of the
Contractor/Developer. The main tested shall either be isolated from active potable lines
or protected from leakage by a double valve arrangement. All water used for pressure
testing must be potable water with an adequate chlorine residual. Water lines shall be
tested by valve sections. Maximum allowable leakage shall be as determined in
accordance with current AWWA specifications. The standard duration of test is four (4)
hours. Testing procedures shall meet or exceed AWWA C600 (latest version)
requirements. Any portions of the main which fail the test shall be replaced or adjusted
until the entire new main passes the test criteria. The pressure and leakage test shall be
done concurrently.
Augusta Utilities shall be notified at least 24 hours in advance to schedule bacteriological
testing of water mains. The Contractor shall replace or adjust components of the pipeline
which fail the test. CIearance is required from the Utilities Department before the
Augusta Utilities Department will allow the main to be put into service.
All piping complete with fittings and appurtenances shall be sterilized as specified in the
applicable sections of AWWA Specification C651 (latest version) "Disinfecting Water
Mains." Piping and appurtenances shall be thoroughly flushed then chlorinated with not
less than fifty parts per million (50 ppm). Calcium hypochlorite can be used. Water from
the existing distribution system or other source of supply should be controlled so as to
flow slowly into the newly laid pipeline during the application of chlorine. The solution
should be retained in the pipeline for not less than 24 hours and a chlorine residual of 10
ppm should be available at this time. The system shall then be flushed with potable water
and the sampling program started. Sampling taps and chlorinated water used for
disinfection shall be flushed to a location that will not damage property, persons, etc., and
shall be provided by the Contractor/Developer at the expense of the
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
14 -17
Contractor/Developer. The provisions of this paragraph apply equally to new pipe and
fittings and to existing pipelines into which connections have been made or which may
have been otherwise disturbed to the extent that contamination may have occurred. All
requirements of the health authorities shall be observed in executing this work, The
disposal of heavily chlorinated water (following disinfection) must be accomplished in
accordance with the latest editions of the AV/WA Standard C651 and the EPD's
Minimum Standards for Public Water Systems.
Two or more successive sets of samples, taken at 24 hour intervals and tested by a State
approved private lab, shall indicate bacteriologically satisfactory water and the results
submitted to the Engineer.
14.17 WATER/SEWER SEPARATION:
A 10 foot horizontal separation shall be maintained between water and sewer lines.
Where the horizontal separation cannot be met or where water and sewer lines must
cross, an 18 inch vertical separation, water over sewer must be maintained. Where the
above conditions cannot be met, water and sewer lines shall be cast iron or ductile iron
pipe with joints staggered such that maximum separation between joints exists. The
water line shall be installed over the sewer line.
14.18 AS -BUILT DRAWINGS:
As the work progresses, record on one set of utility drawings all changes and deviations
from the contract drawings in sizes, lines or grade. Record also the exact final location of
water lines by offset distances to surface improvements such as edge of existing
pavement or to property lines, etc, at a maximum interval of 200 feet. Make sufficient
measurements to locate definitely all water lines etc., to permanent points. The drawings
will show references to all valves, fittings, pipe brand changes, etc. Transfer accurately
all such records in red pencil to white prints of the utility drawings and deliver them to
the Engineer with monthly payment estimate.
14.19 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT:
Payment will be made only for elements in place and tested as follows:
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
1. Pipelines will be paid for at the unit contract price, per linear foot, for each
size, type and class installed, complete, including fittings. No deduction
will be made for the laying length of valves and fittings installed within
pipelines.
14- 1 8
2. Valves will be paid for at the unit contract price for each size and type
installed. Payment therefore will include box or vault as shown on the
plans.
3. Fire hydrants will be paid for at the unit contract price for each size
installed, complete with the lead piping, valve, and main tee, in place as
shown on the plans.
4. Service lines will be paid for at the unit contract price for each size and type
installed, complete as shown on the plans.
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
14 -19
BASIS FOR DESIGN:
SECTION 14B
SANITARY SEWER SYSTEMS
A Professional Engineer registered in the State of Georgia must prepare the plans and
specifications. Design must conform to the requirements set forth in "Recommended
Standards for Wastewater Facilities" (latest version) published by the Great Lakes -Upper
Mississippi River Board of State and Provincial Public Health and Environmental
Managers, and follow EPD guidelines.
Before a sewer is designed, the area to be served should be studied for the purpose of
estimating the type and quantity of flow to be handled. Design should be considered for
the ultimate tributary population. Consideration should be given to the maximum
anticipated capacity of institutions, industrial parks, etc. Where future relief sewers are
planned, economic analysis of alternatives should accompany initial permit application.
Design should be based on peak sewage flows plus the anticipated maximum
infiltration/inflow Levels under normal open channel flow conditions.
All food service operations are required to install, operate, clean, and maintain a
sufficiently sized oil and grease separator (grease trap) to prevent obstruction or
interference with the proper operation of the sanitary sewer collection system and
treatment plants.
All existing waterworks units, including basins, wells, and treatment units, located within
200 feet of a proposed sewer shall be shown on the engineering plans. Soil conditions
within this 200 feet of waterworks shall be determined and shown on the plans.
A professional engineer shall determine force main size, after a study has been completed
of the surrounding area with regards to the proposed construction and potential future
construction. A minimum velocity of 2 fps within a force main shall be acceptable for
prevention of solids settling.
No sanitary sewer lines less than eight (8) inches in diameter may be installed. Sanitary
laterals with clean -outs shall be installed at ALL service tie -ins to the system.
During construction when deviations from approved plans affecting capacity, flow, or
operation are desired, the Augusta Utilities Department's Inspector shall be notified.
Revised plans shall be submitted as soon as possible to the Augusta Utilities Department
for approval. Minor changes not affecting capacities, flows or operation may be allowed
in the field during construction by the Utilities Department's Inspector, The Inspector
shall have final authority as to what constitutes a minor or major change. An approved
set of Record Drawings clearly showing any changes shall be submitted to the Augusta
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
14 -20
Utilities Department Inspector at the completion of the work and prior to sign -off of the
final plat.
The Contractor/Developer is responsible for verifying the exact location, size and
material of any existing sewer facility proposed for connection or use by the project.
DESIGN STANDARDS FOR SANITARY SEWER LINES:
14.20 COVER
14.20.1Minimum cover to finished grade over sanitary sewer shall be four (4) feet.
14.20.2Maximum cover shall be 20 feet unless otherwise approved by the Augusta
Utilities Department.
14.21HORIZONTAL SEPARATION
14.21.1Ten (10) feet to water lines and storm sewer lines.
14.21.2Fifteen (15) feet to buildings, top of bank of lakes /streams /creeks, other structures
(10 feet absolute minimum — only when unavoidable, and pipe material is
required to be DIP).
14.21.3Ten (10) feet minimum separation to gas mains.
14.21.4Ten (10) feet minimum to underground electric cable.
14.21.5A11 separation distances above are edge to edge.
14.22VERTICAL SEPARATION
Eighteen (18) inch minimum separation (edge to edge) between all pipes and cables shall
be maintained (6 inch absolute minimum separation with DIP)
14.23LAYOUT
14.23.1Sanitary sewer easements shall be a minimum of twenty (20) feet wide with the
sewer line centered in the easement.
14.23.21ndividual sewer services shall be a minimum of six (6) inches in diameter and
shall extend from the main and terminate with a clean-out constructed at the edge
of right -of -way. If the main is installed outside of the right -of -way, the services
with clean -outs shall terminate at the edge of the permanent easement, All lines
eight (8) inches in diameter and larger shall terminate in a manhole. Sewer lines
installed parallel to lakes /streams /creeks shall be designed to leave a 25 -foot
undisturbed buffer along the edge of the bank. The required service lateral with
clean -out shall be inspected by the Augusta Utilities Inspector prior to physical
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
14 -21
tie -in of private service line. The use of donuts or tying into the stack pipe of the
clean -out is strictly prohibited.
14.23.3Under no circumstances shall house sewer services and water services be laid in
the same trench.
14.23.4A11 sewers shall be designed and constructed to give a mean velocity of 2.0 feet
per second, when flowing full, based on Manning's formula using an "n' of 0.014.
The following are the minimum slope that should be provided; however, slopes
greater than these are desirable.
Minimum Slope in Feet
Size (inches) Per 100 Feet
8 0.40
10 0.28
12 0.22
14 0.17
15 0.15
16 0.14
18 0.12
21 0.10
24 0;08
27 0.067
30 0.058
33 0.052
36 0.046
39 0.041
42 0.037
Where velocities greater than 10 feet per second are attained, special
provision shall be made to protect against displacement by erosion and
impact.
14.23.5The maximum slope for a sanitary sewer line shall be 20 %. All 20% sewers shall
be DIP with concrete collar walls at every joint or alternate restraining system
provided by design engineer. Slopes less than 20% are preferred. If steep slope is
necessary, the Augusta Utilities Department Engineer must approve the design.
14.23.6Buoyancy of sewers shall be considered and flotation of the pipe shall be
prevented with appropriate construction where high groundwater conditions are
anticipated.
14.23.7Manhole spacing shall not exceed 400 LF for sewers 15 inches in diameter or
smaller, and 500 feet for sewers 18 inches to 30 inches.
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
14 -22
14.23.SManholes shall be located at the junction of sewers and at changes in grade, pipe
size, or alignment. They shall also be installed at all intersections. Sanitary sewer
manholes should not be located where surface water drain into them. When this is
not possible, a watertight cover shall be specified. For this purpose, and also for
assisting in locating manholes across country, the rims shall be set above grade.
14.23.9A drop manhole shall be provided for a sewer entering a manhole at an elevation
of 24 inches or more above the manhole invert. Where the difference in elevation
between the incoming sewer and the manhole invert is less than 24 inches the
invert shall be filleted to prevent solids deposition.
14.23.10Minimum angle between influent and effluent sanitary sewer lines at a manhole
shall be ninety (90) degrees.
14.23.11Both vertical and horizontal alignments shall be reviewed with the Augusta
Utilities Department prior to finalization.
14.23.12A11 pipes crossing proposed sanitary sewer lines shall be shown as conflicts in
plan and profile views on the sanitary sewer plan sheets (not on detail sheets).
Crossings shall be designated by a letter (A, B, C, etc...) and include information
regarding top of pipe and bottom of pipe elevations. Contact the Augusta Utilities
Department for an example. The de sign engineer is responsible for identifying all
conflicts.
14.23.13Where indicated on the plans, pipe stub -outs for the connection of future sewers
shall be provided during the construction of new manholes. Each stub -out shall
be plugged in the bell end of the stub -out with plug approved by Augusta
Utilities.
14.24SANITARY SEWER MATERIAL
Pipe for sanitary sewers shall be polyvinyl chloride (PVC) or ductile iron pipe (DIP) as
outlined below. However, DIP is considered a remedial measure for special applications
only. Standard pipe lengths not greater than 20 feet shall be used. Force main pipe shall
be of approved C900 -CL200 water pipe.
PVC pipe shall be manufactured from virgin resin conforming to ASTM D -3034 (latest
version) with minimum classification of SDR -35. DIP shall be epoxy -lined and conform
to AWWA C151/ANSI A21.51 (latest version). Design methods shall conform to
AWWA C 150 /ANSI A21.50 (latest version). DIP shall be Class 350 for 12" and smaller.
All fittings shall be of the same quality and material as the pipe to be used. Pipe classes
shall be determined based upon the installation and the use intended. Pipe shall be
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
14 -23
appropriately labeled on the drawings. WYE fittings shall be utilized. TEE fittings and
saddles shall not be allowed. All DIP fittings shall be ductile iron or cast iron.
Aerial pipe shall be mechanical joint DIP or continuous weld, wrapped and coated steel
pipe. Piers shall be placed at every joint directly behind the bell. Site conditions may
dictate construction utilizing more stringent requirements than indicated in the standard
detail. Anchor collars shall be constructed on the pipe whenever pipe grade is 20% or
greater. Restrainers may be used in lieu of collars when a particular brand and method
are determined equivalent.
14.24.1 DJP shall be required in the following circumstances:
14.24.1.1When sanitary sewer line has less than four (4) feet of cover. Minimum depth
of DIP is two (2) feet.
14.24.1.2When a sanitary sewer line cross over storm pipe (Must be one joint of DIP
centered on the crossing)
14.24.1.3When a sanitary sewer line passes laterally within one (1) foot of a storm sewer
line (Must be one joint of DIP centered on the crossing).
14.24.1.4When a sanitary sewer line is to have in excess of eighteen (18) feet of fill.
14.24.1.5When a sanitary sewer line is at the maximum slope of 20 %.
14.24.1.6For Iast joint of pipe at all drop manholes greater than three (3) feet.
14.24.1.7When a sanitary sewer is less than six (6) feet under a street.
14.24.1.8The Utilities Director may mandate DIP in any instances of off -site or on -site
construction where future abuse to the line is possible due to location or circumstances,
extensive length under pavement, or in private property away from right-of-way areas.
14.24.2 PVC shall be jointed with a rubber gasket and shall conform to ASTM F477
(latest version) and manufacturer's recommendations. Solvent weld is
prohibited. DIP shall be of the bell and spigot type with push -on joints
conforming to ANSI A21.11 (latest version) or mechanical joints.
14.24.3 Sewer Pipe Bedding:
Bedding requirements shall apply to sanitary sewer lines only. They are
not to be considered minimum bedding requirements and as such, do not
relieve the Engineer /Contractor of the responsibility to provide any
additional bedding necessary for proper construction .
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
14 -24
Bedding shall be carefully placed along the full width of the trench so that
the pipe is true to line and grade of the pipe barrel. Bell holes shall be
provided so as to relieve pipe bells of all load, but small enough to ensure
that support is provided throughout the length of pipe. Crushed stone
embedment material shall conform to ASTM C33, Graduation #67 (3/4"
to #4). Bedding material shall be placed underneath and be carried up the
sides of the pipe as specified below.
Class B Bedding shall be performed by first undercutting the trench an
adequate amount to provide bedding under the pipe bell. The trench shall
then be brought to grade with compacted crushed stone as specified above
for the full width of the trench. The bedding material shall be placed in
the zone four (4) inches below the pipe and the pipe laid to line and grade
and backfilled with compacted crushed stone placed the full width of the
trench up to one -half the outside diameter of the pipe. Select backfill
placed in six (6) inch layers and compacted shall be the backfill from the
springline of pipe to 18 inches above the pipe. A minimum Class B
Bedding shall be used for all plastic pipes.
Class C Bedding shall be performed by first undercutting the trench an
adequate amount to provide bedding under the pipe bell. The trench shall
then be brought to grade with compacted crushed stone as specified above
for the full width of the trench. The bedding material shall be placed in
the zone four (4) inches below the pipe and the pipe laid to line and grade
and backfilled with compacted crushed stone placed the full width of the
trench up to one - fourth the outside diameter of the pipe. Select backfill
placed in six (6) inch layers and compacted shall be the backfill from the
bedding material to 18 inches above the pipe. A minimum Class C
Bedding shall be used for all ductile iron pipes.
14.24.4 Jack and Bore Installations:
Casing pipe used with jack and bore shall be in accordance with requirements of
the Georgia Department of Transportation (GDOT) or railway specifications.
14.24.5 New sewers shall be tied -in to the existing sewers at locations indicated on
the plans. No lines smaller than six (6) inches shall be tied to a sewer line or
manhole. All tie -ins to existing manholes shall be cored. The Contractor shall be
responsible for maintaining uninterrupted service of the sanitary sewer during tie -
in operations. No connection to existing sanitary sewer shall be allowed until the
proposed sewer line is inspected and approved by the Augusta Utilities
Department's Inspector.
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
14 -25
14.24.6 Side sewers shall be installed where shown on the plans. A side sewer
consists of a sewer extending from a connection to the street or main sewer to its
connection to the house sewer or other point. For new 8" through 12" diameter
sewers, the side sewer connection shall be constructed with a wye fitting in the
street sewer with a 45- degree elbow. For new 15" and larger pipes, or existing
sewers, the connection shall be made by machine made tap and suitable saddle,
unless otherwise approved by the Augusta. Utilities Department.
Belled pipe shall be laid with the bell end up grade and in general, all pipe laying
shall start and proceed up grade from the point of connection at the street sewer or
other starting point. Pipe shall be laid in a straight line at a uniform grade
between fittings or on a uniform horizontal or vertical curvature achieved by
deflecting the pipe joints within the manufacturer's recommended limits. The
maximum deflection permissible at any one fitting shall not exceed 45 degrees.
The maximum deflection of any combination of two adjacent fittings shall not
exceed 45 degrees unless straight pipe not less than 2 t h feet in length be installed
between such adjacent fittings or unless one of such fittings is a wye branch with
a cleanout provided on the straight leg.
I4.24.7 Material for transition (e.g., PVC to DIP) shall be indicated and specified.
Where offset of DIP is required, mechanical joint DIP shall be installed with
mechanical joint heavy body DIP sleeves at the reconnections.
14.24.8 Sanitary Sewer Manholes:
Precast manholes shall conform to the latest edition of ASTM C -478 (five inch
wall thickness), Use six (6) inch wall thickness if manhole exceeds 20 feet in
depth. All holes for incoming and outgoing pipe will, whenever possible, be
precast, with pipe tie -in made using PS 10 flexible gasket, manufactured by
PressSeal Gasket Corporation, or approved equal. In the event of the necessity of
cutting new holes, the holes shall be machined cored neatly and carefully so as
not to damage the structural integrity of the manhole and large enough to allow
the insertion of a flexible rubber boot. Precast holes shall be flexible boot fitted.
Barrel joints shall be tongue and groove with performed plastic meeting the
requirements of Federal Specifications SS- S- 00210, "Sealing Compound,
Preformed Plastic Pipe Joints" Type I, rope form, also known as "Ram Neck."
Eccentric manholes cones are required. Inverts shall be constructed of 3,000 psi
plant mix. Manhole steps shall be installed in all sections of each manhole as
indicated on the drawings. Frame and covers shall be cast or ductile iron and set
in a bed of mortar on the top of the manhole and completely grouted outside and
wiped smooth, Ring and cover shall be USF -170 or approved equal. Cover shall
read "Sanitary Sewer." Watertight manhole covers are to be used wherever street
runoff or high water may flood the manhole tops. Locked manhole covers may be
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
14 -26
14.24.11
14,24.12
may be desirable in isolated easement Locations or where vandalism may be a
problem.
Where corrosive conditions due to septicity or other causes is anticipated,
consideration shall be given to providing corrosion 'protection on the interior of
the manholes.
The minimum diameter of manholes shall be 48 inches; larger diameters are
required for large diameter sewers. A minimum access diameter of 22- 1 /4 inches
shall be provided.
Outside drop manholes shall be precast and constructed for incoming lines having
invert 24 inches or more above the invert of the manhole outlet, with DIP and tie
rods per Detail No. 14.08. Shallow manholes shall be precast or Type B slab top
precast and shall be constructed in accordance with ASTM C -478 (latest version).
Drop manholes should be constructed with an outside drop connection. Inside
drop connection (when necessary) shall be secure to the interior wall of the
manhole and provide access for cleaning. Inside drop connections shall be used
only when approved by the Utilities Department Engineering Division.
Due to the unequal earth pressure that may result from the backfilling operation in
the vicinity of the manhole, the entire outside drop connection shall be encased in
concrete.
A bench shall be provided on each side of any manhole channel when the pipe
diameter(s) are less than the manhole diameter. The bench should be sloped no
Less than th inch per foot (4 percent). No lateral sewer, service connection, or drop
manhole pipe shall discharge onto the surface of the bench.
All construction material shall be first quality, not previously used. Repair
clamps are not acceptable. Damaged or faulty pipe and materials must be
properly replaced. All gaskets shall be new. When connecting to existing
valves or fittings, gaskets shall be replaced, not reused.
The Engineer shall provide a complete set of shop drawings, which shall
indicate the Augusta Utilities Department's specific material requirements.
In general, material requirements will be guided by the latest versions of
the specifications of AWWA and ASTM.
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
14 -27
14.25 SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM DESIGN
Design requirements are as follows:
14.25.1 Per Capita Flow, Average:
14.25.2 Minimum velocity in collector sewer :
14.25.3 Maximum velocity in collector sewer:
14.25.4 Minimum collector sewer size:
14.25.5 Infiltration Allowance:
14.25.6 Ratio of Peak to Average flow:
14.25.7 Design depth of flow @ Peak Flow:
14.25.8 Design Period:
14.25.9 Minimum Manning's "n" Factor:
14.26 LIFT STATION DESIGN
14 -28
125 gallons per day (gpd)
2.0 feet per second (fps)
10.0 feet per second (fps)
8 inch
25 gpd/in Dia/mile
2.5
0.75 of Full
30 Years
0.014
All lift stations shall be installed underground, unless otherwise directed by the Utilities
Director. Wet well size and pump sizing shall be determined by a professional engineer,
after a comparative study has been done of the area surrounding the proposed
construction. Potential future development of the surrounding area should be
incorporated into the design. All potable water services around sewage pumping
facilities shall be provided with an approved reduced pressure backflow prevention
(RPZ) device.
A.11 pipes entering the wet well and discharging from the wet well into the valve pit shall
be mechanical joint DIP. PVC pipe will not be permitted. Pipes shall be sized per the
design engineer's calculations and pump data.
14.26.1 Pumps, valves, and pipe sizes, shall be designed by a professional
engineer. Calculations for the design shall be submitted to the Augusta
Utilities Department for review and approval. Pump specifications shall
be provided to Augusta Utilities for review. Valves shall have a minimum
of a 18 -inch clear zone in all directions.
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
14.26.3 Electrical systems and components (e.g., motor, lights, cables, conduits,
switch boxes, control circuits, etc.) in raw wastewater wells, or in enclosed
or partially enclosed spaces where hazardous concentrations of flammable
gases or vapors may be present, shall comply with the National and the
City of Augusta Electrical Code requirements. In addition, equipment
located in the wet well shall be suitable for use under corrosive conditions.
Each flexible cable shall be provided with a watertight seal and separate
strain relief. A fused disconnect switch located above ground shall be
provided. For the main power feed for all pumping stations. When such
equipment is exposed to weather it shall meet the requirements of
weatherproof equipment. One such equipment such as the control panel
shall be duplex NEMA 4X with audible and visible alarms. Lightning and
surge protection systems should be considered. A 110 volt power
receptacle to facilitate maintenance shall be provided inside the control
panel for lift stations that have control panels outdoors. Ground fault
interruption protection shall be provided for all outdoor outlets.
14.26.4 Permanently - installed or portable engine- driven generating equipment
must be available for emergency operation of all lift stations, Generating
unit size shall be adequate to provide power for pump motor starting
current and for lighting, ventilation, and other auxiliary equipment
necessary for safety and proper operation of the lift station. The City of
Augusta must approve allowance for the operation of only one pump
during periods of auxiliary power supply. Special sequencing controls
shall be provided to start pump motors unless the generating equipment
has the capacity to .start all pumps simultaneously with auxiliary
equipment operating. Where portable generating equipment or manual
transfer is provided, sufficient storage capacity with an alarm system shall
be provided to allow time for detection of pump station failure and
transportation and connection of generating equipment, Special electrical
connections and double throw switches shall be installed at all lift stations
where emergency power will be provided by portable generating
equipment, Design engineer and/or contractor shall coordinate type and
14.26.2 The valve pit shall consist of a precast manhole cone section or a precast
concrete box, The bottom shall have 2 -inch diameter pre - drilled holes
filled with gravel for drainage.
A cone section shall be. set on a minimum 4 -inch thick concrete slab with
an open bottom and gravel for drainage. For proposed piping, the
manhole shall have cored holes fitted with flexible rubber boots. Standard
ring and cover shall be installed and grouted to the cone section. The top
of the valve pit shall be a minimum of six (6) inches above finished grade.
14 -29
14.26.5 Wastewater pumping stations and portable equipment shall be supplied
with a complete set of operational instructions, including emergency
procedures, maintenance schedules, tools and spare parts as may be
necess ary.
CONSTRUCTION:
size of all permanent or portable generators with City of Augusta prior to
lift station construction.
14.27 INSTALLATION
Authorization must be obtained from the Augusta Utilities Department to construct, alter
or modify a sanitary sewer line. Construction of sewer infrastructure will be authorized
by the Utilities Department upon approval of submitted plans and notification of the
Augusta Utilities Department at least 24 hours prior to starting construction (706 -772-
5503). Where water lines will encroach public right -of -way, a Right -of -Way
Encroachment Perrnit approved by the Public Works Department is required prior to
construction. A Right -of -Way Encroachment Permit application is available through the
Public Works Department (706- 821 - 1706),
Installation of sanitary sewer pipe and associated appurtenances shall be in accordance
with current ASTM specifications and manufacturer's requirements for the specific
product. Loading or unloading and storage of pipe, fittings, valves, etc. shall be done
such that to avoid damage. All pipe shall be carefully examined before it is installed in
the trench. Damaged pipe or pipe which does. not meet specification requirements shall
be rejected and removed from the work site. The interior of all pipe, fittings, valves, etc.
shall be kept free of dirt and foreign matter at all times. All piping shall be placed in a
dry trench with a stable bottom. Wet trench installation shall be allowed only upon
written approval of the Utilities Director.
Backfill shall be free of boulders and debris, and shall conform to Georgia Department of
Transportation Specifications. Sharp or rocky material encountered in the base shall be
replaced with proper bedding. Pipe shall be laid on line and grade as designed. Pipe
joints, gravity blocks, service connections, and conflicts shall be left exposed until
visually inspected and approved by the Augusta Utilities Department's Inspector.
All concrete cradles, saddles, or encasements shall be installed as shown on the plans.
These structures shall be constructed in strict accordance to the details shown on the
plans. Concrete shall have a 28 day compressive strength of 3,000 psi when tested in
accordance with ASTM Specification C -39.
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
14 -30
All manholes indicated on the plans shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor in
strict accordance with the plans. The invert channels shall be smooth and accurately
shaped to the semicircular bottom conforming to the inside of the adjacent sewer sections
as shown on the plans. Changes in direction of the sewer and entering branches shall
ha.ve as long a radius of the true curvature as the size of the manhole will permit.
The top of manholes shall be topped out with brick as indicated on the plans. The
number of courses will depend on the required elevation of the top of the manhole. The
maximum number of brick courses allowed shall be three (3).
New sewer lines shall be inspected through use of camera inspection equipment with an
Augusta Utilities Department Inspector at the time of installation and again before the
one -year warranty expires. The Developer is to provide the Augusta Utilities Department
with a color VHS system videotape of the inside of every reach of sanitary sewer
installed.. The tape shall record manhole number to manhole number, date of recording,
and distance from start of run. The tape shall include a distance and location description
of every service line connection installed. The manhole numbering system shall be the
same as shown on the approved development plans.
14.27.1 Installation:
14.27.1.1 Sewer Pipe Laying: The pipe shall be laid with bell or groove end upgrade.
Pipe shall be tested for soundness, clear interior and satisfactory joint surfaces
before lowering the pipe into the trench. Pipe shall be laid in straight lines and
on uniform grades between points where changes in alignment or grade are
shown. The pipe barrel shall be uniformly bedded. The line and invert grade
of each pipe shall be checked from a top line carried on batter boards not over
25 feet apart or by use of a laser beam target inserted in each joint. Pipes shall
be laid to form a smooth, uniform invert. A stopper shall be installed in the
pipe mouth when pipe laying is not in progress.
PVC gravity sewer pipe and force main shall be installed in accordance to
ASTM D2321, latest version. Ductile iron force main shall be installed in
accordance with AWWA C600, latest version.
14.27.1.2 Backfilling Around Pipe: As soon as the joint material has set, fine earth shall
be carefully tamped around each joint, and around and over the pipe to a depth
of at least 2 feet above the top of gravity pipelines. In addition, all PVC sewer
pipe shall be bedded in selected material from the pipe centerline down to a
point 3 to 6 inches below the pipe invert. Selected materials for this purpose
shall be Class I or II soils as specified in ASTM D2321. Reconstruction of any
roadway section or right -of -way shall be in accordance with the Georgia
Department of Transportation and City of Augusta Specifications.
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
14-31
14.27.1.3 Sewer Structures: Appurtenant sewer structures shall be constructed according
to one or more of the following methods:
14.27.1.3,1 Masonry: Brick for manholes and other sewer structures
shall be laid with shove joints completely filled with mortar.
Horizontal joints shall not exceed 2 inch, vertical joints 3 inch on
their interior face. In circular structures, all brick shall be laid as
header with joints broken between courses. Interior joints shall be
struck or wiped smooth with the face of the wall. The exterior of
sanitary sewer manholes shall be plastered to a thickness of at least
2 inch.
14.27.1.3.2 Laying Brick and Concrete Block Work: Only clean brick
or block shall be used. The brick or block shall be moistened by
suitable means, as directed, until they are neither so dry as to
absorb water from the mortar, nor so wet as to be slippery when
laid.
Each brick or block shall be laid in a full bed and joint of mortar
without repairing subsequent grouting, flushing, or filling, and
shall be thoroughly bonded as directed.
14.27.1.3.3 Plastering and Curing Brick or Block Masonry: Outside .
faces of masonry shall be plastered with mortar from 3 inch to d
inch thick. If required, the masonry shall be properly moistened
prior to application of the mortar. The plaster shall be carefully
spread and troweled so that all cracks are thoroughly worked out.
After hardening, the plaster shall be carefully checked by being
tapped for bond and soundness. Unbonded or unsound plaster
shall be removed and replaced.
Masonry and plaster shall be protected from too rapid drying by
the use of burlap kept moist, or by other approved means, and shall
be protected from the weather and frost, all as required.
14.27.1.3.4 Manhole Inverts: Manhole flow channels shall be
constructed of concrete, sewer pipe, brick or precast, and shall be
of semicircular section. Each manhole shall be provided with such
channels for all connecting sewers.
The inverts shall conform accurately to the size of the adjoining
pipes. Side inverts shall be curved and main inverts (where
direction changes) shall be laid out in smooth curves of the longest
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
14 -32
14.27.1.4
possible radius which is tangent to the centerlines of adjoining
sewers.
14.27.1.3.5 Drop Manholes: Drop inlets shall be provided into
manholes on sanitary sewers for incoming lines having inverts 2
feet or more above the inverts of the manhole outlet lines. Drop
pipe and fittings shall be encased in masonry integral with the
manhole and extending from the manhole base to the top of the
incoming sewer. Diameter of drop manholes to be four feet at a
minimum,
14.27.1.3.6 Setting Manhole Frames and Covers: Manhole frames
shall be set with the tops conforming accurately to the grade of the
pavement or finished concentric with the top of the masonry and in
a full bed of mortar so that the space between the top of the
manhole masonry and the bottom flange of the frame shall be
completely filled and made watertight. A thick ring of mortar
extending to the outer edge of the masonry shall be placed all
around the bottom flange. The mortar shall be smoothly finished
to be flush with the top of the flange and have a slight slope to
shed water away from the frame. Manhole covers shall be Ieft in
place in the frames on completion of other work at the manholes.
14.27.1.3.7 Setting Precast Manholes Sections: Precast - reinforced
concrete manhole sections shall be set so as to be vertical and with
sections and steps in true alignment.
All holes in sections, used for their handling, shall be thoroughly
plugged with mortar. The mortar shall be 1 part cement to 12 parts
sand; mixed slightly damp to the touch until it is dense and an
excess of paste appears on the surface; and then finished smooth
and flush with adjoining surfaces,
Bulkheads and Flushing: The contractor shall build.a tight bulkhead in the
pipeline where new work enters an existing sewer. The bulkhead shall
remain in place until its removal is authorized by the Engineer.
Care shall be taken to prevent earth, water and other materials from
entering the pipe, and when pipe laying operations are suspended, the
Contractor shall maintain a suitable stopper in the end of the pipe and also
at openings for manholes. All sanitary sewer, except building connections
shall be flushed with water in sufficient volume to obtain free flow
through each line. All obstructions shall be removed and all defects
corrected. As soon as possible after the pipe and manholes are completed
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
14 -33
14.27.1.5
14.27.1,6
14.27.1.8
on any line, the Contractor shall flush out the pipeline using a rubber ball
ahead of the water. None of the flushing water or debris shall be
permitted to enter any existing sewer.
Temporary Plugs: At all times when pipe laying is not actually in
progress, the open ends of the pipe shall be closed by temporary watertight
plugs or by other approved means. If water is in. the trench when work is
resumed, the plug shall not be removed until all danger of water entering
the pipe has passed.
Joints and Structure Rightness: All pipe joints shall be made as nearly
watertight as practicable. There shall be-no visible leakage at the joints
and there shall be no sand, silt, clay, or soil of any description entering the
pipelines at the joints.
Leaks in the pipelines which cause infiltration or exfiltration to exceed
limits herein specified shall be repaired by replacing defective pipe.
Grouting and/or caulking to repair pipelines where excessive infiltration or
exfiltration is evident will not be permitted.
14.27.1,7 Fittings and Stoppers: Branches and fittings shall be laid by the
Contractor as indicated on the drawings and/or as directed by the
Engineer. Open ends of pipe and branches shall be closed with premolded
gasket joint stoppers which conform with the same requirements as pipe
being used.
Sewer Line Relation to Water Lines: Sewer lines and sewer force mains
in relation to water lines shall conform to "Ten States Standard" Section
29.3 at a minimum. Sewer lines shall have at least a 10 foot pipe -to -pipe
horizontal separation from known or proposed water mains. When a
sewer crosses under a water main, there shall be at least 18 inches from
the crown of the sewer line to the bottom of the water main.
In all cases where adequate vertical separation as stated above. cannot be
achieved (or whenever sewer lines must be installed to cross above a water
main), both the water and sewer lines shall be constructed of ductile iron
pipe a distance of 10 feet on each side of their intersection with one full
length of water main centered on the sewer line.
14.27.1.9 Minimum Cover for Sewer Lines: Gravity sewer lines shall have a
minimum of 3 feet of cover at the crown of the pipe. In cases where this
minimum cover cannot be achieved, ductile iron pipe shall be used.
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
14 -34
14.27.1.10
Detectable Tape: Detectable tape as manufactured by Reef Industries of
Houston, Texas, or equal shall be installed during the backfill operation at
a point 1 foot below the final finished grade.
The detectable tape shall be a 5.5 mil composition film containing one
layer of metalized foil laminate between two layers of inert plastic film
specifically formulated for prolonged use underground. The tape shall be
highly resistant to alkalis, acids and other destructive agents found in the
soils.
The detectable tape shall bear a continuous printed message "Caution
Sanitary Sewer Line Buried Below." The message shall be printed in
permanent ink formulated for prolonged use underground. Letters shall be
clearly legible and have a minimum height of 1.2 inches.
14.27.1.11 Boring and Jacking: Where required by the drawings, the sanitary sewer
line will be installed in a steel casing, placed by boring and jacking.
Where boring is required under highways, the materials and workmanship
will be in accordance with the standards of the Georgia Department of
Transportation or local authority.
Boring and jacking under railroads will be governed by the latest A.R.E.A.
Standards, Part 5, "Pipelines" and those of the railroad involved.
14.27.1.11.1 Casing Pipe: The casing pipe shall conform to the
materials standards of ASTM Designation A252, with minimum
wall thickness of 0.219 inch. Steel pipe will have a minimum yield
strength of 35,000 psi. Casing pipe shall be joined together with
welded joints.
14.27.1.11.2 Carrier Pipe: The carrier pipe shall be ductile iron as
specified herein.
14.27111.3 Installation: The steel casing shall be installed by the "Dry
Bore and Jack" method. If voids develop or if the bored hole
diameter is greater than the outside diameter of pipe by more than
approximately 1 inch, remedial measures will be taken as approved
by the Engineer.
When installing water lines through casing, the Contractor shall
mechanical joint pipe with retainer glands throughout the length of
the casing. The sanitary sewer line shall be strapped to treated
wooden skids with metal straps throughout the length of the
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
14 -35
casing. The empty space shall then be filled with sand and the
ends of the casing shall be sealed with brick and mortar.
14.27.1.12 Force Main Installation: In general, sewer force main must be installed in
accordance with the water distribution system specifications.
Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) force main must conform to ASTM D- 2241,
latest version.
Ductile iron force main must conform to ASTM A -377, latest version.
14.27.1.13 Removal and Replacement of Existing Pipe and Equipment; where
indicated on the drawings or required to properly place the work under this
contract, as approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall remove and
replace such pipe lines and equipment in a manner as approved by the
Engineer.
14.27.2 INSPECTION ThWELTRATIONIEXFILTRATION LEAKAGE TESTS
Upon completion of a section of the sewer, the Contractor shall dewater it and conduct a
satisfactory test to measure the infiltration or exfiltration for at least three consecutive
days. The amount of infiltration including "Y" branches, and connections shall not
exceed 100 gallons per inch diameter per mile of sewer pipe per 24 hours for gravity
sewer pipe. The amount of 50 gallons per inch diameter per mile of sewer per 24 hours
shall not be exceeded for ductile iron pipe. The Contractor shall be responsible for the
satisfactory watertightness of the entire section of sewer.
As required, suitable bulkheads shall be installed to permit the test of the sewer. Where
the ground water level is Iess than 1 foot above the top of the pipe at its upper end, or as
directed by the Engineer, the sewer shall be subjected to exfiltration testing by plugging
the pipe at the lower end and then filling the pipelines and manholes with clean water to a
height 4. feet above the top of the sewer at its upper end. The leakage out of the sewer,
measured by the volume of the water necessary to maintain meter level in the highest
manhole, shall not exceed 200 gallons per inch diameter per 24 hours per mile of sewer
for gravity sewer pipe. The amount of 50 gallons per inch diameter per 24 hours per mile
of sewer shall not be exceeded for ductile iron pipe.
The sewer shall be tested before any connections are made to buildings or to active
sewers.
The Contractor shall construct such weirs and bulkheads as may be required, shall furnish
all water, labor, test plugs, power, pumps, meters, and other equipment necessary for the
test to be properly made.
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
14 -36
The Contractor may use a low pressure air test as an option to the hydraulic
infiltrationlexfiltration leakage test for gravity lines provided the Contractor established a
correlation between the air test results and the quantity of infiltration/exfiltration actually
being experienced by the line and the allowable air pressure drop shall be that
corresponding to the allowable hydraulic leakage specified previously in this section.
Such a correlation is to be established according to a procedure satisfactory to the
Engineer. The low pressure air test shall be performed in accordance with the applicable
sections of the Uni-Bell UNl- B -6 -90, latest version.
If the Contractor opts to use the low pressure air test, leakage tests on manholes shall be
conducted independently of the lines by using a hydraulic infiltrationlexfiltration test as
directed by the Engineer. The allowable infiltration into the manhole over a 24 hour
period is zero and the allowable exfiltration is also zero when tested by plugging off the
manhole and filling it with water four feet above the top of the sewer and measuring the
water loss over a 24 hour period.
14.27.3 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Payment will be made at the unit contract prices as shown in the bid schedule under
Sanitary Sewer.
Measurement of pipelines shall be the actual number of linear feet of pipe installed,
complete in place and accepted. No deductions in length will be made for manholes.
Measurement of manholes will be the vertical dimension to the nearest tenth of a foot
from the invert of the outlet pipe to the top of the manhole cover ring casting.
Concrete encasement will be paid for at the contract unit price, per cubic yard, for the
actual volume of concrete placed, up to the volume of concrete required by the maximum
dimensions for concrete encasement shown on the plans. Concrete in the excess of that
volume will not be paid for.
No separate payment wilt be made for any special fittings, tie -ins, or connections, nor
will any separate payment be made for normal bedding of sewer pipe.
Service lines will be paid for at the unit contract price as shown in the bid schedule under
Sanitary Sewer, complete as shown on the plans
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards S. Construction Specifications
September 2000
14 -37
14.28 SCOPE
SECTION 14C
EXCAVATION & BACKFILLING
This section covers all excavation, trenching and backfilling for pipe lines, complete.
14.29 EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS
The Contractor shall maintain in operating condition and protect from damage all.existing
improvements including utilities, roads, streets, sidewalks, drives, power and telephone
lines, gas lines, water lines, sewers, gutters and other drains encountered, and repair to
the satisfaction of the Engineer any aerial, surface or subsurface . improvements damaged
during the course of the work. Where and if shown on the plans, the locations and
existence or nonexistence of underground utilities are not guaranteed. The Contractor
shall contact the various utility companies to determine and /or verify such information
prior to proceeding with the work. He shall make reasonable and satisfactory provisions
for the maintenance of traffic on streets, drives, walkways and at street crossings and if
necessary to provide temporary walkways and bridges for crossing of the open trench as
directed. Work shall not commence within Augusta right -of -way until a Right -of -Way
Encroachment Permit is obtained from . the Public Works Deparment.
14.30 EXCAVATION
,.vc $
TfYYlt
�c , 0 CV
All excavation of every description and of whatever substances encountered shall be
performed to the depths indicated on the drawings or as specified herein. Excavation
shall be made by the open cut method except as otherwise specified or shown on the
drawings. Excavation methods shall ,generally meet or exceed Occupational Safety and
Health Administration (OSHA) construction industry standards.
All excavated materials not required for fill or backfill shall be removed and wasted as
directed. The banks of shallow trenches shall be kept as nearly vertical as practicable and
where required shall be properly sheeted and braced. Except where otherwise indicated,
trench bottoms shall be not less than 12 inches wider nor more than 16 inches wider than
the outside diameter of the pipe to be laid therein, and shall be excavated true to line, so
that a clear space of not less than 6 inches nor more than 8 inches in width is provided on
each side of the pipe. The bottom of trenches shall be accurately graded to provide
uniform bearing and support for each section of the pipe on undisturbed soil at every
point along its entire length, except for portions of the pipe sections where it is necessary
to excavate for bell holes and for the proper sealing of pipe joints. Bell holes shall be dug
after the trench bottom has been graded. Bell holes shall be excavated only to an extent
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Conslruction Specifications
September 2000
14 -38
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
sufficient to permit accurate work in the making of the joints and to insure that the pipe,
for a maximum of its length will rest upon the prepared bottom of the trench.
Depressions for joints other than mechanical shall be made in accordance with the
recommendations of the joint manufacturers for the particular joint used. Excavation for
structures and other accessories shall be sufficient to leave at least 12 inches in the clear
between their outer surfaces and the embankment or timber which may be used to hold
the bank and protect them. Where damage is liable to result from withdrawing sheeting,
the sheeting will be ordered to be left in place. Except at locations where excavation of
rock from the bottoms of trenches is required, care shall be taken not to excavate below
the depths indicated. Where rock excavation is required, the rock shall be excavated to a
minimum overdepth of 4 inches below the normal required trench depth. The overdepth
rock excavation _and all excess trench excavation shall be backfilled with loose, moist
earth, thoroughly tamped. Rock is defined as materials which are so hard or cemented
that the excavation of such material requires blasting. The excavation shall proceed in a
conventional manner with satisfactory effort made to remove hard materials before the
Engineer makes a determination of need for blasting. Predrilling and blasting will be
allowed, if the Contractor can provide evidence for the Engineer's review that boring logs
can and will show that the material -can or cannot be excavated. Evidence will be
provided for the Engineer's review and approval before predrilling and blasting is
undertaken. The excavation and removal of isolated boulders or rock fragments larger
than one cubic yard in volume encountered in materials of common excavation shall be
classified as rock excavation. Whenever wet or otherwise unstable soil that is incapable
of properly supporting the pipe, as determined by the Engineer or indicated on the
drawings, is encountered in the trench bottom, such soil shall be removed to a depth
required for the lengths designated by the Engineer, and the trench backfilled to trench
bottom grade, as herein specified, with coarse sand, fine gravel, or other suitable material.
Backfill with earth under structures will not be permitted and any unauthorized excess
excavation below the levels indicated for the foundation of such structures shall be filled
with sand, gravel, or concrete, as directed.
14.30.1 Grading and Stacking: All grading in the vicinity of trench excavation
shall be controlled to prevent surface ground water from flowing into the
trenches. Any water accumulated in the trenches shall be removed by pumping or
by other approved methods. During excavation, material suitable for backfilling
shall be stored in an orderly manner a minimum distance of one and one -half
times the depth of the excavation back from the edges of trenches to avoid
overloading and prevent slides or cave -ins. Material unsuitable for backfilling, as
determined by the Engineer, shall be removed from the job site and disposed of
by the Contractor in a manner as approved by the Engineer.
14.30.2 Shoring and Sheeting: All shoring, sheeting, and bracing required to
perform and protect the excavation and to safeguard employees and the public
shall be performed. The failure of the Engineer to direct the placing of such
14 -39
protection shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for damage
resulting from its omission.
Whenever sheeting is driven to a depth below the elevation of the top of the pipe,
that portion of the sheeting below the elevation of the top of the pipe shall not be
disturbed or removed. Sheeting left in place shall be cut off not less than 1 foot
below finished grade. No sheeting shall be removed until the excavation is
substantially backfilled as hereinafter specified.
14.30.3 Water Removal: Where water is encountered, it shall be prevented from
accumulating in excavated areas by pumping, well- pointing and pumping, or by
other means approved by the Engineer as to capacity and effectiveness. Water
removed from excavations shall be discharged at .points where it will not cause
injury to public or private property, or the work completed or in progress. All
efforts to prevent sedimentation shall be made. Under no circumstances shall
trench bottoms be prepared, pipes laid, or appurtenances installed in water. Water
shall not be allowed to rise in unbackfilled excavations after pipe or structures
have been placed.
14.30.4 Blasting: Explosives are to used only within legal limitations. Before
explosives are used, all necessary permits for this work shall be secured and all
precautions taken in the blasting operations to prevent damage to private or public
property or to persons. The Contractor shall assume full liability for any damage
that may occur during the use of explosives. No blast shall be set off within 50
feet of pipe already Laid in the trench.
14.30.5 Tree Protection: Care shall be exercised to protect the roots of trees to be
Left standing. Within the branch spread of the tree, trench shall be opened only
when the work can be installed immediately. Injured roots shall be pruned
cleanly and backfill placed as soon as possible.
14.31 BACKFILLING
Trenches and other excavations shall not be backfilled until all required tests are
performed and the work has been approved by the Engineer. The trenches shall be
carefully backfilled with the excavated materials approved for backfilling consisting of
earth, loam, sandy clay, sand and gravel, soft shale, or other approved materials. No
material shall be used for backfilling that contains mulch, other unstable materials,
stones, blasted rock, broken concrete or pavement, or other hard materials having any
dimension greater than 4 inches; or large clods of earth, debris, frozen earth or earth with
an exceptionally high void content. Backfilling within Augusta right -of -way shall
conform to Georgia Department of Transportation and City of Augusta specifications.
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & construction Specifications
September 2000
14-40
For backfill up to a level 1 foot over the top of pressure pipelines and 2 feet above the top
of gravity pipelines, only selected materials shall be used. Select materials shall be finely
divided material free from debris, organic material and stone, and may be suitable job
excavated material or shall be provided by the Contractor from other sources. The
backfill shall be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 6 inches in depth. Each Iayer
shall be moistened and carefully and uniformly tamped with mechanical tampers or other
suitable tools. Each layer shall be placed and tamped under the pipe haunches with care
and thoroughness so as to eliminate the possibility of voids or lateral displacement.
The remainder of the backfill material shall then be placed and compacted above the level
specified above. In areas . not subject to traffic, the backfill shall be placed in 12 inch
layers and each layer moistened and compacted to a density approximating that of the
surrounding earth. Under roadways, driveways, paved areas, parking lots, along roadway
shoulders and other areas subject to traffic, the backfill shall be placed in 6 inch layers
and each layer moistened and compacted to density at least equal to that of the
surrounding earth so that traffic can be resumed immediately after backfilling is
completed. Any trenches which are improperly backfilled, or where settlement occurs,
shall be reopened to the depth required for proper compaction, then refilled and
compacted with the surface restored to the required grade compaction. Along all
portions of the trenches not located in roadways, the ground shall be graded to a
reasonable uniformity and. the mounding over the trenches left in a neat condition
satisfactory to the Engineer.
Sheeting not specified to be left in place shall be removed as the backfilling progresses.
Sheeting shall be removed in such a manner as to avoid caving of the trench. Voids left
by the removal of sheeting and shoring shall be carefully filled and compacted. Where,
in the .opinion of the Engineer, damage is liable to result from withdrawing sheeting, the
sheeting will be ordered to be left in place.
14.32 BORING AND JACKING
Where required by the drawings, the pipeline will be installed in a steel casing, placed by
boring and jacking. Where boring is required under highways, the materials and
workmanship will be in accordance with the standards of the Georgia Department of
Transportation or local authority. Boring and jacking under railroads will be governed by
the latest A,R.E.A. standards and those of the railroad involved. The steel casing shall be
in accordance with ASTM A252 to the thicknesses shown on the drawings.
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
14 -41
14.33 PAVEMENT REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT
Where necessary existing pavements shall be removed and replaced, the applicable
specifications of the Georgia Department of Transportation or local authority shall
govern this work. Joints shall be sawed, unless joints equally uniform in the opinion of
the Engineer result from other means. Refer to Right -of -Way Encroachment Guidelines
for pavement removal and replacement with Augusta right-of-way..
14,34 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Excavation and backfilling for pipelines and appurtenances, except as hereinafter
provided for, will be considered as incidental to the construction of the various elements
of the installation it is associated with, and no separate payment will be made therefor.
When made at the direction of Engineer, overcut, rock excavation and backfill to
compensate for rock will be made at the unit contract price for rock excavation per cubic
yard measured in place.
When made at the direction of the Engineer, overcut and backfill to compensate for
inadequate foundation will be paid for at the unit contract price for overcut and clean
stone bedding, per ton of stone,
Sheeting ordered to be left in place will be paid for at the unit contract price for sheeting
left in place, per board foot.
Joints in pavements will not be paid for separately. Pavement removal and replacement
will be paid for at the unit contract price therefor, per square yard.
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
14 -42
Water Construction Plans:
Sanitary Sewer Construction Plans:
SECTION 14D
PLAN SUBMITTAL
Water Construction Plans submitted to the Augusta Utilities Department for review must
contain the following at a minimum:
o Project Name
❑ Developer's name, address, and phone number
❑ Owner's name, address, and phone number
o Design professional's name, address, and phone number
❑ Design professional's signed seal
o Location/Vicinity Map
❑ North arrow on all applicable sheets
❑ Scale (minimum 1" = 20'; maximum 1" = 100')
❑ Show subject property information including subdivision name, lot numbers, block
letters, property owners, etc.
o Show adjacent property information including subdivision name, property owners,
etc.
❑ Show existing conditions, structures, pavement widths, right -of -way widths,
easements, adjoining roads, etc.
❑ Show the locations, size and material of existing water mains along with other
appurtenances. Existing water lines shall be shown as dashed lines.
o Show the location, size and,material of proposed water mains, valves, hydrants and
service lines along with all other water appurtenances involved with the proposed
project. Proposed water lines shall be shown as solid lines.
❑ Number all fire hydrants.
o Show locations, type and size of all backflow prevention devices.
❑ Label all easements with respect to type and size.
❑ Show easements shaded -in to be dedicated to the Augusta Utilities Department for
water lines installed outside proposed right -of -ways.
Sanitary Sewer Construction Site Plans submitted to the Augusta Utilities Department for
review must contain the following at a minimum:
❑ Project Name
❑ Developer's name, address, and phone number
❑ Owner's name, address, and phone number
o Design professional's name, address, and phone number
Augusta Utilllies Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
14 -43
❑ Design professional's .signed seal
❑ Location/Vicinity Map
o North arrow on all applicable sheets
❑ Scale (minimum 1" = 20'; maximum 1" = 100')
❑ Show subject property information including subdivision name, lot numbers, block
letters, property owners, etc.
❑ Show adjacent property information including subdivision name, property owners,
etc.
❑ Show existing conditions, structures, pavement widths, right -of -way widths,
easements, adjoining roads, etc.
o Show the locations, size and material of existing sanitary sewer lines and force mains
along with other appurtenances. Existing sewer lines shall be shown as dashed lines.
❑ Show the proposed location, size and material of sewer mains, force mains, manholes,
service lines with clean -outs and sewerage lift stations involved with the proposed
project. Proposed sewer lines shall be shown as solid lines.
❑ Creek crossings require full scale details at 1" = 20' scale minimum; including piers,
collars and all other appurtenances.
o Show easements shaded -in to be dedicated to the Augusta Utilities Department for
sanitary sewer lines installed outside of proposed rights -of -way.
❑ Show easements dedicated to the Augusta Utilities Department for sanitary sewer
lines to serve adjacent properties.
Plan and Profile:
Plan and profile sheets shall be provided for all sanitary sewers (except service laterals).
Profiles shall have a horizontal scale of not more than 1" = 100' and a vertical scale of
not more than 1" = 10', The plan view should normally be shown on the same sheet as
the profile. Plan and profile view should have line designations, station numbers,
manhole numbers and any other indexing necessary to easily correlate the plan and
profile views.
Plan and Profiles shall show the following:
o Location and names of streets, sewers and drainage easements
❑ Line of existing and proposed ground surface, the grade of the sewer between each
two adjacent manholes, invert of sewer in and out of each manhole (label as
directional if more than 2 pipes connected to manhole), and surface elevation of each
manhole. All manholes shall be numbered on the plan and correspondingly
numbered on the profile. The station number shall be shown for each manhole.
a The location and elevation of adjacent parallel stream beds and of adjacent water
surfaces shall be shown on the plan and profile.
o Sizes, locations and inverts of all special features such as connections to existing
sewers, wet wells, concrete encasement, collar walls, elevated sewers, piers, special
manhole covers such as vented outfall or sealed covers, etc.
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
14 -44
General Notes:
Notes to be shown on Site Plans include:
o All structures, both above and below ground, which might interfere with the proposed
construction, particularly water mains, gas mains, storm drains, utility conduits, etc.
Identify pipe crossings with letter, or other designation on the plan and profile.
Specify top of pipe and bottom of pipe elevations at crossings to verify there is no
conflict. See Section 14.2111.
1, The Developer and/or Developer's Contractor is responsible for verifying the exact
location, size and material of any existing water or sewer facility proposed for
connection or use by this project.
2. All construction of water and sanitary sewer lines shall be in accordance to Augusta
Utilities Department's Standards and Specifications.
3. All water lines shall be class 200 PVC meeting AWWA C -900, unless otherwise
shown.
4. All water lines are to be tested, chlorinated, and checked for bacteria.
5. Augusta Utilities Engineering Department shall be notified 24 hours prior to any
construction, tie -ins, or testing of water or sanitary sewer lines. (706 -772 -5503) If no
answer leave message.
6. Copper Wire (12 gauge, Bare Single Strand) shall be attached along top of all buried
PVC water lines , wrapped around service corporations and stubbed up into all valve
boxes for locating purposes.
7. Per Augusta Utilities Specifications for backflow installations for non - residential
development, a minimum "Double Check" Backflow device shall be installed on the
customer's side of all service lines (domestic, irrigation and fire). Fire lines require a
"Detector Type" backflow device. Backflow Devices shall be tested by a certified
person within 5 working days of installation and the results furnished to the Utilities
Engineering Department within 10 working days of installation prior to any water
use.
8. Per Augusta Utilities Specifications for backflow installations residential
development shall install a "Dual Check" Backflow Device on the customer's side, of
service line at the point of tie -in to the water meter,
9. All water valves on the main lines, including hydrant laterals, shall be: open -left if
installed south of Gordon Highway (SR 10); or open -right if installed north Gordon
Highway.
10. The Developer and /or Contractor shall furnish and install an approved meter box
(Rome type 10" x 19" x 10" cast iron or approved equal) at the termination point of
all water services and maintained until such time as meter is installed.
11. All water meters shall be purchased from the August Utilities Department.
12. Maximum sanitary sewer infiltration shall not exceed 100 GPD /inch of pipe diameter
per mile.
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
14.45
13. All tie -ins to existing manholes shall be cored. All manholes require "K or N Seal"
or equal rubber boots.
14. No connection to existing sanitary sewer lines until the proposed sewer line is
inspected and approved by the Augusta Utilities Engineering Department. •
15. Sanitary sewer clean -outs shall be installed at all individual services as shown in
detail and installed as not to be under driveways.
16. Finished floor elevations of all proposed buildings shall be a minimum of five (5) feet
above the invert elevation of the sanitary sewer main/ manhole at the point of tie -in
17. Provide 0.1 foot drop across all sanitary sewer manholes.
18. Sewer force main shall be PVC C -900, class 200 or D.I.P. and shall have 12 gauge
bare single strand wire attached along the top of the main.
19. A minimum 15' Utility Easement Centered over all water lines and a minimum 20'
Utility Easement centered over all sanitary sewer lines shall be deeded to the
Augusta- Richmond County at completion and acceptance of said lines.
20. Disturbance to any Survey Markers or Monuments requires re- establishment by a
licensed surveyor at the Contractor's expense.
21. For private developments, the Developer /Owner shall be responsible for pavement
patching /replacement and the site restoration whenever Augusta Utilities Department
must repair /replace utilities on the property. The developer shall arrange for access by
the Augusta Utilities Department as required to make the repair /replacement of the
utility
22. Contractor shall contact the Utilities Protection Inc. "Call Before You Dig" service in
order to locate utilities prior to starting any excavation or construction.
23. If in the course of construction, a conflict arises between the new work and the
existing water and sewer facilities, it will be the responsibility of the
Owner/Ddeveloper, at his expense, to correct same as directed by a representative of
Augusta Utilities Department.
24. A right -of -way encroachment permit shall be obtained from the Public Works
Department prior to commencing work within Augusta right -of -way.
Details:
The detail drawings at the end of this Section shall be included with the construction
drawings.
Record (As- Built) Drawings:
At the completion .of the water and /or sanitary sewer construction and prior to recording
the final plat, the Contractor shall furnish the Augusta Utilities Department's Inspector
with Record Drawings of the project. The Record Drawings must show all field changes
made to the approved drawings. Record Drawings shall be prepared by a registered
surveyor and/or professional engineer and submitted in digital format, as well as hard
copy. Acceptable digital formats include Arc/Info, Arc /Info export file, or a DXF file
generated by AutoCad from the DWG file.
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
14 -46
All Digital Record Drawings submitted must conform to:
Projection: Georgia State Plane East
Datum: NAD83
Units: Feet
A Data Dictionary should be included with each DXF file defining individual layers. The
design engineer shall use GPS to verify 2 or 3 points prior to conversion to state plane
coordinates.
Water record drawings shall be a separate plan from the sewer record drawing.
Maximum plan size shall be 24" x 36 ". Scale shall be no larger than 1" = 20' and no
smaller 1" = 100'. No hand -drawn or marked up construction plans will be accepted
as record drawings. "AS -BUILT DRAWING" shall be stamped in large print on the
plan. If the project is a phase of a subdivision, a location sketch of the entire subdivision
with subject phase outlined shall appear on drawings.
Record drawings shall contain the following information:
o Developer's name, address, and phone number.
o Contractor's name, address, and phone number.
o Lot numbers.
o Road names and right -of -way widths.
o Water and sanitary easements.
o All water service locations and distances from both front property corners of serviced
lot.
o All sanitary sewer services with clean -outs and distances from both property corners
of serviced lot and from nearest manhole.
o Invert and top elevations of all manholes.
Acceptance of Work:
Once an approved Record Drawing, final inspection and final plat with maintenance
agreement is recorded, the Augusta Utilities Department will accept the new constructed
system; The Developer /Owner shall be responsible for any defects in materials or
workmanship within the subject system for a period of twelve (12) months from the date
of the maintenance agreement.
IMPORTANT: A note stating that Augusta Utilities shall not be responsible for
pavement repair or site restoration associated with repair /replacement of a water or sewer
line shall be included on all final plats for private developments.
Augusta Utilities Department Design Standards & Construction Specifications
September 2000
14 -47
Date: Page 1 of 4
Add the following;
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
STATE OF GEORGIA
SPECIAL PROVISION
Section 167 Water Quality Monitoring
Date: August 26, 2002
First Use Date 2001 Specifications: November 1, 2002
Revised: January 16, 2003
Revised: August 1, 2003
Revised: February 1, 2004
Revised October 15, 2005
Revised March 21, 2007
167.1 General Description
This Specification establishes the Contractor's responsibility to meet the requirements of the National Pollutant Discharge
Elimination System (NPDES) Infrastructure Permit No. GAR 100002 as it pertains to Part IV. Erosion, Sedimentation and
Pollution Control Plan.
167.1.01 Definitions
Certified Personnel— certified personnel are defined as persons who have successfully completed the Georgia Soil and
Water Conservation Commission Course Level IA, possess a current certification card from the Commission, and have
attended the Department's WECS seminar.
167.1.02 Related References
A. Standard Specifications
Section 161 — Control of Soil Erosion and Sedimentation
B. Referenced Documents
NPDES Infrastructure Permit No. GAR 100002, Part IV
GDOT WECS seminar.
Environmental Protection Divisions Rules and Regulations (Chapter 391 -3 -26)
Georgia Soil and Water Conservation Commission Certification Level IA course.
OCGA 12 -7
167.1.03 Submittals
General Provisions 101 through 150
167.2 Materials
General Provisions 101 through 150.
167.2.01 Delivery, Storage, and Handling
General Provisions 101 through 150.
167.3 Construction Requirements
167.3.01 Personnel
Use certified personnel to perform all monitoring, sampling, inspections, and rainfall data collection.
Use the Contractor designated WECS or select a prequalified consultant from the Qualified Consultant List (QCL) to perform
water quality monitoring.
Ensure that monitoring consultants' employees who perform monitoring, sampling, inspections, and rainfall data collection
are GASWCC Certified.
167.3.02 Equipment
Provide equipment necessary to complete the Work or as directed.
mhtml:file: / /C:\Documents and Settingslsm901731My Documents\Contract Informaaion\GD... 3/9/2009
Date: Page 2 of 4
167.3.03 Preparation
General Provisions 101 through 150.
167.3.04 Fabrication
General Provisions 101 through 150.
167.3.05 Construction
A. General
Perform inspections, rainfall data collection, testing of samples, and reporting the test results on the project according to
the requirements in Part IV of the NPDES Infrastructure permit and this Specification.
Take samples manually or with the use of automatic samplers, according to the permit. Analyze all according to the
permit, regardless of the method used to collect the samples.
if samples are analyzed in the field using portable turbidemeters, the monitoring results shall state that they are being
used and a digital readout of NTUs is what is provided.
Submit bench sheets, work sheets, etc., when using portable turbidemeters. There are no exceptions to this requirement.
Perform required inspections and submit all reports required by this Specification within the time frames specified.
Failure to perform the inspections or submit the required reports within the time specified will result in the cessation of
all construction activities with the exception of traffic control and erosion control. Continued failure to perform
inspections or submit the required reports within the times specified will result in non - refundable deductions as specified
in Subsection 161.5.01.B.
B. Inspections
Have the Engineer inspect the installation and condition of each erosion control device required by the erosion control
plan within seven days after initial installation. Have this inspection performed for each stage of construction when new
devices are installed. Correct all deficiencies reported by the Engineer within two business days.
Ensure inspections are conducted by certified personnel on the areas and at the frequencies listed below. Document all
inspections on form DOT -EC -1.
I. Daily:
a. Petroleum product storage, usage and handling areas
b. All locations where vehicles enter /exit the site
2. Weekly and after Rainfall Events:
Conduct inspections on these areas every seven calendar days and within twenty -four hours after the end of a
rainfall event that is 0.5 in (13 mm) or greater:
a. Disturbed areas not permanently stabilized
b. Material storage areas
c. Structural control measures, Best Management Practices (BMPs)
d. Water quality monitoring locations and equipment
3. Monthly:
Once per month, inspect all areas where final stabilization has been completed. Look for evidence of sediments or
pollutants entering the drainage system and or receiving waters. Inspect all erosion control devices that remain in
place to verify the maintenance status and that the devices are functioning properly.
Continue these inspections until the Notice of Termination is submitted.
C. Reports:
1. Inspection Reports:
Summarize the results of inspections noted above in writing on form DOT -EC -1. Include the following
information:
• Date(s) of inspection
• Name of personnel making inspection
• Status of devices
• Observations
• Action taken
• Signature of personnel making the inspection
Any incidents of non - compliance
mhtml:file: / /C:\Documents and Settings \sm90173 \My Documents \Contract Informaion \GD... 3/9/2009
Date: Page 3 of 4
The EC -1 form shall be signed by the project WECS,
Submit all inspection reports to the Engineer within twenty-four hours of the inspection.
The Engineer will review the reports, inspect the project for compliance, and issue concurrence with the submitted
reports provided the inspection reports are satisfactory.
The Engineer will notify the certified personnel of any additional items that should be added to the inspection report.
Correct any items listed in the inspection report requiring routine maintenance or correction within twenty-four
hours of notification.
Assume responsibility for all costs associated with additional sampling as specified in Part IV.D.5.d.3.(c) and Part
IV.D.5.d.3.(c), of the NPDES GAR 100002 permit if either of these conditions arise:
• BMPs shown in the Plans are not properly installed and maintained, or
• BMPs designed by the Contractor are not properly designed, installed and maintained.
2. Monitoring Reports
a. Report Requirements
Include in all reports, the following certification statement, signed by the WECS or consultant providing
monitoring on the project:
"I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direct
supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and
evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system,
or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information is, to the best of my
knowledge and belief, true, accurate and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for
submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations."
When a rainfall event requires a sample to be taken, submit a report of the monitoring results to the Engineer
within seven working days of the date the sample was obtained. Include the following information:
1) Date of sampling
2) Rainfall amount on sample date (sample date only)
3) NTU of sample & analysis method
4) Location where sample was taken (station number, etc.)
5) Receiving water or outfall sample
6) Project number and county
7) Whether the sample was taken by automatic sampler or manually (grab sample)
b. Test Results
Provide monitoring test results to the Engineer within 48 hours of the samples being analyzed. This notification
may be verbal or written. This notification does not replace the monitoring summary.
3. Rainfall Data Reports
Record the measurement of rainfall once each twenty-four hour period. Measure rainfall data at the active phase of
construction on the site.
Project rain gauges and those used to trigger the automatic samplers are to be emptied after every rainfall event. This
will prevent a cumulative effect and prevent automatic samplers from taking samples even though the rainfall event
was not a qualifying event.
Submit a written weekly report, signed by the WECS, to the Engineer showing the rainfall data for each day. The
daily rainfall data supplied by the WECS to the Engineer will be the official rainfall data for the project.
167.3.06 Quality Acceptance
General Provisions 101 through 150.
167.3.07 Contractor Warranty and Maintenance
General Provisions 101 through 150.
167.4 Measurement
Water Quality Inspections in accordance with the inspection and reports sub - sections will be measured for payment by the
month up to the time the Notice of Termination is submitted or Contract Time expires. Required inspections and reports after
Contract Time has expired will not be measured for payment.
mhtml•file: / /C:\Documents and Settings \sm90173\My Documents \Contract Informaion\GD... 3/9/2009
Date:
Water Quality Monitoring and Sampling are measured per each. When the monitoring location is a receiving water, the
upstream and downstream samples constitute one sample. When the monitoring location is an outfall, a single outfall sample
constitutes one sample.
167.4.01 Limits
General Provisions 101 through 150. Submit the report to the Engineer within 7 working days
167.5 Payment
Payment for Water Quality Monitoring and Sampling will be made as follows:
Water Quality Monitoring and Sampling per each is full compensation for meeting the requirements of the monitoring
sections of the NPDES permit and this Specification, obtaining samples, analyzing samples, any and all necessary
incidentals, and providing results of turbidity tests to the Engineer, within the time frame required by the NPDES
Infrastructure permit, and this Specification.
This item is based on the rainfall events that require sampling as described in Part IV.D.5 of the permit. In the event that no
qualifying event occurs for sampling, payment will be made for report preparation submittal.
The Department will not pay for samples taken and analyzed for rainfall events that are not qualifying events as compared to
the daily rainfall data supplied by the WECS.
Water Quality Inspections will be paid at the Contract Price per month. This is full compensation for performing the
requirements of the inspection section of the NPDES permit and this Specification, any and all necessary incidentals, and
providing results of inspections to the Engineer, within the time frame required by the NPDES Infrastructure permit, and this
Specification.
Payment will be made under:
(Item No. 167 Water quality inspections
'Per month
Water Quality Monitoring and Sampling will be paid per each.
Payment will be made under.
Item No 167
Water quality monitoring and sampling IPer each
167.5.01 Adjustments
General Provisions 101 through 150.
Page 4 of 4
mhtml:file: / /C:\Documents and Settings\sm901731My Documents\Contract Informaion\GD... 3/9/2009